1 #ifndef __LINUX_NL80211_H 2 #define __LINUX_NL80211_H 3 /* 4 * 802.11 netlink interface public header 5 * 6 * Copyright 2006-2010 Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> 7 * Copyright 2008 Michael Wu <flamingice@sourmilk.net> 8 * Copyright 2008 Luis Carlos Cobo <luisca@cozybit.com> 9 * Copyright 2008 Michael Buesch <m@bues.ch> 10 * Copyright 2008, 2009 Luis R. Rodriguez <lrodriguez@atheros.com> 11 * Copyright 2008 Jouni Malinen <jouni.malinen@atheros.com> 12 * Copyright 2008 Colin McCabe <colin@cozybit.com> 13 * Copyright 2015-2017 Intel Deutschland GmbH 14 * Copyright (C) 2018-2020 Intel Corporation 15 * 16 * Permission to use, copy, modify, and/or distribute this software for any 17 * purpose with or without fee is hereby granted, provided that the above 18 * copyright notice and this permission notice appear in all copies. 19 * 20 * THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS" AND THE AUTHOR DISCLAIMS ALL WARRANTIES 21 * WITH REGARD TO THIS SOFTWARE INCLUDING ALL IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF 22 * MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHOR BE LIABLE FOR 23 * ANY SPECIAL, DIRECT, INDIRECT, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES OR ANY DAMAGES 24 * WHATSOEVER RESULTING FROM LOSS OF USE, DATA OR PROFITS, WHETHER IN AN 25 * ACTION OF CONTRACT, NEGLIGENCE OR OTHER TORTIOUS ACTION, ARISING OUT OF 26 * OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE USE OR PERFORMANCE OF THIS SOFTWARE. 27 * 28 */ 29 30 /* 31 * This header file defines the userspace API to the wireless stack. Please 32 * be careful not to break things - i.e. don't move anything around or so 33 * unless you can demonstrate that it breaks neither API nor ABI. 34 * 35 * Additions to the API should be accompanied by actual implementations in 36 * an upstream driver, so that example implementations exist in case there 37 * are ever concerns about the precise semantics of the API or changes are 38 * needed, and to ensure that code for dead (no longer implemented) API 39 * can actually be identified and removed. 40 * Nonetheless, semantics should also be documented carefully in this file. 41 */ 42 43 #include <linux/types.h> 44 45 #define NL80211_GENL_NAME "nl80211" 46 47 #define NL80211_MULTICAST_GROUP_CONFIG "config" 48 #define NL80211_MULTICAST_GROUP_SCAN "scan" 49 #define NL80211_MULTICAST_GROUP_REG "regulatory" 50 #define NL80211_MULTICAST_GROUP_MLME "mlme" 51 #define NL80211_MULTICAST_GROUP_VENDOR "vendor" 52 #define NL80211_MULTICAST_GROUP_NAN "nan" 53 #define NL80211_MULTICAST_GROUP_TESTMODE "testmode" 54 55 #define NL80211_EDMG_BW_CONFIG_MIN 4 56 #define NL80211_EDMG_BW_CONFIG_MAX 15 57 #define NL80211_EDMG_CHANNELS_MIN 1 58 #define NL80211_EDMG_CHANNELS_MAX 0x3c /* 0b00111100 */ 59 60 /** 61 * DOC: Station handling 62 * 63 * Stations are added per interface, but a special case exists with VLAN 64 * interfaces. When a station is bound to an AP interface, it may be moved 65 * into a VLAN identified by a VLAN interface index (%NL80211_ATTR_STA_VLAN). 66 * The station is still assumed to belong to the AP interface it was added 67 * to. 68 * 69 * Station handling varies per interface type and depending on the driver's 70 * capabilities. 71 * 72 * For drivers supporting TDLS with external setup (WIPHY_FLAG_SUPPORTS_TDLS 73 * and WIPHY_FLAG_TDLS_EXTERNAL_SETUP), the station lifetime is as follows: 74 * - a setup station entry is added, not yet authorized, without any rate 75 * or capability information, this just exists to avoid race conditions 76 * - when the TDLS setup is done, a single NL80211_CMD_SET_STATION is valid 77 * to add rate and capability information to the station and at the same 78 * time mark it authorized. 79 * - %NL80211_TDLS_ENABLE_LINK is then used 80 * - after this, the only valid operation is to remove it by tearing down 81 * the TDLS link (%NL80211_TDLS_DISABLE_LINK) 82 * 83 * TODO: need more info for other interface types 84 */ 85 86 /** 87 * DOC: Frame transmission/registration support 88 * 89 * Frame transmission and registration support exists to allow userspace 90 * management entities such as wpa_supplicant react to management frames 91 * that are not being handled by the kernel. This includes, for example, 92 * certain classes of action frames that cannot be handled in the kernel 93 * for various reasons. 94 * 95 * Frame registration is done on a per-interface basis and registrations 96 * cannot be removed other than by closing the socket. It is possible to 97 * specify a registration filter to register, for example, only for a 98 * certain type of action frame. In particular with action frames, those 99 * that userspace registers for will not be returned as unhandled by the 100 * driver, so that the registered application has to take responsibility 101 * for doing that. 102 * 103 * The type of frame that can be registered for is also dependent on the 104 * driver and interface type. The frame types are advertised in wiphy 105 * attributes so applications know what to expect. 106 * 107 * NOTE: When an interface changes type while registrations are active, 108 * these registrations are ignored until the interface type is 109 * changed again. This means that changing the interface type can 110 * lead to a situation that couldn't otherwise be produced, but 111 * any such registrations will be dormant in the sense that they 112 * will not be serviced, i.e. they will not receive any frames. 113 * 114 * Frame transmission allows userspace to send for example the required 115 * responses to action frames. It is subject to some sanity checking, 116 * but many frames can be transmitted. When a frame was transmitted, its 117 * status is indicated to the sending socket. 118 * 119 * For more technical details, see the corresponding command descriptions 120 * below. 121 */ 122 123 /** 124 * DOC: Virtual interface / concurrency capabilities 125 * 126 * Some devices are able to operate with virtual MACs, they can have 127 * more than one virtual interface. The capability handling for this 128 * is a bit complex though, as there may be a number of restrictions 129 * on the types of concurrency that are supported. 130 * 131 * To start with, each device supports the interface types listed in 132 * the %NL80211_ATTR_SUPPORTED_IFTYPES attribute, but by listing the 133 * types there no concurrency is implied. 134 * 135 * Once concurrency is desired, more attributes must be observed: 136 * To start with, since some interface types are purely managed in 137 * software, like the AP-VLAN type in mac80211 for example, there's 138 * an additional list of these, they can be added at any time and 139 * are only restricted by some semantic restrictions (e.g. AP-VLAN 140 * cannot be added without a corresponding AP interface). This list 141 * is exported in the %NL80211_ATTR_SOFTWARE_IFTYPES attribute. 142 * 143 * Further, the list of supported combinations is exported. This is 144 * in the %NL80211_ATTR_INTERFACE_COMBINATIONS attribute. Basically, 145 * it exports a list of "groups", and at any point in time the 146 * interfaces that are currently active must fall into any one of 147 * the advertised groups. Within each group, there are restrictions 148 * on the number of interfaces of different types that are supported 149 * and also the number of different channels, along with potentially 150 * some other restrictions. See &enum nl80211_if_combination_attrs. 151 * 152 * All together, these attributes define the concurrency of virtual 153 * interfaces that a given device supports. 154 */ 155 156 /** 157 * DOC: packet coalesce support 158 * 159 * In most cases, host that receives IPv4 and IPv6 multicast/broadcast 160 * packets does not do anything with these packets. Therefore the 161 * reception of these unwanted packets causes unnecessary processing 162 * and power consumption. 163 * 164 * Packet coalesce feature helps to reduce number of received interrupts 165 * to host by buffering these packets in firmware/hardware for some 166 * predefined time. Received interrupt will be generated when one of the 167 * following events occur. 168 * a) Expiration of hardware timer whose expiration time is set to maximum 169 * coalescing delay of matching coalesce rule. 170 * b) Coalescing buffer in hardware reaches it's limit. 171 * c) Packet doesn't match any of the configured coalesce rules. 172 * 173 * User needs to configure following parameters for creating a coalesce 174 * rule. 175 * a) Maximum coalescing delay 176 * b) List of packet patterns which needs to be matched 177 * c) Condition for coalescence. pattern 'match' or 'no match' 178 * Multiple such rules can be created. 179 */ 180 181 /** 182 * DOC: WPA/WPA2 EAPOL handshake offload 183 * 184 * By setting @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_4WAY_HANDSHAKE_STA_PSK flag drivers 185 * can indicate they support offloading EAPOL handshakes for WPA/WPA2 186 * preshared key authentication. In %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT the preshared 187 * key should be specified using %NL80211_ATTR_PMK. Drivers supporting 188 * this offload may reject the %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT when no preshared 189 * key material is provided, for example when that driver does not 190 * support setting the temporal keys through %CMD_NEW_KEY. 191 * 192 * Similarly @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_4WAY_HANDSHAKE_STA_1X flag can be 193 * set by drivers indicating offload support of the PTK/GTK EAPOL 194 * handshakes during 802.1X authentication. In order to use the offload 195 * the %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT should have %NL80211_ATTR_WANT_1X_4WAY_HS 196 * attribute flag. Drivers supporting this offload may reject the 197 * %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT when the attribute flag is not present. 198 * 199 * For 802.1X the PMK or PMK-R0 are set by providing %NL80211_ATTR_PMK 200 * using %NL80211_CMD_SET_PMK. For offloaded FT support also 201 * %NL80211_ATTR_PMKR0_NAME must be provided. 202 */ 203 204 /** 205 * DOC: FILS shared key authentication offload 206 * 207 * FILS shared key authentication offload can be advertized by drivers by 208 * setting @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_FILS_SK_OFFLOAD flag. The drivers that support 209 * FILS shared key authentication offload should be able to construct the 210 * authentication and association frames for FILS shared key authentication and 211 * eventually do a key derivation as per IEEE 802.11ai. The below additional 212 * parameters should be given to driver in %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT and/or in 213 * %NL80211_CMD_UPDATE_CONNECT_PARAMS. 214 * %NL80211_ATTR_FILS_ERP_USERNAME - used to construct keyname_nai 215 * %NL80211_ATTR_FILS_ERP_REALM - used to construct keyname_nai 216 * %NL80211_ATTR_FILS_ERP_NEXT_SEQ_NUM - used to construct erp message 217 * %NL80211_ATTR_FILS_ERP_RRK - used to generate the rIK and rMSK 218 * rIK should be used to generate an authentication tag on the ERP message and 219 * rMSK should be used to derive a PMKSA. 220 * rIK, rMSK should be generated and keyname_nai, sequence number should be used 221 * as specified in IETF RFC 6696. 222 * 223 * When FILS shared key authentication is completed, driver needs to provide the 224 * below additional parameters to userspace, which can be either after setting 225 * up a connection or after roaming. 226 * %NL80211_ATTR_FILS_KEK - used for key renewal 227 * %NL80211_ATTR_FILS_ERP_NEXT_SEQ_NUM - used in further EAP-RP exchanges 228 * %NL80211_ATTR_PMKID - used to identify the PMKSA used/generated 229 * %Nl80211_ATTR_PMK - used to update PMKSA cache in userspace 230 * The PMKSA can be maintained in userspace persistently so that it can be used 231 * later after reboots or wifi turn off/on also. 232 * 233 * %NL80211_ATTR_FILS_CACHE_ID is the cache identifier advertized by a FILS 234 * capable AP supporting PMK caching. It specifies the scope within which the 235 * PMKSAs are cached in an ESS. %NL80211_CMD_SET_PMKSA and 236 * %NL80211_CMD_DEL_PMKSA are enhanced to allow support for PMKSA caching based 237 * on FILS cache identifier. Additionally %NL80211_ATTR_PMK is used with 238 * %NL80211_SET_PMKSA to specify the PMK corresponding to a PMKSA for driver to 239 * use in a FILS shared key connection with PMKSA caching. 240 */ 241 242 /** 243 * DOC: SAE authentication offload 244 * 245 * By setting @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SAE_OFFLOAD flag drivers can indicate they 246 * support offloading SAE authentication for WPA3-Personal networks. In 247 * %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT the password for SAE should be specified using 248 * %NL80211_ATTR_SAE_PASSWORD. 249 */ 250 251 /** 252 * DOC: VLAN offload support for setting group keys and binding STAs to VLANs 253 * 254 * By setting @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_VLAN_OFFLOAD flag drivers can indicate they 255 * support offloading VLAN functionality in a manner where the driver exposes a 256 * single netdev that uses VLAN tagged frames and separate VLAN-specific netdevs 257 * can then be added using RTM_NEWLINK/IFLA_VLAN_ID similarly to the Ethernet 258 * case. Frames received from stations that are not assigned to any VLAN are 259 * delivered on the main netdev and frames to such stations can be sent through 260 * that main netdev. 261 * 262 * %NL80211_CMD_NEW_KEY (for group keys), %NL80211_CMD_NEW_STATION, and 263 * %NL80211_CMD_SET_STATION will optionally specify vlan_id using 264 * %NL80211_ATTR_VLAN_ID. 265 */ 266 267 /** 268 * DOC: TID configuration 269 * 270 * TID config support can be checked in the %NL80211_ATTR_TID_CONFIG 271 * attribute given in wiphy capabilities. 272 * 273 * The necessary configuration parameters are mentioned in 274 * &enum nl80211_tid_config_attr and it will be passed to the 275 * %NL80211_CMD_SET_TID_CONFIG command in %NL80211_ATTR_TID_CONFIG. 276 * 277 * If the configuration needs to be applied for specific peer then the MAC 278 * address of the peer needs to be passed in %NL80211_ATTR_MAC, otherwise the 279 * configuration will be applied for all the connected peers in the vif except 280 * any peers that have peer specific configuration for the TID by default; if 281 * the %NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_OVERRIDE flag is set, peer specific values 282 * will be overwritten. 283 * 284 * All this configuration is valid only for STA's current connection 285 * i.e. the configuration will be reset to default when the STA connects back 286 * after disconnection/roaming, and this configuration will be cleared when 287 * the interface goes down. 288 */ 289 290 /** 291 * enum nl80211_commands - supported nl80211 commands 292 * 293 * @NL80211_CMD_UNSPEC: unspecified command to catch errors 294 * 295 * @NL80211_CMD_GET_WIPHY: request information about a wiphy or dump request 296 * to get a list of all present wiphys. 297 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_WIPHY: set wiphy parameters, needs %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY or 298 * %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX; can be used to set %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_NAME, 299 * %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_TXQ_PARAMS, %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ, 300 * %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ_OFFSET (and the attributes determining the 301 * channel width; this is used for setting monitor mode channel), 302 * %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_RETRY_SHORT, %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_RETRY_LONG, 303 * %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FRAG_THRESHOLD, and/or 304 * %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_RTS_THRESHOLD. However, for setting the channel, 305 * see %NL80211_CMD_SET_CHANNEL instead, the support here is for backward 306 * compatibility only. 307 * @NL80211_CMD_NEW_WIPHY: Newly created wiphy, response to get request 308 * or rename notification. Has attributes %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY and 309 * %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_NAME. 310 * @NL80211_CMD_DEL_WIPHY: Wiphy deleted. Has attributes 311 * %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY and %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_NAME. 312 * 313 * @NL80211_CMD_GET_INTERFACE: Request an interface's configuration; 314 * either a dump request for all interfaces or a specific get with a 315 * single %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX is supported. 316 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_INTERFACE: Set type of a virtual interface, requires 317 * %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX and %NL80211_ATTR_IFTYPE. 318 * @NL80211_CMD_NEW_INTERFACE: Newly created virtual interface or response 319 * to %NL80211_CMD_GET_INTERFACE. Has %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX, 320 * %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY and %NL80211_ATTR_IFTYPE attributes. Can also 321 * be sent from userspace to request creation of a new virtual interface, 322 * then requires attributes %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY, %NL80211_ATTR_IFTYPE and 323 * %NL80211_ATTR_IFNAME. 324 * @NL80211_CMD_DEL_INTERFACE: Virtual interface was deleted, has attributes 325 * %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX and %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY. Can also be sent from 326 * userspace to request deletion of a virtual interface, then requires 327 * attribute %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX. 328 * 329 * @NL80211_CMD_GET_KEY: Get sequence counter information for a key specified 330 * by %NL80211_ATTR_KEY_IDX and/or %NL80211_ATTR_MAC. 331 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_KEY: Set key attributes %NL80211_ATTR_KEY_DEFAULT, 332 * %NL80211_ATTR_KEY_DEFAULT_MGMT, or %NL80211_ATTR_KEY_THRESHOLD. 333 * @NL80211_CMD_NEW_KEY: add a key with given %NL80211_ATTR_KEY_DATA, 334 * %NL80211_ATTR_KEY_IDX, %NL80211_ATTR_MAC, %NL80211_ATTR_KEY_CIPHER, 335 * and %NL80211_ATTR_KEY_SEQ attributes. 336 * @NL80211_CMD_DEL_KEY: delete a key identified by %NL80211_ATTR_KEY_IDX 337 * or %NL80211_ATTR_MAC. 338 * 339 * @NL80211_CMD_GET_BEACON: (not used) 340 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_BEACON: change the beacon on an access point interface 341 * using the %NL80211_ATTR_BEACON_HEAD and %NL80211_ATTR_BEACON_TAIL 342 * attributes. For drivers that generate the beacon and probe responses 343 * internally, the following attributes must be provided: %NL80211_ATTR_IE, 344 * %NL80211_ATTR_IE_PROBE_RESP and %NL80211_ATTR_IE_ASSOC_RESP. 345 * @NL80211_CMD_START_AP: Start AP operation on an AP interface, parameters 346 * are like for %NL80211_CMD_SET_BEACON, and additionally parameters that 347 * do not change are used, these include %NL80211_ATTR_BEACON_INTERVAL, 348 * %NL80211_ATTR_DTIM_PERIOD, %NL80211_ATTR_SSID, 349 * %NL80211_ATTR_HIDDEN_SSID, %NL80211_ATTR_CIPHERS_PAIRWISE, 350 * %NL80211_ATTR_CIPHER_GROUP, %NL80211_ATTR_WPA_VERSIONS, 351 * %NL80211_ATTR_AKM_SUITES, %NL80211_ATTR_PRIVACY, 352 * %NL80211_ATTR_AUTH_TYPE, %NL80211_ATTR_INACTIVITY_TIMEOUT, 353 * %NL80211_ATTR_ACL_POLICY and %NL80211_ATTR_MAC_ADDRS. 354 * The channel to use can be set on the interface or be given using the 355 * %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ and %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ_OFFSET, and the 356 * attributes determining channel width. 357 * @NL80211_CMD_NEW_BEACON: old alias for %NL80211_CMD_START_AP 358 * @NL80211_CMD_STOP_AP: Stop AP operation on the given interface 359 * @NL80211_CMD_DEL_BEACON: old alias for %NL80211_CMD_STOP_AP 360 * 361 * @NL80211_CMD_GET_STATION: Get station attributes for station identified by 362 * %NL80211_ATTR_MAC on the interface identified by %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX. 363 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_STATION: Set station attributes for station identified by 364 * %NL80211_ATTR_MAC on the interface identified by %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX. 365 * @NL80211_CMD_NEW_STATION: Add a station with given attributes to the 366 * the interface identified by %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX. 367 * @NL80211_CMD_DEL_STATION: Remove a station identified by %NL80211_ATTR_MAC 368 * or, if no MAC address given, all stations, on the interface identified 369 * by %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX. %NL80211_ATTR_MGMT_SUBTYPE and 370 * %NL80211_ATTR_REASON_CODE can optionally be used to specify which type 371 * of disconnection indication should be sent to the station 372 * (Deauthentication or Disassociation frame and reason code for that 373 * frame). 374 * 375 * @NL80211_CMD_GET_MPATH: Get mesh path attributes for mesh path to 376 * destination %NL80211_ATTR_MAC on the interface identified by 377 * %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX. 378 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_MPATH: Set mesh path attributes for mesh path to 379 * destination %NL80211_ATTR_MAC on the interface identified by 380 * %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX. 381 * @NL80211_CMD_NEW_MPATH: Create a new mesh path for the destination given by 382 * %NL80211_ATTR_MAC via %NL80211_ATTR_MPATH_NEXT_HOP. 383 * @NL80211_CMD_DEL_MPATH: Delete a mesh path to the destination given by 384 * %NL80211_ATTR_MAC. 385 * @NL80211_CMD_NEW_PATH: Add a mesh path with given attributes to the 386 * the interface identified by %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX. 387 * @NL80211_CMD_DEL_PATH: Remove a mesh path identified by %NL80211_ATTR_MAC 388 * or, if no MAC address given, all mesh paths, on the interface identified 389 * by %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX. 390 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_BSS: Set BSS attributes for BSS identified by 391 * %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX. 392 * 393 * @NL80211_CMD_GET_REG: ask the wireless core to send us its currently set 394 * regulatory domain. If %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY is specified and the device 395 * has a private regulatory domain, it will be returned. Otherwise, the 396 * global regdomain will be returned. 397 * A device will have a private regulatory domain if it uses the 398 * regulatory_hint() API. Even when a private regdomain is used the channel 399 * information will still be mended according to further hints from 400 * the regulatory core to help with compliance. A dump version of this API 401 * is now available which will returns the global regdomain as well as 402 * all private regdomains of present wiphys (for those that have it). 403 * If a wiphy is self-managed (%NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_SELF_MANAGED_REG), then 404 * its private regdomain is the only valid one for it. The regulatory 405 * core is not used to help with compliance in this case. 406 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_REG: Set current regulatory domain. CRDA sends this command 407 * after being queried by the kernel. CRDA replies by sending a regulatory 408 * domain structure which consists of %NL80211_ATTR_REG_ALPHA set to our 409 * current alpha2 if it found a match. It also provides 410 * NL80211_ATTR_REG_RULE_FLAGS, and a set of regulatory rules. Each 411 * regulatory rule is a nested set of attributes given by 412 * %NL80211_ATTR_REG_RULE_FREQ_[START|END] and 413 * %NL80211_ATTR_FREQ_RANGE_MAX_BW with an attached power rule given by 414 * %NL80211_ATTR_REG_RULE_POWER_MAX_ANT_GAIN and 415 * %NL80211_ATTR_REG_RULE_POWER_MAX_EIRP. 416 * @NL80211_CMD_REQ_SET_REG: ask the wireless core to set the regulatory domain 417 * to the specified ISO/IEC 3166-1 alpha2 country code. The core will 418 * store this as a valid request and then query userspace for it. 419 * 420 * @NL80211_CMD_GET_MESH_CONFIG: Get mesh networking properties for the 421 * interface identified by %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX 422 * 423 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_MESH_CONFIG: Set mesh networking properties for the 424 * interface identified by %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX 425 * 426 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_MGMT_EXTRA_IE: Set extra IEs for management frames. The 427 * interface is identified with %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX and the management 428 * frame subtype with %NL80211_ATTR_MGMT_SUBTYPE. The extra IE data to be 429 * added to the end of the specified management frame is specified with 430 * %NL80211_ATTR_IE. If the command succeeds, the requested data will be 431 * added to all specified management frames generated by 432 * kernel/firmware/driver. 433 * Note: This command has been removed and it is only reserved at this 434 * point to avoid re-using existing command number. The functionality this 435 * command was planned for has been provided with cleaner design with the 436 * option to specify additional IEs in NL80211_CMD_TRIGGER_SCAN, 437 * NL80211_CMD_AUTHENTICATE, NL80211_CMD_ASSOCIATE, 438 * NL80211_CMD_DEAUTHENTICATE, and NL80211_CMD_DISASSOCIATE. 439 * 440 * @NL80211_CMD_GET_SCAN: get scan results 441 * @NL80211_CMD_TRIGGER_SCAN: trigger a new scan with the given parameters 442 * %NL80211_ATTR_TX_NO_CCK_RATE is used to decide whether to send the 443 * probe requests at CCK rate or not. %NL80211_ATTR_BSSID can be used to 444 * specify a BSSID to scan for; if not included, the wildcard BSSID will 445 * be used. 446 * @NL80211_CMD_NEW_SCAN_RESULTS: scan notification (as a reply to 447 * NL80211_CMD_GET_SCAN and on the "scan" multicast group) 448 * @NL80211_CMD_SCAN_ABORTED: scan was aborted, for unspecified reasons, 449 * partial scan results may be available 450 * 451 * @NL80211_CMD_START_SCHED_SCAN: start a scheduled scan at certain 452 * intervals and certain number of cycles, as specified by 453 * %NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_PLANS. If %NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_PLANS is 454 * not specified and only %NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_INTERVAL is specified, 455 * scheduled scan will run in an infinite loop with the specified interval. 456 * These attributes are mutually exculsive, 457 * i.e. NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_INTERVAL must not be passed if 458 * NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_PLANS is defined. 459 * If for some reason scheduled scan is aborted by the driver, all scan 460 * plans are canceled (including scan plans that did not start yet). 461 * Like with normal scans, if SSIDs (%NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_SSIDS) 462 * are passed, they are used in the probe requests. For 463 * broadcast, a broadcast SSID must be passed (ie. an empty 464 * string). If no SSID is passed, no probe requests are sent and 465 * a passive scan is performed. %NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_FREQUENCIES, 466 * if passed, define which channels should be scanned; if not 467 * passed, all channels allowed for the current regulatory domain 468 * are used. Extra IEs can also be passed from the userspace by 469 * using the %NL80211_ATTR_IE attribute. The first cycle of the 470 * scheduled scan can be delayed by %NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_DELAY 471 * is supplied. If the device supports multiple concurrent scheduled 472 * scans, it will allow such when the caller provides the flag attribute 473 * %NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_MULTI to indicate user-space support for it. 474 * @NL80211_CMD_STOP_SCHED_SCAN: stop a scheduled scan. Returns -ENOENT if 475 * scheduled scan is not running. The caller may assume that as soon 476 * as the call returns, it is safe to start a new scheduled scan again. 477 * @NL80211_CMD_SCHED_SCAN_RESULTS: indicates that there are scheduled scan 478 * results available. 479 * @NL80211_CMD_SCHED_SCAN_STOPPED: indicates that the scheduled scan has 480 * stopped. The driver may issue this event at any time during a 481 * scheduled scan. One reason for stopping the scan is if the hardware 482 * does not support starting an association or a normal scan while running 483 * a scheduled scan. This event is also sent when the 484 * %NL80211_CMD_STOP_SCHED_SCAN command is received or when the interface 485 * is brought down while a scheduled scan was running. 486 * 487 * @NL80211_CMD_GET_SURVEY: get survey resuls, e.g. channel occupation 488 * or noise level 489 * @NL80211_CMD_NEW_SURVEY_RESULTS: survey data notification (as a reply to 490 * NL80211_CMD_GET_SURVEY and on the "scan" multicast group) 491 * 492 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_PMKSA: Add a PMKSA cache entry using %NL80211_ATTR_MAC 493 * (for the BSSID), %NL80211_ATTR_PMKID, and optionally %NL80211_ATTR_PMK 494 * (PMK is used for PTKSA derivation in case of FILS shared key offload) or 495 * using %NL80211_ATTR_SSID, %NL80211_ATTR_FILS_CACHE_ID, 496 * %NL80211_ATTR_PMKID, and %NL80211_ATTR_PMK in case of FILS 497 * authentication where %NL80211_ATTR_FILS_CACHE_ID is the identifier 498 * advertized by a FILS capable AP identifying the scope of PMKSA in an 499 * ESS. 500 * @NL80211_CMD_DEL_PMKSA: Delete a PMKSA cache entry, using %NL80211_ATTR_MAC 501 * (for the BSSID) and %NL80211_ATTR_PMKID or using %NL80211_ATTR_SSID, 502 * %NL80211_ATTR_FILS_CACHE_ID, and %NL80211_ATTR_PMKID in case of FILS 503 * authentication. 504 * @NL80211_CMD_FLUSH_PMKSA: Flush all PMKSA cache entries. 505 * 506 * @NL80211_CMD_REG_CHANGE: indicates to userspace the regulatory domain 507 * has been changed and provides details of the request information 508 * that caused the change such as who initiated the regulatory request 509 * (%NL80211_ATTR_REG_INITIATOR), the wiphy_idx 510 * (%NL80211_ATTR_REG_ALPHA2) on which the request was made from if 511 * the initiator was %NL80211_REGDOM_SET_BY_COUNTRY_IE or 512 * %NL80211_REGDOM_SET_BY_DRIVER, the type of regulatory domain 513 * set (%NL80211_ATTR_REG_TYPE), if the type of regulatory domain is 514 * %NL80211_REG_TYPE_COUNTRY the alpha2 to which we have moved on 515 * to (%NL80211_ATTR_REG_ALPHA2). 516 * @NL80211_CMD_REG_BEACON_HINT: indicates to userspace that an AP beacon 517 * has been found while world roaming thus enabling active scan or 518 * any mode of operation that initiates TX (beacons) on a channel 519 * where we would not have been able to do either before. As an example 520 * if you are world roaming (regulatory domain set to world or if your 521 * driver is using a custom world roaming regulatory domain) and while 522 * doing a passive scan on the 5 GHz band you find an AP there (if not 523 * on a DFS channel) you will now be able to actively scan for that AP 524 * or use AP mode on your card on that same channel. Note that this will 525 * never be used for channels 1-11 on the 2 GHz band as they are always 526 * enabled world wide. This beacon hint is only sent if your device had 527 * either disabled active scanning or beaconing on a channel. We send to 528 * userspace the wiphy on which we removed a restriction from 529 * (%NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY) and the channel on which this occurred 530 * before (%NL80211_ATTR_FREQ_BEFORE) and after (%NL80211_ATTR_FREQ_AFTER) 531 * the beacon hint was processed. 532 * 533 * @NL80211_CMD_AUTHENTICATE: authentication request and notification. 534 * This command is used both as a command (request to authenticate) and 535 * as an event on the "mlme" multicast group indicating completion of the 536 * authentication process. 537 * When used as a command, %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX is used to identify the 538 * interface. %NL80211_ATTR_MAC is used to specify PeerSTAAddress (and 539 * BSSID in case of station mode). %NL80211_ATTR_SSID is used to specify 540 * the SSID (mainly for association, but is included in authentication 541 * request, too, to help BSS selection. %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ + 542 * %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ_OFFSET is used to specify the frequence of the 543 * channel in MHz. %NL80211_ATTR_AUTH_TYPE is used to specify the 544 * authentication type. %NL80211_ATTR_IE is used to define IEs 545 * (VendorSpecificInfo, but also including RSN IE and FT IEs) to be added 546 * to the frame. 547 * When used as an event, this reports reception of an Authentication 548 * frame in station and IBSS modes when the local MLME processed the 549 * frame, i.e., it was for the local STA and was received in correct 550 * state. This is similar to MLME-AUTHENTICATE.confirm primitive in the 551 * MLME SAP interface (kernel providing MLME, userspace SME). The 552 * included %NL80211_ATTR_FRAME attribute contains the management frame 553 * (including both the header and frame body, but not FCS). This event is 554 * also used to indicate if the authentication attempt timed out. In that 555 * case the %NL80211_ATTR_FRAME attribute is replaced with a 556 * %NL80211_ATTR_TIMED_OUT flag (and %NL80211_ATTR_MAC to indicate which 557 * pending authentication timed out). 558 * @NL80211_CMD_ASSOCIATE: association request and notification; like 559 * NL80211_CMD_AUTHENTICATE but for Association and Reassociation 560 * (similar to MLME-ASSOCIATE.request, MLME-REASSOCIATE.request, 561 * MLME-ASSOCIATE.confirm or MLME-REASSOCIATE.confirm primitives). The 562 * %NL80211_ATTR_PREV_BSSID attribute is used to specify whether the 563 * request is for the initial association to an ESS (that attribute not 564 * included) or for reassociation within the ESS (that attribute is 565 * included). 566 * @NL80211_CMD_DEAUTHENTICATE: deauthentication request and notification; like 567 * NL80211_CMD_AUTHENTICATE but for Deauthentication frames (similar to 568 * MLME-DEAUTHENTICATION.request and MLME-DEAUTHENTICATE.indication 569 * primitives). 570 * @NL80211_CMD_DISASSOCIATE: disassociation request and notification; like 571 * NL80211_CMD_AUTHENTICATE but for Disassociation frames (similar to 572 * MLME-DISASSOCIATE.request and MLME-DISASSOCIATE.indication primitives). 573 * 574 * @NL80211_CMD_MICHAEL_MIC_FAILURE: notification of a locally detected Michael 575 * MIC (part of TKIP) failure; sent on the "mlme" multicast group; the 576 * event includes %NL80211_ATTR_MAC to describe the source MAC address of 577 * the frame with invalid MIC, %NL80211_ATTR_KEY_TYPE to show the key 578 * type, %NL80211_ATTR_KEY_IDX to indicate the key identifier, and 579 * %NL80211_ATTR_KEY_SEQ to indicate the TSC value of the frame; this 580 * event matches with MLME-MICHAELMICFAILURE.indication() primitive 581 * 582 * @NL80211_CMD_JOIN_IBSS: Join a new IBSS -- given at least an SSID and a 583 * FREQ attribute (for the initial frequency if no peer can be found) 584 * and optionally a MAC (as BSSID) and FREQ_FIXED attribute if those 585 * should be fixed rather than automatically determined. Can only be 586 * executed on a network interface that is UP, and fixed BSSID/FREQ 587 * may be rejected. Another optional parameter is the beacon interval, 588 * given in the %NL80211_ATTR_BEACON_INTERVAL attribute, which if not 589 * given defaults to 100 TU (102.4ms). 590 * @NL80211_CMD_LEAVE_IBSS: Leave the IBSS -- no special arguments, the IBSS is 591 * determined by the network interface. 592 * 593 * @NL80211_CMD_TESTMODE: testmode command, takes a wiphy (or ifindex) attribute 594 * to identify the device, and the TESTDATA blob attribute to pass through 595 * to the driver. 596 * 597 * @NL80211_CMD_CONNECT: connection request and notification; this command 598 * requests to connect to a specified network but without separating 599 * auth and assoc steps. For this, you need to specify the SSID in a 600 * %NL80211_ATTR_SSID attribute, and can optionally specify the association 601 * IEs in %NL80211_ATTR_IE, %NL80211_ATTR_AUTH_TYPE, 602 * %NL80211_ATTR_USE_MFP, %NL80211_ATTR_MAC, %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ, 603 * %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ_OFFSET, %NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT, 604 * %NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT_ETHERTYPE, 605 * %NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT_NO_ENCRYPT, 606 * %NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT_OVER_NL80211, %NL80211_ATTR_MAC_HINT, and 607 * %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ_HINT. 608 * If included, %NL80211_ATTR_MAC and %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ are 609 * restrictions on BSS selection, i.e., they effectively prevent roaming 610 * within the ESS. %NL80211_ATTR_MAC_HINT and %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ_HINT 611 * can be included to provide a recommendation of the initial BSS while 612 * allowing the driver to roam to other BSSes within the ESS and also to 613 * ignore this recommendation if the indicated BSS is not ideal. Only one 614 * set of BSSID,frequency parameters is used (i.e., either the enforcing 615 * %NL80211_ATTR_MAC,%NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ or the less strict 616 * %NL80211_ATTR_MAC_HINT and %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ_HINT). 617 * Driver shall not modify the IEs specified through %NL80211_ATTR_IE if 618 * %NL80211_ATTR_MAC is included. However, if %NL80211_ATTR_MAC_HINT is 619 * included, these IEs through %NL80211_ATTR_IE are specified by the user 620 * space based on the best possible BSS selected. Thus, if the driver ends 621 * up selecting a different BSS, it can modify these IEs accordingly (e.g. 622 * userspace asks the driver to perform PMKSA caching with BSS1 and the 623 * driver ends up selecting BSS2 with different PMKSA cache entry; RSNIE 624 * has to get updated with the apt PMKID). 625 * %NL80211_ATTR_PREV_BSSID can be used to request a reassociation within 626 * the ESS in case the device is already associated and an association with 627 * a different BSS is desired. 628 * Background scan period can optionally be 629 * specified in %NL80211_ATTR_BG_SCAN_PERIOD, 630 * if not specified default background scan configuration 631 * in driver is used and if period value is 0, bg scan will be disabled. 632 * This attribute is ignored if driver does not support roam scan. 633 * It is also sent as an event, with the BSSID and response IEs when the 634 * connection is established or failed to be established. This can be 635 * determined by the %NL80211_ATTR_STATUS_CODE attribute (0 = success, 636 * non-zero = failure). If %NL80211_ATTR_TIMED_OUT is included in the 637 * event, the connection attempt failed due to not being able to initiate 638 * authentication/association or not receiving a response from the AP. 639 * Non-zero %NL80211_ATTR_STATUS_CODE value is indicated in that case as 640 * well to remain backwards compatible. 641 * When establishing a security association, drivers that support 4 way 642 * handshake offload should send %NL80211_CMD_PORT_AUTHORIZED event when 643 * the 4 way handshake is completed successfully. 644 * @NL80211_CMD_ROAM: Notification indicating the card/driver roamed by itself. 645 * When a security association was established with the new AP (e.g. if 646 * the FT protocol was used for roaming or the driver completed the 4 way 647 * handshake), this event should be followed by an 648 * %NL80211_CMD_PORT_AUTHORIZED event. 649 * @NL80211_CMD_DISCONNECT: drop a given connection; also used to notify 650 * userspace that a connection was dropped by the AP or due to other 651 * reasons, for this the %NL80211_ATTR_DISCONNECTED_BY_AP and 652 * %NL80211_ATTR_REASON_CODE attributes are used. 653 * 654 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_WIPHY_NETNS: Set a wiphy's netns. Note that all devices 655 * associated with this wiphy must be down and will follow. 656 * 657 * @NL80211_CMD_REMAIN_ON_CHANNEL: Request to remain awake on the specified 658 * channel for the specified amount of time. This can be used to do 659 * off-channel operations like transmit a Public Action frame and wait for 660 * a response while being associated to an AP on another channel. 661 * %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX is used to specify which interface (and thus 662 * radio) is used. %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ is used to specify the 663 * frequency for the operation. 664 * %NL80211_ATTR_DURATION is used to specify the duration in milliseconds 665 * to remain on the channel. This command is also used as an event to 666 * notify when the requested duration starts (it may take a while for the 667 * driver to schedule this time due to other concurrent needs for the 668 * radio). 669 * When called, this operation returns a cookie (%NL80211_ATTR_COOKIE) 670 * that will be included with any events pertaining to this request; 671 * the cookie is also used to cancel the request. 672 * @NL80211_CMD_CANCEL_REMAIN_ON_CHANNEL: This command can be used to cancel a 673 * pending remain-on-channel duration if the desired operation has been 674 * completed prior to expiration of the originally requested duration. 675 * %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY or %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX is used to specify the 676 * radio. The %NL80211_ATTR_COOKIE attribute must be given as well to 677 * uniquely identify the request. 678 * This command is also used as an event to notify when a requested 679 * remain-on-channel duration has expired. 680 * 681 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_TX_BITRATE_MASK: Set the mask of rates to be used in TX 682 * rate selection. %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX is used to specify the interface 683 * and @NL80211_ATTR_TX_RATES the set of allowed rates. 684 * 685 * @NL80211_CMD_REGISTER_FRAME: Register for receiving certain mgmt frames 686 * (via @NL80211_CMD_FRAME) for processing in userspace. This command 687 * requires an interface index, a frame type attribute (optional for 688 * backward compatibility reasons, if not given assumes action frames) 689 * and a match attribute containing the first few bytes of the frame 690 * that should match, e.g. a single byte for only a category match or 691 * four bytes for vendor frames including the OUI. The registration 692 * cannot be dropped, but is removed automatically when the netlink 693 * socket is closed. Multiple registrations can be made. 694 * The %NL80211_ATTR_RECEIVE_MULTICAST flag attribute can be given if 695 * %NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_MULTICAST_REGISTRATIONS is available, in which 696 * case the registration can also be modified to include/exclude the 697 * flag, rather than requiring unregistration to change it. 698 * @NL80211_CMD_REGISTER_ACTION: Alias for @NL80211_CMD_REGISTER_FRAME for 699 * backward compatibility 700 * @NL80211_CMD_FRAME: Management frame TX request and RX notification. This 701 * command is used both as a request to transmit a management frame and 702 * as an event indicating reception of a frame that was not processed in 703 * kernel code, but is for us (i.e., which may need to be processed in a 704 * user space application). %NL80211_ATTR_FRAME is used to specify the 705 * frame contents (including header). %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ is used 706 * to indicate on which channel the frame is to be transmitted or was 707 * received. If this channel is not the current channel (remain-on-channel 708 * or the operational channel) the device will switch to the given channel 709 * and transmit the frame, optionally waiting for a response for the time 710 * specified using %NL80211_ATTR_DURATION. When called, this operation 711 * returns a cookie (%NL80211_ATTR_COOKIE) that will be included with the 712 * TX status event pertaining to the TX request. 713 * %NL80211_ATTR_TX_NO_CCK_RATE is used to decide whether to send the 714 * management frames at CCK rate or not in 2GHz band. 715 * %NL80211_ATTR_CSA_C_OFFSETS_TX is an array of offsets to CSA 716 * counters which will be updated to the current value. This attribute 717 * is used during CSA period. 718 * @NL80211_CMD_FRAME_WAIT_CANCEL: When an off-channel TX was requested, this 719 * command may be used with the corresponding cookie to cancel the wait 720 * time if it is known that it is no longer necessary. This command is 721 * also sent as an event whenever the driver has completed the off-channel 722 * wait time. 723 * @NL80211_CMD_ACTION: Alias for @NL80211_CMD_FRAME for backward compatibility. 724 * @NL80211_CMD_FRAME_TX_STATUS: Report TX status of a management frame 725 * transmitted with %NL80211_CMD_FRAME. %NL80211_ATTR_COOKIE identifies 726 * the TX command and %NL80211_ATTR_FRAME includes the contents of the 727 * frame. %NL80211_ATTR_ACK flag is included if the recipient acknowledged 728 * the frame. 729 * @NL80211_CMD_ACTION_TX_STATUS: Alias for @NL80211_CMD_FRAME_TX_STATUS for 730 * backward compatibility. 731 * 732 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_POWER_SAVE: Set powersave, using %NL80211_ATTR_PS_STATE 733 * @NL80211_CMD_GET_POWER_SAVE: Get powersave status in %NL80211_ATTR_PS_STATE 734 * 735 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_CQM: Connection quality monitor configuration. This command 736 * is used to configure connection quality monitoring notification trigger 737 * levels. 738 * @NL80211_CMD_NOTIFY_CQM: Connection quality monitor notification. This 739 * command is used as an event to indicate the that a trigger level was 740 * reached. 741 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_CHANNEL: Set the channel (using %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ 742 * and the attributes determining channel width) the given interface 743 * (identifed by %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX) shall operate on. 744 * In case multiple channels are supported by the device, the mechanism 745 * with which it switches channels is implementation-defined. 746 * When a monitor interface is given, it can only switch channel while 747 * no other interfaces are operating to avoid disturbing the operation 748 * of any other interfaces, and other interfaces will again take 749 * precedence when they are used. 750 * 751 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_WDS_PEER: Set the MAC address of the peer on a WDS interface. 752 * 753 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_MULTICAST_TO_UNICAST: Configure if this AP should perform 754 * multicast to unicast conversion. When enabled, all multicast packets 755 * with ethertype ARP, IPv4 or IPv6 (possibly within an 802.1Q header) 756 * will be sent out to each station once with the destination (multicast) 757 * MAC address replaced by the station's MAC address. Note that this may 758 * break certain expectations of the receiver, e.g. the ability to drop 759 * unicast IP packets encapsulated in multicast L2 frames, or the ability 760 * to not send destination unreachable messages in such cases. 761 * This can only be toggled per BSS. Configure this on an interface of 762 * type %NL80211_IFTYPE_AP. It applies to all its VLAN interfaces 763 * (%NL80211_IFTYPE_AP_VLAN), except for those in 4addr (WDS) mode. 764 * If %NL80211_ATTR_MULTICAST_TO_UNICAST_ENABLED is not present with this 765 * command, the feature is disabled. 766 * 767 * @NL80211_CMD_JOIN_MESH: Join a mesh. The mesh ID must be given, and initial 768 * mesh config parameters may be given. 769 * @NL80211_CMD_LEAVE_MESH: Leave the mesh network -- no special arguments, the 770 * network is determined by the network interface. 771 * 772 * @NL80211_CMD_UNPROT_DEAUTHENTICATE: Unprotected deauthentication frame 773 * notification. This event is used to indicate that an unprotected 774 * deauthentication frame was dropped when MFP is in use. 775 * @NL80211_CMD_UNPROT_DISASSOCIATE: Unprotected disassociation frame 776 * notification. This event is used to indicate that an unprotected 777 * disassociation frame was dropped when MFP is in use. 778 * 779 * @NL80211_CMD_NEW_PEER_CANDIDATE: Notification on the reception of a 780 * beacon or probe response from a compatible mesh peer. This is only 781 * sent while no station information (sta_info) exists for the new peer 782 * candidate and when @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_USERSPACE_AUTH, 783 * @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_USERSPACE_AMPE, or 784 * @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_USERSPACE_MPM is set. On reception of this 785 * notification, userspace may decide to create a new station 786 * (@NL80211_CMD_NEW_STATION). To stop this notification from 787 * reoccurring, the userspace authentication daemon may want to create the 788 * new station with the AUTHENTICATED flag unset and maybe change it later 789 * depending on the authentication result. 790 * 791 * @NL80211_CMD_GET_WOWLAN: get Wake-on-Wireless-LAN (WoWLAN) settings. 792 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_WOWLAN: set Wake-on-Wireless-LAN (WoWLAN) settings. 793 * Since wireless is more complex than wired ethernet, it supports 794 * various triggers. These triggers can be configured through this 795 * command with the %NL80211_ATTR_WOWLAN_TRIGGERS attribute. For 796 * more background information, see 797 * https://wireless.wiki.kernel.org/en/users/Documentation/WoWLAN. 798 * The @NL80211_CMD_SET_WOWLAN command can also be used as a notification 799 * from the driver reporting the wakeup reason. In this case, the 800 * @NL80211_ATTR_WOWLAN_TRIGGERS attribute will contain the reason 801 * for the wakeup, if it was caused by wireless. If it is not present 802 * in the wakeup notification, the wireless device didn't cause the 803 * wakeup but reports that it was woken up. 804 * 805 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_REKEY_OFFLOAD: This command is used give the driver 806 * the necessary information for supporting GTK rekey offload. This 807 * feature is typically used during WoWLAN. The configuration data 808 * is contained in %NL80211_ATTR_REKEY_DATA (which is nested and 809 * contains the data in sub-attributes). After rekeying happened, 810 * this command may also be sent by the driver as an MLME event to 811 * inform userspace of the new replay counter. 812 * 813 * @NL80211_CMD_PMKSA_CANDIDATE: This is used as an event to inform userspace 814 * of PMKSA caching dandidates. 815 * 816 * @NL80211_CMD_TDLS_OPER: Perform a high-level TDLS command (e.g. link setup). 817 * In addition, this can be used as an event to request userspace to take 818 * actions on TDLS links (set up a new link or tear down an existing one). 819 * In such events, %NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_OPERATION indicates the requested 820 * operation, %NL80211_ATTR_MAC contains the peer MAC address, and 821 * %NL80211_ATTR_REASON_CODE the reason code to be used (only with 822 * %NL80211_TDLS_TEARDOWN). 823 * @NL80211_CMD_TDLS_MGMT: Send a TDLS management frame. The 824 * %NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_ACTION attribute determines the type of frame to be 825 * sent. Public Action codes (802.11-2012 8.1.5.1) will be sent as 826 * 802.11 management frames, while TDLS action codes (802.11-2012 827 * 8.5.13.1) will be encapsulated and sent as data frames. The currently 828 * supported Public Action code is %WLAN_PUB_ACTION_TDLS_DISCOVER_RES 829 * and the currently supported TDLS actions codes are given in 830 * &enum ieee80211_tdls_actioncode. 831 * 832 * @NL80211_CMD_UNEXPECTED_FRAME: Used by an application controlling an AP 833 * (or GO) interface (i.e. hostapd) to ask for unexpected frames to 834 * implement sending deauth to stations that send unexpected class 3 835 * frames. Also used as the event sent by the kernel when such a frame 836 * is received. 837 * For the event, the %NL80211_ATTR_MAC attribute carries the TA and 838 * other attributes like the interface index are present. 839 * If used as the command it must have an interface index and you can 840 * only unsubscribe from the event by closing the socket. Subscription 841 * is also for %NL80211_CMD_UNEXPECTED_4ADDR_FRAME events. 842 * 843 * @NL80211_CMD_UNEXPECTED_4ADDR_FRAME: Sent as an event indicating that the 844 * associated station identified by %NL80211_ATTR_MAC sent a 4addr frame 845 * and wasn't already in a 4-addr VLAN. The event will be sent similarly 846 * to the %NL80211_CMD_UNEXPECTED_FRAME event, to the same listener. 847 * 848 * @NL80211_CMD_PROBE_CLIENT: Probe an associated station on an AP interface 849 * by sending a null data frame to it and reporting when the frame is 850 * acknowleged. This is used to allow timing out inactive clients. Uses 851 * %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX and %NL80211_ATTR_MAC. The command returns a 852 * direct reply with an %NL80211_ATTR_COOKIE that is later used to match 853 * up the event with the request. The event includes the same data and 854 * has %NL80211_ATTR_ACK set if the frame was ACKed. 855 * 856 * @NL80211_CMD_REGISTER_BEACONS: Register this socket to receive beacons from 857 * other BSSes when any interfaces are in AP mode. This helps implement 858 * OLBC handling in hostapd. Beacons are reported in %NL80211_CMD_FRAME 859 * messages. Note that per PHY only one application may register. 860 * 861 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_NOACK_MAP: sets a bitmap for the individual TIDs whether 862 * No Acknowledgement Policy should be applied. 863 * 864 * @NL80211_CMD_CH_SWITCH_NOTIFY: An AP or GO may decide to switch channels 865 * independently of the userspace SME, send this event indicating 866 * %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX is now on %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ and the 867 * attributes determining channel width. This indication may also be 868 * sent when a remotely-initiated switch (e.g., when a STA receives a CSA 869 * from the remote AP) is completed; 870 * 871 * @NL80211_CMD_CH_SWITCH_STARTED_NOTIFY: Notify that a channel switch 872 * has been started on an interface, regardless of the initiator 873 * (ie. whether it was requested from a remote device or 874 * initiated on our own). It indicates that 875 * %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX will be on %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ 876 * after %NL80211_ATTR_CH_SWITCH_COUNT TBTT's. The userspace may 877 * decide to react to this indication by requesting other 878 * interfaces to change channel as well. 879 * 880 * @NL80211_CMD_START_P2P_DEVICE: Start the given P2P Device, identified by 881 * its %NL80211_ATTR_WDEV identifier. It must have been created with 882 * %NL80211_CMD_NEW_INTERFACE previously. After it has been started, the 883 * P2P Device can be used for P2P operations, e.g. remain-on-channel and 884 * public action frame TX. 885 * @NL80211_CMD_STOP_P2P_DEVICE: Stop the given P2P Device, identified by 886 * its %NL80211_ATTR_WDEV identifier. 887 * 888 * @NL80211_CMD_CONN_FAILED: connection request to an AP failed; used to 889 * notify userspace that AP has rejected the connection request from a 890 * station, due to particular reason. %NL80211_ATTR_CONN_FAILED_REASON 891 * is used for this. 892 * 893 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_MCAST_RATE: Change the rate used to send multicast frames 894 * for IBSS or MESH vif. 895 * 896 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_MAC_ACL: sets ACL for MAC address based access control. 897 * This is to be used with the drivers advertising the support of MAC 898 * address based access control. List of MAC addresses is passed in 899 * %NL80211_ATTR_MAC_ADDRS and ACL policy is passed in 900 * %NL80211_ATTR_ACL_POLICY. Driver will enable ACL with this list, if it 901 * is not already done. The new list will replace any existing list. Driver 902 * will clear its ACL when the list of MAC addresses passed is empty. This 903 * command is used in AP/P2P GO mode. Driver has to make sure to clear its 904 * ACL list during %NL80211_CMD_STOP_AP. 905 * 906 * @NL80211_CMD_RADAR_DETECT: Start a Channel availability check (CAC). Once 907 * a radar is detected or the channel availability scan (CAC) has finished 908 * or was aborted, or a radar was detected, usermode will be notified with 909 * this event. This command is also used to notify userspace about radars 910 * while operating on this channel. 911 * %NL80211_ATTR_RADAR_EVENT is used to inform about the type of the 912 * event. 913 * 914 * @NL80211_CMD_GET_PROTOCOL_FEATURES: Get global nl80211 protocol features, 915 * i.e. features for the nl80211 protocol rather than device features. 916 * Returns the features in the %NL80211_ATTR_PROTOCOL_FEATURES bitmap. 917 * 918 * @NL80211_CMD_UPDATE_FT_IES: Pass down the most up-to-date Fast Transition 919 * Information Element to the WLAN driver 920 * 921 * @NL80211_CMD_FT_EVENT: Send a Fast transition event from the WLAN driver 922 * to the supplicant. This will carry the target AP's MAC address along 923 * with the relevant Information Elements. This event is used to report 924 * received FT IEs (MDIE, FTIE, RSN IE, TIE, RICIE). 925 * 926 * @NL80211_CMD_CRIT_PROTOCOL_START: Indicates user-space will start running 927 * a critical protocol that needs more reliability in the connection to 928 * complete. 929 * 930 * @NL80211_CMD_CRIT_PROTOCOL_STOP: Indicates the connection reliability can 931 * return back to normal. 932 * 933 * @NL80211_CMD_GET_COALESCE: Get currently supported coalesce rules. 934 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_COALESCE: Configure coalesce rules or clear existing rules. 935 * 936 * @NL80211_CMD_CHANNEL_SWITCH: Perform a channel switch by announcing the 937 * the new channel information (Channel Switch Announcement - CSA) 938 * in the beacon for some time (as defined in the 939 * %NL80211_ATTR_CH_SWITCH_COUNT parameter) and then change to the 940 * new channel. Userspace provides the new channel information (using 941 * %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ and the attributes determining channel 942 * width). %NL80211_ATTR_CH_SWITCH_BLOCK_TX may be supplied to inform 943 * other station that transmission must be blocked until the channel 944 * switch is complete. 945 * 946 * @NL80211_CMD_VENDOR: Vendor-specified command/event. The command is specified 947 * by the %NL80211_ATTR_VENDOR_ID attribute and a sub-command in 948 * %NL80211_ATTR_VENDOR_SUBCMD. Parameter(s) can be transported in 949 * %NL80211_ATTR_VENDOR_DATA. 950 * For feature advertisement, the %NL80211_ATTR_VENDOR_DATA attribute is 951 * used in the wiphy data as a nested attribute containing descriptions 952 * (&struct nl80211_vendor_cmd_info) of the supported vendor commands. 953 * This may also be sent as an event with the same attributes. 954 * 955 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_QOS_MAP: Set Interworking QoS mapping for IP DSCP values. 956 * The QoS mapping information is included in %NL80211_ATTR_QOS_MAP. If 957 * that attribute is not included, QoS mapping is disabled. Since this 958 * QoS mapping is relevant for IP packets, it is only valid during an 959 * association. This is cleared on disassociation and AP restart. 960 * 961 * @NL80211_CMD_ADD_TX_TS: Ask the kernel to add a traffic stream for the given 962 * %NL80211_ATTR_TSID and %NL80211_ATTR_MAC with %NL80211_ATTR_USER_PRIO 963 * and %NL80211_ATTR_ADMITTED_TIME parameters. 964 * Note that the action frame handshake with the AP shall be handled by 965 * userspace via the normal management RX/TX framework, this only sets 966 * up the TX TS in the driver/device. 967 * If the admitted time attribute is not added then the request just checks 968 * if a subsequent setup could be successful, the intent is to use this to 969 * avoid setting up a session with the AP when local restrictions would 970 * make that impossible. However, the subsequent "real" setup may still 971 * fail even if the check was successful. 972 * @NL80211_CMD_DEL_TX_TS: Remove an existing TS with the %NL80211_ATTR_TSID 973 * and %NL80211_ATTR_MAC parameters. It isn't necessary to call this 974 * before removing a station entry entirely, or before disassociating 975 * or similar, cleanup will happen in the driver/device in this case. 976 * 977 * @NL80211_CMD_GET_MPP: Get mesh path attributes for mesh proxy path to 978 * destination %NL80211_ATTR_MAC on the interface identified by 979 * %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX. 980 * 981 * @NL80211_CMD_JOIN_OCB: Join the OCB network. The center frequency and 982 * bandwidth of a channel must be given. 983 * @NL80211_CMD_LEAVE_OCB: Leave the OCB network -- no special arguments, the 984 * network is determined by the network interface. 985 * 986 * @NL80211_CMD_TDLS_CHANNEL_SWITCH: Start channel-switching with a TDLS peer, 987 * identified by the %NL80211_ATTR_MAC parameter. A target channel is 988 * provided via %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ and other attributes determining 989 * channel width/type. The target operating class is given via 990 * %NL80211_ATTR_OPER_CLASS. 991 * The driver is responsible for continually initiating channel-switching 992 * operations and returning to the base channel for communication with the 993 * AP. 994 * @NL80211_CMD_TDLS_CANCEL_CHANNEL_SWITCH: Stop channel-switching with a TDLS 995 * peer given by %NL80211_ATTR_MAC. Both peers must be on the base channel 996 * when this command completes. 997 * 998 * @NL80211_CMD_WIPHY_REG_CHANGE: Similar to %NL80211_CMD_REG_CHANGE, but used 999 * as an event to indicate changes for devices with wiphy-specific regdom 1000 * management. 1001 * 1002 * @NL80211_CMD_ABORT_SCAN: Stop an ongoing scan. Returns -ENOENT if a scan is 1003 * not running. The driver indicates the status of the scan through 1004 * cfg80211_scan_done(). 1005 * 1006 * @NL80211_CMD_START_NAN: Start NAN operation, identified by its 1007 * %NL80211_ATTR_WDEV interface. This interface must have been 1008 * previously created with %NL80211_CMD_NEW_INTERFACE. After it 1009 * has been started, the NAN interface will create or join a 1010 * cluster. This command must have a valid 1011 * %NL80211_ATTR_NAN_MASTER_PREF attribute and optional 1012 * %NL80211_ATTR_BANDS attributes. If %NL80211_ATTR_BANDS is 1013 * omitted or set to 0, it means don't-care and the device will 1014 * decide what to use. After this command NAN functions can be 1015 * added. 1016 * @NL80211_CMD_STOP_NAN: Stop the NAN operation, identified by 1017 * its %NL80211_ATTR_WDEV interface. 1018 * @NL80211_CMD_ADD_NAN_FUNCTION: Add a NAN function. The function is defined 1019 * with %NL80211_ATTR_NAN_FUNC nested attribute. When called, this 1020 * operation returns the strictly positive and unique instance id 1021 * (%NL80211_ATTR_NAN_FUNC_INST_ID) and a cookie (%NL80211_ATTR_COOKIE) 1022 * of the function upon success. 1023 * Since instance ID's can be re-used, this cookie is the right 1024 * way to identify the function. This will avoid races when a termination 1025 * event is handled by the user space after it has already added a new 1026 * function that got the same instance id from the kernel as the one 1027 * which just terminated. 1028 * This cookie may be used in NAN events even before the command 1029 * returns, so userspace shouldn't process NAN events until it processes 1030 * the response to this command. 1031 * Look at %NL80211_ATTR_SOCKET_OWNER as well. 1032 * @NL80211_CMD_DEL_NAN_FUNCTION: Delete a NAN function by cookie. 1033 * This command is also used as a notification sent when a NAN function is 1034 * terminated. This will contain a %NL80211_ATTR_NAN_FUNC_INST_ID 1035 * and %NL80211_ATTR_COOKIE attributes. 1036 * @NL80211_CMD_CHANGE_NAN_CONFIG: Change current NAN 1037 * configuration. NAN must be operational (%NL80211_CMD_START_NAN 1038 * was executed). It must contain at least one of the following 1039 * attributes: %NL80211_ATTR_NAN_MASTER_PREF, 1040 * %NL80211_ATTR_BANDS. If %NL80211_ATTR_BANDS is omitted, the 1041 * current configuration is not changed. If it is present but 1042 * set to zero, the configuration is changed to don't-care 1043 * (i.e. the device can decide what to do). 1044 * @NL80211_CMD_NAN_FUNC_MATCH: Notification sent when a match is reported. 1045 * This will contain a %NL80211_ATTR_NAN_MATCH nested attribute and 1046 * %NL80211_ATTR_COOKIE. 1047 * 1048 * @NL80211_CMD_UPDATE_CONNECT_PARAMS: Update one or more connect parameters 1049 * for subsequent roaming cases if the driver or firmware uses internal 1050 * BSS selection. This command can be issued only while connected and it 1051 * does not result in a change for the current association. Currently, 1052 * only the %NL80211_ATTR_IE data is used and updated with this command. 1053 * 1054 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_PMK: For offloaded 4-Way handshake, set the PMK or PMK-R0 1055 * for the given authenticator address (specified with %NL80211_ATTR_MAC). 1056 * When %NL80211_ATTR_PMKR0_NAME is set, %NL80211_ATTR_PMK specifies the 1057 * PMK-R0, otherwise it specifies the PMK. 1058 * @NL80211_CMD_DEL_PMK: For offloaded 4-Way handshake, delete the previously 1059 * configured PMK for the authenticator address identified by 1060 * %NL80211_ATTR_MAC. 1061 * @NL80211_CMD_PORT_AUTHORIZED: An event that indicates that the 4 way 1062 * handshake was completed successfully by the driver. The BSSID is 1063 * specified with %NL80211_ATTR_MAC. Drivers that support 4 way handshake 1064 * offload should send this event after indicating 802.11 association with 1065 * %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT or %NL80211_CMD_ROAM. If the 4 way handshake failed 1066 * %NL80211_CMD_DISCONNECT should be indicated instead. 1067 * 1068 * @NL80211_CMD_CONTROL_PORT_FRAME: Control Port (e.g. PAE) frame TX request 1069 * and RX notification. This command is used both as a request to transmit 1070 * a control port frame and as a notification that a control port frame 1071 * has been received. %NL80211_ATTR_FRAME is used to specify the 1072 * frame contents. The frame is the raw EAPoL data, without ethernet or 1073 * 802.11 headers. 1074 * When used as an event indication %NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT_ETHERTYPE, 1075 * %NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT_NO_ENCRYPT and %NL80211_ATTR_MAC are added 1076 * indicating the protocol type of the received frame; whether the frame 1077 * was received unencrypted and the MAC address of the peer respectively. 1078 * 1079 * @NL80211_CMD_RELOAD_REGDB: Request that the regdb firmware file is reloaded. 1080 * 1081 * @NL80211_CMD_EXTERNAL_AUTH: This interface is exclusively defined for host 1082 * drivers that do not define separate commands for authentication and 1083 * association, but rely on user space for the authentication to happen. 1084 * This interface acts both as the event request (driver to user space) 1085 * to trigger the authentication and command response (userspace to 1086 * driver) to indicate the authentication status. 1087 * 1088 * User space uses the %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT command to the host driver to 1089 * trigger a connection. The host driver selects a BSS and further uses 1090 * this interface to offload only the authentication part to the user 1091 * space. Authentication frames are passed between the driver and user 1092 * space through the %NL80211_CMD_FRAME interface. Host driver proceeds 1093 * further with the association after getting successful authentication 1094 * status. User space indicates the authentication status through 1095 * %NL80211_ATTR_STATUS_CODE attribute in %NL80211_CMD_EXTERNAL_AUTH 1096 * command interface. 1097 * 1098 * Host driver reports this status on an authentication failure to the 1099 * user space through the connect result as the user space would have 1100 * initiated the connection through the connect request. 1101 * 1102 * @NL80211_CMD_STA_OPMODE_CHANGED: An event that notify station's 1103 * ht opmode or vht opmode changes using any of %NL80211_ATTR_SMPS_MODE, 1104 * %NL80211_ATTR_CHANNEL_WIDTH,%NL80211_ATTR_NSS attributes with its 1105 * address(specified in %NL80211_ATTR_MAC). 1106 * 1107 * @NL80211_CMD_GET_FTM_RESPONDER_STATS: Retrieve FTM responder statistics, in 1108 * the %NL80211_ATTR_FTM_RESPONDER_STATS attribute. 1109 * 1110 * @NL80211_CMD_PEER_MEASUREMENT_START: start a (set of) peer measurement(s) 1111 * with the given parameters, which are encapsulated in the nested 1112 * %NL80211_ATTR_PEER_MEASUREMENTS attribute. Optionally, MAC address 1113 * randomization may be enabled and configured by specifying the 1114 * %NL80211_ATTR_MAC and %NL80211_ATTR_MAC_MASK attributes. 1115 * If a timeout is requested, use the %NL80211_ATTR_TIMEOUT attribute. 1116 * A u64 cookie for further %NL80211_ATTR_COOKIE use is is returned in 1117 * the netlink extended ack message. 1118 * 1119 * To cancel a measurement, close the socket that requested it. 1120 * 1121 * Measurement results are reported to the socket that requested the 1122 * measurement using @NL80211_CMD_PEER_MEASUREMENT_RESULT when they 1123 * become available, so applications must ensure a large enough socket 1124 * buffer size. 1125 * 1126 * Depending on driver support it may or may not be possible to start 1127 * multiple concurrent measurements. 1128 * @NL80211_CMD_PEER_MEASUREMENT_RESULT: This command number is used for the 1129 * result notification from the driver to the requesting socket. 1130 * @NL80211_CMD_PEER_MEASUREMENT_COMPLETE: Notification only, indicating that 1131 * the measurement completed, using the measurement cookie 1132 * (%NL80211_ATTR_COOKIE). 1133 * 1134 * @NL80211_CMD_NOTIFY_RADAR: Notify the kernel that a radar signal was 1135 * detected and reported by a neighboring device on the channel 1136 * indicated by %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ and other attributes 1137 * determining the width and type. 1138 * 1139 * @NL80211_CMD_UPDATE_OWE_INFO: This interface allows the host driver to 1140 * offload OWE processing to user space. This intends to support 1141 * OWE AKM by the host drivers that implement SME but rely 1142 * on the user space for the cryptographic/DH IE processing in AP mode. 1143 * 1144 * @NL80211_CMD_PROBE_MESH_LINK: The requirement for mesh link metric 1145 * refreshing, is that from one mesh point we be able to send some data 1146 * frames to other mesh points which are not currently selected as a 1147 * primary traffic path, but which are only 1 hop away. The absence of 1148 * the primary path to the chosen node makes it necessary to apply some 1149 * form of marking on a chosen packet stream so that the packets can be 1150 * properly steered to the selected node for testing, and not by the 1151 * regular mesh path lookup. Further, the packets must be of type data 1152 * so that the rate control (often embedded in firmware) is used for 1153 * rate selection. 1154 * 1155 * Here attribute %NL80211_ATTR_MAC is used to specify connected mesh 1156 * peer MAC address and %NL80211_ATTR_FRAME is used to specify the frame 1157 * content. The frame is ethernet data. 1158 * 1159 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_TID_CONFIG: Data frame TID specific configuration 1160 * is passed using %NL80211_ATTR_TID_CONFIG attribute. 1161 * 1162 * @NL80211_CMD_UNPROT_BEACON: Unprotected or incorrectly protected Beacon 1163 * frame. This event is used to indicate that a received Beacon frame was 1164 * dropped because it did not include a valid MME MIC while beacon 1165 * protection was enabled (BIGTK configured in station mode). 1166 * 1167 * @NL80211_CMD_CONTROL_PORT_FRAME_TX_STATUS: Report TX status of a control 1168 * port frame transmitted with %NL80211_CMD_CONTROL_PORT_FRAME. 1169 * %NL80211_ATTR_COOKIE identifies the TX command and %NL80211_ATTR_FRAME 1170 * includes the contents of the frame. %NL80211_ATTR_ACK flag is included 1171 * if the recipient acknowledged the frame. 1172 * 1173 * @NL80211_CMD_MAX: highest used command number 1174 * @__NL80211_CMD_AFTER_LAST: internal use 1175 */ 1176 enum nl80211_commands { 1177 /* don't change the order or add anything between, this is ABI! */ 1178 NL80211_CMD_UNSPEC, 1179 1180 NL80211_CMD_GET_WIPHY, /* can dump */ 1181 NL80211_CMD_SET_WIPHY, 1182 NL80211_CMD_NEW_WIPHY, 1183 NL80211_CMD_DEL_WIPHY, 1184 1185 NL80211_CMD_GET_INTERFACE, /* can dump */ 1186 NL80211_CMD_SET_INTERFACE, 1187 NL80211_CMD_NEW_INTERFACE, 1188 NL80211_CMD_DEL_INTERFACE, 1189 1190 NL80211_CMD_GET_KEY, 1191 NL80211_CMD_SET_KEY, 1192 NL80211_CMD_NEW_KEY, 1193 NL80211_CMD_DEL_KEY, 1194 1195 NL80211_CMD_GET_BEACON, 1196 NL80211_CMD_SET_BEACON, 1197 NL80211_CMD_START_AP, 1198 NL80211_CMD_NEW_BEACON = NL80211_CMD_START_AP, 1199 NL80211_CMD_STOP_AP, 1200 NL80211_CMD_DEL_BEACON = NL80211_CMD_STOP_AP, 1201 1202 NL80211_CMD_GET_STATION, 1203 NL80211_CMD_SET_STATION, 1204 NL80211_CMD_NEW_STATION, 1205 NL80211_CMD_DEL_STATION, 1206 1207 NL80211_CMD_GET_MPATH, 1208 NL80211_CMD_SET_MPATH, 1209 NL80211_CMD_NEW_MPATH, 1210 NL80211_CMD_DEL_MPATH, 1211 1212 NL80211_CMD_SET_BSS, 1213 1214 NL80211_CMD_SET_REG, 1215 NL80211_CMD_REQ_SET_REG, 1216 1217 NL80211_CMD_GET_MESH_CONFIG, 1218 NL80211_CMD_SET_MESH_CONFIG, 1219 1220 NL80211_CMD_SET_MGMT_EXTRA_IE /* reserved; not used */, 1221 1222 NL80211_CMD_GET_REG, 1223 1224 NL80211_CMD_GET_SCAN, 1225 NL80211_CMD_TRIGGER_SCAN, 1226 NL80211_CMD_NEW_SCAN_RESULTS, 1227 NL80211_CMD_SCAN_ABORTED, 1228 1229 NL80211_CMD_REG_CHANGE, 1230 1231 NL80211_CMD_AUTHENTICATE, 1232 NL80211_CMD_ASSOCIATE, 1233 NL80211_CMD_DEAUTHENTICATE, 1234 NL80211_CMD_DISASSOCIATE, 1235 1236 NL80211_CMD_MICHAEL_MIC_FAILURE, 1237 1238 NL80211_CMD_REG_BEACON_HINT, 1239 1240 NL80211_CMD_JOIN_IBSS, 1241 NL80211_CMD_LEAVE_IBSS, 1242 1243 NL80211_CMD_TESTMODE, 1244 1245 NL80211_CMD_CONNECT, 1246 NL80211_CMD_ROAM, 1247 NL80211_CMD_DISCONNECT, 1248 1249 NL80211_CMD_SET_WIPHY_NETNS, 1250 1251 NL80211_CMD_GET_SURVEY, 1252 NL80211_CMD_NEW_SURVEY_RESULTS, 1253 1254 NL80211_CMD_SET_PMKSA, 1255 NL80211_CMD_DEL_PMKSA, 1256 NL80211_CMD_FLUSH_PMKSA, 1257 1258 NL80211_CMD_REMAIN_ON_CHANNEL, 1259 NL80211_CMD_CANCEL_REMAIN_ON_CHANNEL, 1260 1261 NL80211_CMD_SET_TX_BITRATE_MASK, 1262 1263 NL80211_CMD_REGISTER_FRAME, 1264 NL80211_CMD_REGISTER_ACTION = NL80211_CMD_REGISTER_FRAME, 1265 NL80211_CMD_FRAME, 1266 NL80211_CMD_ACTION = NL80211_CMD_FRAME, 1267 NL80211_CMD_FRAME_TX_STATUS, 1268 NL80211_CMD_ACTION_TX_STATUS = NL80211_CMD_FRAME_TX_STATUS, 1269 1270 NL80211_CMD_SET_POWER_SAVE, 1271 NL80211_CMD_GET_POWER_SAVE, 1272 1273 NL80211_CMD_SET_CQM, 1274 NL80211_CMD_NOTIFY_CQM, 1275 1276 NL80211_CMD_SET_CHANNEL, 1277 NL80211_CMD_SET_WDS_PEER, 1278 1279 NL80211_CMD_FRAME_WAIT_CANCEL, 1280 1281 NL80211_CMD_JOIN_MESH, 1282 NL80211_CMD_LEAVE_MESH, 1283 1284 NL80211_CMD_UNPROT_DEAUTHENTICATE, 1285 NL80211_CMD_UNPROT_DISASSOCIATE, 1286 1287 NL80211_CMD_NEW_PEER_CANDIDATE, 1288 1289 NL80211_CMD_GET_WOWLAN, 1290 NL80211_CMD_SET_WOWLAN, 1291 1292 NL80211_CMD_START_SCHED_SCAN, 1293 NL80211_CMD_STOP_SCHED_SCAN, 1294 NL80211_CMD_SCHED_SCAN_RESULTS, 1295 NL80211_CMD_SCHED_SCAN_STOPPED, 1296 1297 NL80211_CMD_SET_REKEY_OFFLOAD, 1298 1299 NL80211_CMD_PMKSA_CANDIDATE, 1300 1301 NL80211_CMD_TDLS_OPER, 1302 NL80211_CMD_TDLS_MGMT, 1303 1304 NL80211_CMD_UNEXPECTED_FRAME, 1305 1306 NL80211_CMD_PROBE_CLIENT, 1307 1308 NL80211_CMD_REGISTER_BEACONS, 1309 1310 NL80211_CMD_UNEXPECTED_4ADDR_FRAME, 1311 1312 NL80211_CMD_SET_NOACK_MAP, 1313 1314 NL80211_CMD_CH_SWITCH_NOTIFY, 1315 1316 NL80211_CMD_START_P2P_DEVICE, 1317 NL80211_CMD_STOP_P2P_DEVICE, 1318 1319 NL80211_CMD_CONN_FAILED, 1320 1321 NL80211_CMD_SET_MCAST_RATE, 1322 1323 NL80211_CMD_SET_MAC_ACL, 1324 1325 NL80211_CMD_RADAR_DETECT, 1326 1327 NL80211_CMD_GET_PROTOCOL_FEATURES, 1328 1329 NL80211_CMD_UPDATE_FT_IES, 1330 NL80211_CMD_FT_EVENT, 1331 1332 NL80211_CMD_CRIT_PROTOCOL_START, 1333 NL80211_CMD_CRIT_PROTOCOL_STOP, 1334 1335 NL80211_CMD_GET_COALESCE, 1336 NL80211_CMD_SET_COALESCE, 1337 1338 NL80211_CMD_CHANNEL_SWITCH, 1339 1340 NL80211_CMD_VENDOR, 1341 1342 NL80211_CMD_SET_QOS_MAP, 1343 1344 NL80211_CMD_ADD_TX_TS, 1345 NL80211_CMD_DEL_TX_TS, 1346 1347 NL80211_CMD_GET_MPP, 1348 1349 NL80211_CMD_JOIN_OCB, 1350 NL80211_CMD_LEAVE_OCB, 1351 1352 NL80211_CMD_CH_SWITCH_STARTED_NOTIFY, 1353 1354 NL80211_CMD_TDLS_CHANNEL_SWITCH, 1355 NL80211_CMD_TDLS_CANCEL_CHANNEL_SWITCH, 1356 1357 NL80211_CMD_WIPHY_REG_CHANGE, 1358 1359 NL80211_CMD_ABORT_SCAN, 1360 1361 NL80211_CMD_START_NAN, 1362 NL80211_CMD_STOP_NAN, 1363 NL80211_CMD_ADD_NAN_FUNCTION, 1364 NL80211_CMD_DEL_NAN_FUNCTION, 1365 NL80211_CMD_CHANGE_NAN_CONFIG, 1366 NL80211_CMD_NAN_MATCH, 1367 1368 NL80211_CMD_SET_MULTICAST_TO_UNICAST, 1369 1370 NL80211_CMD_UPDATE_CONNECT_PARAMS, 1371 1372 NL80211_CMD_SET_PMK, 1373 NL80211_CMD_DEL_PMK, 1374 1375 NL80211_CMD_PORT_AUTHORIZED, 1376 1377 NL80211_CMD_RELOAD_REGDB, 1378 1379 NL80211_CMD_EXTERNAL_AUTH, 1380 1381 NL80211_CMD_STA_OPMODE_CHANGED, 1382 1383 NL80211_CMD_CONTROL_PORT_FRAME, 1384 1385 NL80211_CMD_GET_FTM_RESPONDER_STATS, 1386 1387 NL80211_CMD_PEER_MEASUREMENT_START, 1388 NL80211_CMD_PEER_MEASUREMENT_RESULT, 1389 NL80211_CMD_PEER_MEASUREMENT_COMPLETE, 1390 1391 NL80211_CMD_NOTIFY_RADAR, 1392 1393 NL80211_CMD_UPDATE_OWE_INFO, 1394 1395 NL80211_CMD_PROBE_MESH_LINK, 1396 1397 NL80211_CMD_SET_TID_CONFIG, 1398 1399 NL80211_CMD_UNPROT_BEACON, 1400 1401 NL80211_CMD_CONTROL_PORT_FRAME_TX_STATUS, 1402 1403 /* add new commands above here */ 1404 1405 /* used to define NL80211_CMD_MAX below */ 1406 __NL80211_CMD_AFTER_LAST, 1407 NL80211_CMD_MAX = __NL80211_CMD_AFTER_LAST - 1 1408 }; 1409 1410 /* 1411 * Allow user space programs to use #ifdef on new commands by defining them 1412 * here 1413 */ 1414 #define NL80211_CMD_SET_BSS NL80211_CMD_SET_BSS 1415 #define NL80211_CMD_SET_MGMT_EXTRA_IE NL80211_CMD_SET_MGMT_EXTRA_IE 1416 #define NL80211_CMD_REG_CHANGE NL80211_CMD_REG_CHANGE 1417 #define NL80211_CMD_AUTHENTICATE NL80211_CMD_AUTHENTICATE 1418 #define NL80211_CMD_ASSOCIATE NL80211_CMD_ASSOCIATE 1419 #define NL80211_CMD_DEAUTHENTICATE NL80211_CMD_DEAUTHENTICATE 1420 #define NL80211_CMD_DISASSOCIATE NL80211_CMD_DISASSOCIATE 1421 #define NL80211_CMD_REG_BEACON_HINT NL80211_CMD_REG_BEACON_HINT 1422 1423 #define NL80211_ATTR_FEATURE_FLAGS NL80211_ATTR_FEATURE_FLAGS 1424 1425 /* source-level API compatibility */ 1426 #define NL80211_CMD_GET_MESH_PARAMS NL80211_CMD_GET_MESH_CONFIG 1427 #define NL80211_CMD_SET_MESH_PARAMS NL80211_CMD_SET_MESH_CONFIG 1428 #define NL80211_MESH_SETUP_VENDOR_PATH_SEL_IE NL80211_MESH_SETUP_IE 1429 1430 /** 1431 * enum nl80211_attrs - nl80211 netlink attributes 1432 * 1433 * @NL80211_ATTR_UNSPEC: unspecified attribute to catch errors 1434 * 1435 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY: index of wiphy to operate on, cf. 1436 * /sys/class/ieee80211/<phyname>/index 1437 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_NAME: wiphy name (used for renaming) 1438 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_TXQ_PARAMS: a nested array of TX queue parameters 1439 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ: frequency of the selected channel in MHz, 1440 * defines the channel together with the (deprecated) 1441 * %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_CHANNEL_TYPE attribute or the attributes 1442 * %NL80211_ATTR_CHANNEL_WIDTH and if needed %NL80211_ATTR_CENTER_FREQ1 1443 * and %NL80211_ATTR_CENTER_FREQ2 1444 * @NL80211_ATTR_CHANNEL_WIDTH: u32 attribute containing one of the values 1445 * of &enum nl80211_chan_width, describing the channel width. See the 1446 * documentation of the enum for more information. 1447 * @NL80211_ATTR_CENTER_FREQ1: Center frequency of the first part of the 1448 * channel, used for anything but 20 MHz bandwidth. In S1G this is the 1449 * operating channel center frequency. 1450 * @NL80211_ATTR_CENTER_FREQ2: Center frequency of the second part of the 1451 * channel, used only for 80+80 MHz bandwidth 1452 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_CHANNEL_TYPE: included with NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ 1453 * if HT20 or HT40 are to be used (i.e., HT disabled if not included): 1454 * NL80211_CHAN_NO_HT = HT not allowed (i.e., same as not including 1455 * this attribute) 1456 * NL80211_CHAN_HT20 = HT20 only 1457 * NL80211_CHAN_HT40MINUS = secondary channel is below the primary channel 1458 * NL80211_CHAN_HT40PLUS = secondary channel is above the primary channel 1459 * This attribute is now deprecated. 1460 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_RETRY_SHORT: TX retry limit for frames whose length is 1461 * less than or equal to the RTS threshold; allowed range: 1..255; 1462 * dot11ShortRetryLimit; u8 1463 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_RETRY_LONG: TX retry limit for frames whose length is 1464 * greater than the RTS threshold; allowed range: 1..255; 1465 * dot11ShortLongLimit; u8 1466 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FRAG_THRESHOLD: fragmentation threshold, i.e., maximum 1467 * length in octets for frames; allowed range: 256..8000, disable 1468 * fragmentation with (u32)-1; dot11FragmentationThreshold; u32 1469 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_RTS_THRESHOLD: RTS threshold (TX frames with length 1470 * larger than or equal to this use RTS/CTS handshake); allowed range: 1471 * 0..65536, disable with (u32)-1; dot11RTSThreshold; u32 1472 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_COVERAGE_CLASS: Coverage Class as defined by IEEE 802.11 1473 * section 7.3.2.9; dot11CoverageClass; u8 1474 * 1475 * @NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX: network interface index of the device to operate on 1476 * @NL80211_ATTR_IFNAME: network interface name 1477 * @NL80211_ATTR_IFTYPE: type of virtual interface, see &enum nl80211_iftype 1478 * 1479 * @NL80211_ATTR_WDEV: wireless device identifier, used for pseudo-devices 1480 * that don't have a netdev (u64) 1481 * 1482 * @NL80211_ATTR_MAC: MAC address (various uses) 1483 * 1484 * @NL80211_ATTR_KEY_DATA: (temporal) key data; for TKIP this consists of 1485 * 16 bytes encryption key followed by 8 bytes each for TX and RX MIC 1486 * keys 1487 * @NL80211_ATTR_KEY_IDX: key ID (u8, 0-3) 1488 * @NL80211_ATTR_KEY_CIPHER: key cipher suite (u32, as defined by IEEE 802.11 1489 * section 7.3.2.25.1, e.g. 0x000FAC04) 1490 * @NL80211_ATTR_KEY_SEQ: transmit key sequence number (IV/PN) for TKIP and 1491 * CCMP keys, each six bytes in little endian 1492 * @NL80211_ATTR_KEY_DEFAULT: Flag attribute indicating the key is default key 1493 * @NL80211_ATTR_KEY_DEFAULT_MGMT: Flag attribute indicating the key is the 1494 * default management key 1495 * @NL80211_ATTR_CIPHER_SUITES_PAIRWISE: For crypto settings for connect or 1496 * other commands, indicates which pairwise cipher suites are used 1497 * @NL80211_ATTR_CIPHER_SUITE_GROUP: For crypto settings for connect or 1498 * other commands, indicates which group cipher suite is used 1499 * 1500 * @NL80211_ATTR_BEACON_INTERVAL: beacon interval in TU 1501 * @NL80211_ATTR_DTIM_PERIOD: DTIM period for beaconing 1502 * @NL80211_ATTR_BEACON_HEAD: portion of the beacon before the TIM IE 1503 * @NL80211_ATTR_BEACON_TAIL: portion of the beacon after the TIM IE 1504 * 1505 * @NL80211_ATTR_STA_AID: Association ID for the station (u16) 1506 * @NL80211_ATTR_STA_FLAGS: flags, nested element with NLA_FLAG attributes of 1507 * &enum nl80211_sta_flags (deprecated, use %NL80211_ATTR_STA_FLAGS2) 1508 * @NL80211_ATTR_STA_LISTEN_INTERVAL: listen interval as defined by 1509 * IEEE 802.11 7.3.1.6 (u16). 1510 * @NL80211_ATTR_STA_SUPPORTED_RATES: supported rates, array of supported 1511 * rates as defined by IEEE 802.11 7.3.2.2 but without the length 1512 * restriction (at most %NL80211_MAX_SUPP_RATES). 1513 * @NL80211_ATTR_STA_VLAN: interface index of VLAN interface to move station 1514 * to, or the AP interface the station was originally added to to. 1515 * @NL80211_ATTR_STA_INFO: information about a station, part of station info 1516 * given for %NL80211_CMD_GET_STATION, nested attribute containing 1517 * info as possible, see &enum nl80211_sta_info. 1518 * 1519 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_BANDS: Information about an operating bands, 1520 * consisting of a nested array. 1521 * 1522 * @NL80211_ATTR_MESH_ID: mesh id (1-32 bytes). 1523 * @NL80211_ATTR_STA_PLINK_ACTION: action to perform on the mesh peer link 1524 * (see &enum nl80211_plink_action). 1525 * @NL80211_ATTR_MPATH_NEXT_HOP: MAC address of the next hop for a mesh path. 1526 * @NL80211_ATTR_MPATH_INFO: information about a mesh_path, part of mesh path 1527 * info given for %NL80211_CMD_GET_MPATH, nested attribute described at 1528 * &enum nl80211_mpath_info. 1529 * 1530 * @NL80211_ATTR_MNTR_FLAGS: flags, nested element with NLA_FLAG attributes of 1531 * &enum nl80211_mntr_flags. 1532 * 1533 * @NL80211_ATTR_REG_ALPHA2: an ISO-3166-alpha2 country code for which the 1534 * current regulatory domain should be set to or is already set to. 1535 * For example, 'CR', for Costa Rica. This attribute is used by the kernel 1536 * to query the CRDA to retrieve one regulatory domain. This attribute can 1537 * also be used by userspace to query the kernel for the currently set 1538 * regulatory domain. We chose an alpha2 as that is also used by the 1539 * IEEE-802.11 country information element to identify a country. 1540 * Users can also simply ask the wireless core to set regulatory domain 1541 * to a specific alpha2. 1542 * @NL80211_ATTR_REG_RULES: a nested array of regulatory domain regulatory 1543 * rules. 1544 * 1545 * @NL80211_ATTR_BSS_CTS_PROT: whether CTS protection is enabled (u8, 0 or 1) 1546 * @NL80211_ATTR_BSS_SHORT_PREAMBLE: whether short preamble is enabled 1547 * (u8, 0 or 1) 1548 * @NL80211_ATTR_BSS_SHORT_SLOT_TIME: whether short slot time enabled 1549 * (u8, 0 or 1) 1550 * @NL80211_ATTR_BSS_BASIC_RATES: basic rates, array of basic 1551 * rates in format defined by IEEE 802.11 7.3.2.2 but without the length 1552 * restriction (at most %NL80211_MAX_SUPP_RATES). 1553 * 1554 * @NL80211_ATTR_HT_CAPABILITY: HT Capability information element (from 1555 * association request when used with NL80211_CMD_NEW_STATION) 1556 * 1557 * @NL80211_ATTR_SUPPORTED_IFTYPES: nested attribute containing all 1558 * supported interface types, each a flag attribute with the number 1559 * of the interface mode. 1560 * 1561 * @NL80211_ATTR_MGMT_SUBTYPE: Management frame subtype for 1562 * %NL80211_CMD_SET_MGMT_EXTRA_IE. 1563 * 1564 * @NL80211_ATTR_IE: Information element(s) data (used, e.g., with 1565 * %NL80211_CMD_SET_MGMT_EXTRA_IE). 1566 * 1567 * @NL80211_ATTR_MAX_NUM_SCAN_SSIDS: number of SSIDs you can scan with 1568 * a single scan request, a wiphy attribute. 1569 * @NL80211_ATTR_MAX_NUM_SCHED_SCAN_SSIDS: number of SSIDs you can 1570 * scan with a single scheduled scan request, a wiphy attribute. 1571 * @NL80211_ATTR_MAX_SCAN_IE_LEN: maximum length of information elements 1572 * that can be added to a scan request 1573 * @NL80211_ATTR_MAX_SCHED_SCAN_IE_LEN: maximum length of information 1574 * elements that can be added to a scheduled scan request 1575 * @NL80211_ATTR_MAX_MATCH_SETS: maximum number of sets that can be 1576 * used with @NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH, a wiphy attribute. 1577 * 1578 * @NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_FREQUENCIES: nested attribute with frequencies (in MHz) 1579 * @NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_SSIDS: nested attribute with SSIDs, leave out for passive 1580 * scanning and include a zero-length SSID (wildcard) for wildcard scan 1581 * @NL80211_ATTR_BSS: scan result BSS 1582 * 1583 * @NL80211_ATTR_REG_INITIATOR: indicates who requested the regulatory domain 1584 * currently in effect. This could be any of the %NL80211_REGDOM_SET_BY_* 1585 * @NL80211_ATTR_REG_TYPE: indicates the type of the regulatory domain currently 1586 * set. This can be one of the nl80211_reg_type (%NL80211_REGDOM_TYPE_*) 1587 * 1588 * @NL80211_ATTR_SUPPORTED_COMMANDS: wiphy attribute that specifies 1589 * an array of command numbers (i.e. a mapping index to command number) 1590 * that the driver for the given wiphy supports. 1591 * 1592 * @NL80211_ATTR_FRAME: frame data (binary attribute), including frame header 1593 * and body, but not FCS; used, e.g., with NL80211_CMD_AUTHENTICATE and 1594 * NL80211_CMD_ASSOCIATE events 1595 * @NL80211_ATTR_SSID: SSID (binary attribute, 0..32 octets) 1596 * @NL80211_ATTR_AUTH_TYPE: AuthenticationType, see &enum nl80211_auth_type, 1597 * represented as a u32 1598 * @NL80211_ATTR_REASON_CODE: ReasonCode for %NL80211_CMD_DEAUTHENTICATE and 1599 * %NL80211_CMD_DISASSOCIATE, u16 1600 * 1601 * @NL80211_ATTR_KEY_TYPE: Key Type, see &enum nl80211_key_type, represented as 1602 * a u32 1603 * 1604 * @NL80211_ATTR_FREQ_BEFORE: A channel which has suffered a regulatory change 1605 * due to considerations from a beacon hint. This attribute reflects 1606 * the state of the channel _before_ the beacon hint processing. This 1607 * attributes consists of a nested attribute containing 1608 * NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_* 1609 * @NL80211_ATTR_FREQ_AFTER: A channel which has suffered a regulatory change 1610 * due to considerations from a beacon hint. This attribute reflects 1611 * the state of the channel _after_ the beacon hint processing. This 1612 * attributes consists of a nested attribute containing 1613 * NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_* 1614 * 1615 * @NL80211_ATTR_CIPHER_SUITES: a set of u32 values indicating the supported 1616 * cipher suites 1617 * 1618 * @NL80211_ATTR_FREQ_FIXED: a flag indicating the IBSS should not try to look 1619 * for other networks on different channels 1620 * 1621 * @NL80211_ATTR_TIMED_OUT: a flag indicating than an operation timed out; this 1622 * is used, e.g., with %NL80211_CMD_AUTHENTICATE event 1623 * 1624 * @NL80211_ATTR_USE_MFP: Whether management frame protection (IEEE 802.11w) is 1625 * used for the association (&enum nl80211_mfp, represented as a u32); 1626 * this attribute can be used with %NL80211_CMD_ASSOCIATE and 1627 * %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT requests. %NL80211_MFP_OPTIONAL is not allowed for 1628 * %NL80211_CMD_ASSOCIATE since user space SME is expected and hence, it 1629 * must have decided whether to use management frame protection or not. 1630 * Setting %NL80211_MFP_OPTIONAL with a %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT request will 1631 * let the driver (or the firmware) decide whether to use MFP or not. 1632 * 1633 * @NL80211_ATTR_STA_FLAGS2: Attribute containing a 1634 * &struct nl80211_sta_flag_update. 1635 * 1636 * @NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT: A flag indicating whether user space controls 1637 * IEEE 802.1X port, i.e., sets/clears %NL80211_STA_FLAG_AUTHORIZED, in 1638 * station mode. If the flag is included in %NL80211_CMD_ASSOCIATE 1639 * request, the driver will assume that the port is unauthorized until 1640 * authorized by user space. Otherwise, port is marked authorized by 1641 * default in station mode. 1642 * @NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT_ETHERTYPE: A 16-bit value indicating the 1643 * ethertype that will be used for key negotiation. It can be 1644 * specified with the associate and connect commands. If it is not 1645 * specified, the value defaults to 0x888E (PAE, 802.1X). This 1646 * attribute is also used as a flag in the wiphy information to 1647 * indicate that protocols other than PAE are supported. 1648 * @NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT_NO_ENCRYPT: When included along with 1649 * %NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT_ETHERTYPE, indicates that the custom 1650 * ethertype frames used for key negotiation must not be encrypted. 1651 * @NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT_OVER_NL80211: A flag indicating whether control 1652 * port frames (e.g. of type given in %NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT_ETHERTYPE) 1653 * will be sent directly to the network interface or sent via the NL80211 1654 * socket. If this attribute is missing, then legacy behavior of sending 1655 * control port frames directly to the network interface is used. If the 1656 * flag is included, then control port frames are sent over NL80211 instead 1657 * using %CMD_CONTROL_PORT_FRAME. If control port routing over NL80211 is 1658 * to be used then userspace must also use the %NL80211_ATTR_SOCKET_OWNER 1659 * flag. When used with %NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT_NO_PREAUTH, pre-auth 1660 * frames are not forwared over the control port. 1661 * 1662 * @NL80211_ATTR_TESTDATA: Testmode data blob, passed through to the driver. 1663 * We recommend using nested, driver-specific attributes within this. 1664 * 1665 * @NL80211_ATTR_DISCONNECTED_BY_AP: A flag indicating that the DISCONNECT 1666 * event was due to the AP disconnecting the station, and not due to 1667 * a local disconnect request. 1668 * @NL80211_ATTR_STATUS_CODE: StatusCode for the %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT 1669 * event (u16) 1670 * @NL80211_ATTR_PRIVACY: Flag attribute, used with connect(), indicating 1671 * that protected APs should be used. This is also used with NEW_BEACON to 1672 * indicate that the BSS is to use protection. 1673 * 1674 * @NL80211_ATTR_CIPHERS_PAIRWISE: Used with CONNECT, ASSOCIATE, and NEW_BEACON 1675 * to indicate which unicast key ciphers will be used with the connection 1676 * (an array of u32). 1677 * @NL80211_ATTR_CIPHER_GROUP: Used with CONNECT, ASSOCIATE, and NEW_BEACON to 1678 * indicate which group key cipher will be used with the connection (a 1679 * u32). 1680 * @NL80211_ATTR_WPA_VERSIONS: Used with CONNECT, ASSOCIATE, and NEW_BEACON to 1681 * indicate which WPA version(s) the AP we want to associate with is using 1682 * (a u32 with flags from &enum nl80211_wpa_versions). 1683 * @NL80211_ATTR_AKM_SUITES: Used with CONNECT, ASSOCIATE, and NEW_BEACON to 1684 * indicate which key management algorithm(s) to use (an array of u32). 1685 * This attribute is also sent in response to @NL80211_CMD_GET_WIPHY, 1686 * indicating the supported AKM suites, intended for specific drivers which 1687 * implement SME and have constraints on which AKMs are supported and also 1688 * the cases where an AKM support is offloaded to the driver/firmware. 1689 * If there is no such notification from the driver, user space should 1690 * assume the driver supports all the AKM suites. 1691 * 1692 * @NL80211_ATTR_REQ_IE: (Re)association request information elements as 1693 * sent out by the card, for ROAM and successful CONNECT events. 1694 * @NL80211_ATTR_RESP_IE: (Re)association response information elements as 1695 * sent by peer, for ROAM and successful CONNECT events. 1696 * 1697 * @NL80211_ATTR_PREV_BSSID: previous BSSID, to be used in ASSOCIATE and CONNECT 1698 * commands to specify a request to reassociate within an ESS, i.e., to use 1699 * Reassociate Request frame (with the value of this attribute in the 1700 * Current AP address field) instead of Association Request frame which is 1701 * used for the initial association to an ESS. 1702 * 1703 * @NL80211_ATTR_KEY: key information in a nested attribute with 1704 * %NL80211_KEY_* sub-attributes 1705 * @NL80211_ATTR_KEYS: array of keys for static WEP keys for connect() 1706 * and join_ibss(), key information is in a nested attribute each 1707 * with %NL80211_KEY_* sub-attributes 1708 * 1709 * @NL80211_ATTR_PID: Process ID of a network namespace. 1710 * 1711 * @NL80211_ATTR_GENERATION: Used to indicate consistent snapshots for 1712 * dumps. This number increases whenever the object list being 1713 * dumped changes, and as such userspace can verify that it has 1714 * obtained a complete and consistent snapshot by verifying that 1715 * all dump messages contain the same generation number. If it 1716 * changed then the list changed and the dump should be repeated 1717 * completely from scratch. 1718 * 1719 * @NL80211_ATTR_4ADDR: Use 4-address frames on a virtual interface 1720 * 1721 * @NL80211_ATTR_SURVEY_INFO: survey information about a channel, part of 1722 * the survey response for %NL80211_CMD_GET_SURVEY, nested attribute 1723 * containing info as possible, see &enum survey_info. 1724 * 1725 * @NL80211_ATTR_PMKID: PMK material for PMKSA caching. 1726 * @NL80211_ATTR_MAX_NUM_PMKIDS: maximum number of PMKIDs a firmware can 1727 * cache, a wiphy attribute. 1728 * 1729 * @NL80211_ATTR_DURATION: Duration of an operation in milliseconds, u32. 1730 * @NL80211_ATTR_MAX_REMAIN_ON_CHANNEL_DURATION: Device attribute that 1731 * specifies the maximum duration that can be requested with the 1732 * remain-on-channel operation, in milliseconds, u32. 1733 * 1734 * @NL80211_ATTR_COOKIE: Generic 64-bit cookie to identify objects. 1735 * 1736 * @NL80211_ATTR_TX_RATES: Nested set of attributes 1737 * (enum nl80211_tx_rate_attributes) describing TX rates per band. The 1738 * enum nl80211_band value is used as the index (nla_type() of the nested 1739 * data. If a band is not included, it will be configured to allow all 1740 * rates based on negotiated supported rates information. This attribute 1741 * is used with %NL80211_CMD_SET_TX_BITRATE_MASK and with starting AP, 1742 * and joining mesh networks (not IBSS yet). In the later case, it must 1743 * specify just a single bitrate, which is to be used for the beacon. 1744 * The driver must also specify support for this with the extended 1745 * features NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_BEACON_RATE_LEGACY, 1746 * NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_BEACON_RATE_HT and 1747 * NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_BEACON_RATE_VHT. 1748 * 1749 * @NL80211_ATTR_FRAME_MATCH: A binary attribute which typically must contain 1750 * at least one byte, currently used with @NL80211_CMD_REGISTER_FRAME. 1751 * @NL80211_ATTR_FRAME_TYPE: A u16 indicating the frame type/subtype for the 1752 * @NL80211_CMD_REGISTER_FRAME command. 1753 * @NL80211_ATTR_TX_FRAME_TYPES: wiphy capability attribute, which is a 1754 * nested attribute of %NL80211_ATTR_FRAME_TYPE attributes, containing 1755 * information about which frame types can be transmitted with 1756 * %NL80211_CMD_FRAME. 1757 * @NL80211_ATTR_RX_FRAME_TYPES: wiphy capability attribute, which is a 1758 * nested attribute of %NL80211_ATTR_FRAME_TYPE attributes, containing 1759 * information about which frame types can be registered for RX. 1760 * 1761 * @NL80211_ATTR_ACK: Flag attribute indicating that the frame was 1762 * acknowledged by the recipient. 1763 * 1764 * @NL80211_ATTR_PS_STATE: powersave state, using &enum nl80211_ps_state values. 1765 * 1766 * @NL80211_ATTR_CQM: connection quality monitor configuration in a 1767 * nested attribute with %NL80211_ATTR_CQM_* sub-attributes. 1768 * 1769 * @NL80211_ATTR_LOCAL_STATE_CHANGE: Flag attribute to indicate that a command 1770 * is requesting a local authentication/association state change without 1771 * invoking actual management frame exchange. This can be used with 1772 * NL80211_CMD_AUTHENTICATE, NL80211_CMD_DEAUTHENTICATE, 1773 * NL80211_CMD_DISASSOCIATE. 1774 * 1775 * @NL80211_ATTR_AP_ISOLATE: (AP mode) Do not forward traffic between stations 1776 * connected to this BSS. 1777 * 1778 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_TX_POWER_SETTING: Transmit power setting type. See 1779 * &enum nl80211_tx_power_setting for possible values. 1780 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_TX_POWER_LEVEL: Transmit power level in signed mBm units. 1781 * This is used in association with @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_TX_POWER_SETTING 1782 * for non-automatic settings. 1783 * 1784 * @NL80211_ATTR_SUPPORT_IBSS_RSN: The device supports IBSS RSN, which mostly 1785 * means support for per-station GTKs. 1786 * 1787 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_ANTENNA_TX: Bitmap of allowed antennas for transmitting. 1788 * This can be used to mask out antennas which are not attached or should 1789 * not be used for transmitting. If an antenna is not selected in this 1790 * bitmap the hardware is not allowed to transmit on this antenna. 1791 * 1792 * Each bit represents one antenna, starting with antenna 1 at the first 1793 * bit. Depending on which antennas are selected in the bitmap, 802.11n 1794 * drivers can derive which chainmasks to use (if all antennas belonging to 1795 * a particular chain are disabled this chain should be disabled) and if 1796 * a chain has diversity antennas wether diversity should be used or not. 1797 * HT capabilities (STBC, TX Beamforming, Antenna selection) can be 1798 * derived from the available chains after applying the antenna mask. 1799 * Non-802.11n drivers can derive wether to use diversity or not. 1800 * Drivers may reject configurations or RX/TX mask combinations they cannot 1801 * support by returning -EINVAL. 1802 * 1803 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_ANTENNA_RX: Bitmap of allowed antennas for receiving. 1804 * This can be used to mask out antennas which are not attached or should 1805 * not be used for receiving. If an antenna is not selected in this bitmap 1806 * the hardware should not be configured to receive on this antenna. 1807 * For a more detailed description see @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_ANTENNA_TX. 1808 * 1809 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_ANTENNA_AVAIL_TX: Bitmap of antennas which are available 1810 * for configuration as TX antennas via the above parameters. 1811 * 1812 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_ANTENNA_AVAIL_RX: Bitmap of antennas which are available 1813 * for configuration as RX antennas via the above parameters. 1814 * 1815 * @NL80211_ATTR_MCAST_RATE: Multicast tx rate (in 100 kbps) for IBSS 1816 * 1817 * @NL80211_ATTR_OFFCHANNEL_TX_OK: For management frame TX, the frame may be 1818 * transmitted on another channel when the channel given doesn't match 1819 * the current channel. If the current channel doesn't match and this 1820 * flag isn't set, the frame will be rejected. This is also used as an 1821 * nl80211 capability flag. 1822 * 1823 * @NL80211_ATTR_BSS_HT_OPMODE: HT operation mode (u16) 1824 * 1825 * @NL80211_ATTR_KEY_DEFAULT_TYPES: A nested attribute containing flags 1826 * attributes, specifying what a key should be set as default as. 1827 * See &enum nl80211_key_default_types. 1828 * 1829 * @NL80211_ATTR_MESH_SETUP: Optional mesh setup parameters. These cannot be 1830 * changed once the mesh is active. 1831 * @NL80211_ATTR_MESH_CONFIG: Mesh configuration parameters, a nested attribute 1832 * containing attributes from &enum nl80211_meshconf_params. 1833 * @NL80211_ATTR_SUPPORT_MESH_AUTH: Currently, this means the underlying driver 1834 * allows auth frames in a mesh to be passed to userspace for processing via 1835 * the @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_USERSPACE_AUTH flag. 1836 * @NL80211_ATTR_STA_PLINK_STATE: The state of a mesh peer link as defined in 1837 * &enum nl80211_plink_state. Used when userspace is driving the peer link 1838 * management state machine. @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_USERSPACE_AMPE or 1839 * @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_USERSPACE_MPM must be enabled. 1840 * 1841 * @NL80211_ATTR_WOWLAN_TRIGGERS_SUPPORTED: indicates, as part of the wiphy 1842 * capabilities, the supported WoWLAN triggers 1843 * @NL80211_ATTR_WOWLAN_TRIGGERS: used by %NL80211_CMD_SET_WOWLAN to 1844 * indicate which WoW triggers should be enabled. This is also 1845 * used by %NL80211_CMD_GET_WOWLAN to get the currently enabled WoWLAN 1846 * triggers. 1847 * 1848 * @NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_INTERVAL: Interval between scheduled scan 1849 * cycles, in msecs. 1850 * 1851 * @NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH: Nested attribute with one or more 1852 * sets of attributes to match during scheduled scans. Only BSSs 1853 * that match any of the sets will be reported. These are 1854 * pass-thru filter rules. 1855 * For a match to succeed, the BSS must match all attributes of a 1856 * set. Since not every hardware supports matching all types of 1857 * attributes, there is no guarantee that the reported BSSs are 1858 * fully complying with the match sets and userspace needs to be 1859 * able to ignore them by itself. 1860 * Thus, the implementation is somewhat hardware-dependent, but 1861 * this is only an optimization and the userspace application 1862 * needs to handle all the non-filtered results anyway. 1863 * If the match attributes don't make sense when combined with 1864 * the values passed in @NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_SSIDS (eg. if an SSID 1865 * is included in the probe request, but the match attributes 1866 * will never let it go through), -EINVAL may be returned. 1867 * If omitted, no filtering is done. 1868 * 1869 * @NL80211_ATTR_INTERFACE_COMBINATIONS: Nested attribute listing the supported 1870 * interface combinations. In each nested item, it contains attributes 1871 * defined in &enum nl80211_if_combination_attrs. 1872 * @NL80211_ATTR_SOFTWARE_IFTYPES: Nested attribute (just like 1873 * %NL80211_ATTR_SUPPORTED_IFTYPES) containing the interface types that 1874 * are managed in software: interfaces of these types aren't subject to 1875 * any restrictions in their number or combinations. 1876 * 1877 * @NL80211_ATTR_REKEY_DATA: nested attribute containing the information 1878 * necessary for GTK rekeying in the device, see &enum nl80211_rekey_data. 1879 * 1880 * @NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_SUPP_RATES: rates per to be advertised as supported in scan, 1881 * nested array attribute containing an entry for each band, with the entry 1882 * being a list of supported rates as defined by IEEE 802.11 7.3.2.2 but 1883 * without the length restriction (at most %NL80211_MAX_SUPP_RATES). 1884 * 1885 * @NL80211_ATTR_HIDDEN_SSID: indicates whether SSID is to be hidden from Beacon 1886 * and Probe Response (when response to wildcard Probe Request); see 1887 * &enum nl80211_hidden_ssid, represented as a u32 1888 * 1889 * @NL80211_ATTR_IE_PROBE_RESP: Information element(s) for Probe Response frame. 1890 * This is used with %NL80211_CMD_NEW_BEACON and %NL80211_CMD_SET_BEACON to 1891 * provide extra IEs (e.g., WPS/P2P IE) into Probe Response frames when the 1892 * driver (or firmware) replies to Probe Request frames. 1893 * @NL80211_ATTR_IE_ASSOC_RESP: Information element(s) for (Re)Association 1894 * Response frames. This is used with %NL80211_CMD_NEW_BEACON and 1895 * %NL80211_CMD_SET_BEACON to provide extra IEs (e.g., WPS/P2P IE) into 1896 * (Re)Association Response frames when the driver (or firmware) replies to 1897 * (Re)Association Request frames. 1898 * 1899 * @NL80211_ATTR_STA_WME: Nested attribute containing the wme configuration 1900 * of the station, see &enum nl80211_sta_wme_attr. 1901 * @NL80211_ATTR_SUPPORT_AP_UAPSD: the device supports uapsd when working 1902 * as AP. 1903 * 1904 * @NL80211_ATTR_ROAM_SUPPORT: Indicates whether the firmware is capable of 1905 * roaming to another AP in the same ESS if the signal lever is low. 1906 * 1907 * @NL80211_ATTR_PMKSA_CANDIDATE: Nested attribute containing the PMKSA caching 1908 * candidate information, see &enum nl80211_pmksa_candidate_attr. 1909 * 1910 * @NL80211_ATTR_TX_NO_CCK_RATE: Indicates whether to use CCK rate or not 1911 * for management frames transmission. In order to avoid p2p probe/action 1912 * frames are being transmitted at CCK rate in 2GHz band, the user space 1913 * applications use this attribute. 1914 * This attribute is used with %NL80211_CMD_TRIGGER_SCAN and 1915 * %NL80211_CMD_FRAME commands. 1916 * 1917 * @NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_ACTION: Low level TDLS action code (e.g. link setup 1918 * request, link setup confirm, link teardown, etc.). Values are 1919 * described in the TDLS (802.11z) specification. 1920 * @NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_DIALOG_TOKEN: Non-zero token for uniquely identifying a 1921 * TDLS conversation between two devices. 1922 * @NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_OPERATION: High level TDLS operation; see 1923 * &enum nl80211_tdls_operation, represented as a u8. 1924 * @NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_SUPPORT: A flag indicating the device can operate 1925 * as a TDLS peer sta. 1926 * @NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_EXTERNAL_SETUP: The TDLS discovery/setup and teardown 1927 * procedures should be performed by sending TDLS packets via 1928 * %NL80211_CMD_TDLS_MGMT. Otherwise %NL80211_CMD_TDLS_OPER should be 1929 * used for asking the driver to perform a TDLS operation. 1930 * 1931 * @NL80211_ATTR_DEVICE_AP_SME: This u32 attribute may be listed for devices 1932 * that have AP support to indicate that they have the AP SME integrated 1933 * with support for the features listed in this attribute, see 1934 * &enum nl80211_ap_sme_features. 1935 * 1936 * @NL80211_ATTR_DONT_WAIT_FOR_ACK: Used with %NL80211_CMD_FRAME, this tells 1937 * the driver to not wait for an acknowledgement. Note that due to this, 1938 * it will also not give a status callback nor return a cookie. This is 1939 * mostly useful for probe responses to save airtime. 1940 * 1941 * @NL80211_ATTR_FEATURE_FLAGS: This u32 attribute contains flags from 1942 * &enum nl80211_feature_flags and is advertised in wiphy information. 1943 * @NL80211_ATTR_PROBE_RESP_OFFLOAD: Indicates that the HW responds to probe 1944 * requests while operating in AP-mode. 1945 * This attribute holds a bitmap of the supported protocols for 1946 * offloading (see &enum nl80211_probe_resp_offload_support_attr). 1947 * 1948 * @NL80211_ATTR_PROBE_RESP: Probe Response template data. Contains the entire 1949 * probe-response frame. The DA field in the 802.11 header is zero-ed out, 1950 * to be filled by the FW. 1951 * @NL80211_ATTR_DISABLE_HT: Force HT capable interfaces to disable 1952 * this feature. Currently, only supported in mac80211 drivers. 1953 * @NL80211_ATTR_HT_CAPABILITY_MASK: Specify which bits of the 1954 * ATTR_HT_CAPABILITY to which attention should be paid. 1955 * Currently, only mac80211 NICs support this feature. 1956 * The values that may be configured are: 1957 * MCS rates, MAX-AMSDU, HT-20-40 and HT_CAP_SGI_40 1958 * AMPDU density and AMPDU factor. 1959 * All values are treated as suggestions and may be ignored 1960 * by the driver as required. The actual values may be seen in 1961 * the station debugfs ht_caps file. 1962 * 1963 * @NL80211_ATTR_DFS_REGION: region for regulatory rules which this country 1964 * abides to when initiating radiation on DFS channels. A country maps 1965 * to one DFS region. 1966 * 1967 * @NL80211_ATTR_NOACK_MAP: This u16 bitmap contains the No Ack Policy of 1968 * up to 16 TIDs. 1969 * 1970 * @NL80211_ATTR_INACTIVITY_TIMEOUT: timeout value in seconds, this can be 1971 * used by the drivers which has MLME in firmware and does not have support 1972 * to report per station tx/rx activity to free up the station entry from 1973 * the list. This needs to be used when the driver advertises the 1974 * capability to timeout the stations. 1975 * 1976 * @NL80211_ATTR_RX_SIGNAL_DBM: signal strength in dBm (as a 32-bit int); 1977 * this attribute is (depending on the driver capabilities) added to 1978 * received frames indicated with %NL80211_CMD_FRAME. 1979 * 1980 * @NL80211_ATTR_BG_SCAN_PERIOD: Background scan period in seconds 1981 * or 0 to disable background scan. 1982 * 1983 * @NL80211_ATTR_USER_REG_HINT_TYPE: type of regulatory hint passed from 1984 * userspace. If unset it is assumed the hint comes directly from 1985 * a user. If set code could specify exactly what type of source 1986 * was used to provide the hint. For the different types of 1987 * allowed user regulatory hints see nl80211_user_reg_hint_type. 1988 * 1989 * @NL80211_ATTR_CONN_FAILED_REASON: The reason for which AP has rejected 1990 * the connection request from a station. nl80211_connect_failed_reason 1991 * enum has different reasons of connection failure. 1992 * 1993 * @NL80211_ATTR_AUTH_DATA: Fields and elements in Authentication frames. 1994 * This contains the authentication frame body (non-IE and IE data), 1995 * excluding the Authentication algorithm number, i.e., starting at the 1996 * Authentication transaction sequence number field. It is used with 1997 * authentication algorithms that need special fields to be added into 1998 * the frames (SAE and FILS). Currently, only the SAE cases use the 1999 * initial two fields (Authentication transaction sequence number and 2000 * Status code). However, those fields are included in the attribute data 2001 * for all authentication algorithms to keep the attribute definition 2002 * consistent. 2003 * 2004 * @NL80211_ATTR_VHT_CAPABILITY: VHT Capability information element (from 2005 * association request when used with NL80211_CMD_NEW_STATION) 2006 * 2007 * @NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_FLAGS: scan request control flags (u32) 2008 * 2009 * @NL80211_ATTR_P2P_CTWINDOW: P2P GO Client Traffic Window (u8), used with 2010 * the START_AP and SET_BSS commands 2011 * @NL80211_ATTR_P2P_OPPPS: P2P GO opportunistic PS (u8), used with the 2012 * START_AP and SET_BSS commands. This can have the values 0 or 1; 2013 * if not given in START_AP 0 is assumed, if not given in SET_BSS 2014 * no change is made. 2015 * 2016 * @NL80211_ATTR_LOCAL_MESH_POWER_MODE: local mesh STA link-specific power mode 2017 * defined in &enum nl80211_mesh_power_mode. 2018 * 2019 * @NL80211_ATTR_ACL_POLICY: ACL policy, see &enum nl80211_acl_policy, 2020 * carried in a u32 attribute 2021 * 2022 * @NL80211_ATTR_MAC_ADDRS: Array of nested MAC addresses, used for 2023 * MAC ACL. 2024 * 2025 * @NL80211_ATTR_MAC_ACL_MAX: u32 attribute to advertise the maximum 2026 * number of MAC addresses that a device can support for MAC 2027 * ACL. 2028 * 2029 * @NL80211_ATTR_RADAR_EVENT: Type of radar event for notification to userspace, 2030 * contains a value of enum nl80211_radar_event (u32). 2031 * 2032 * @NL80211_ATTR_EXT_CAPA: 802.11 extended capabilities that the kernel driver 2033 * has and handles. The format is the same as the IE contents. See 2034 * 802.11-2012 8.4.2.29 for more information. 2035 * @NL80211_ATTR_EXT_CAPA_MASK: Extended capabilities that the kernel driver 2036 * has set in the %NL80211_ATTR_EXT_CAPA value, for multibit fields. 2037 * 2038 * @NL80211_ATTR_STA_CAPABILITY: Station capabilities (u16) are advertised to 2039 * the driver, e.g., to enable TDLS power save (PU-APSD). 2040 * 2041 * @NL80211_ATTR_STA_EXT_CAPABILITY: Station extended capabilities are 2042 * advertised to the driver, e.g., to enable TDLS off channel operations 2043 * and PU-APSD. 2044 * 2045 * @NL80211_ATTR_PROTOCOL_FEATURES: global nl80211 feature flags, see 2046 * &enum nl80211_protocol_features, the attribute is a u32. 2047 * 2048 * @NL80211_ATTR_SPLIT_WIPHY_DUMP: flag attribute, userspace supports 2049 * receiving the data for a single wiphy split across multiple 2050 * messages, given with wiphy dump message 2051 * 2052 * @NL80211_ATTR_MDID: Mobility Domain Identifier 2053 * 2054 * @NL80211_ATTR_IE_RIC: Resource Information Container Information 2055 * Element 2056 * 2057 * @NL80211_ATTR_CRIT_PROT_ID: critical protocol identifier requiring increased 2058 * reliability, see &enum nl80211_crit_proto_id (u16). 2059 * @NL80211_ATTR_MAX_CRIT_PROT_DURATION: duration in milliseconds in which 2060 * the connection should have increased reliability (u16). 2061 * 2062 * @NL80211_ATTR_PEER_AID: Association ID for the peer TDLS station (u16). 2063 * This is similar to @NL80211_ATTR_STA_AID but with a difference of being 2064 * allowed to be used with the first @NL80211_CMD_SET_STATION command to 2065 * update a TDLS peer STA entry. 2066 * 2067 * @NL80211_ATTR_COALESCE_RULE: Coalesce rule information. 2068 * 2069 * @NL80211_ATTR_CH_SWITCH_COUNT: u32 attribute specifying the number of TBTT's 2070 * until the channel switch event. 2071 * @NL80211_ATTR_CH_SWITCH_BLOCK_TX: flag attribute specifying that transmission 2072 * must be blocked on the current channel (before the channel switch 2073 * operation). 2074 * @NL80211_ATTR_CSA_IES: Nested set of attributes containing the IE information 2075 * for the time while performing a channel switch. 2076 * @NL80211_ATTR_CSA_C_OFF_BEACON: An array of offsets (u16) to the channel 2077 * switch counters in the beacons tail (%NL80211_ATTR_BEACON_TAIL). 2078 * @NL80211_ATTR_CSA_C_OFF_PRESP: An array of offsets (u16) to the channel 2079 * switch counters in the probe response (%NL80211_ATTR_PROBE_RESP). 2080 * 2081 * @NL80211_ATTR_RXMGMT_FLAGS: flags for nl80211_send_mgmt(), u32. 2082 * As specified in the &enum nl80211_rxmgmt_flags. 2083 * 2084 * @NL80211_ATTR_STA_SUPPORTED_CHANNELS: array of supported channels. 2085 * 2086 * @NL80211_ATTR_STA_SUPPORTED_OPER_CLASSES: array of supported 2087 * supported operating classes. 2088 * 2089 * @NL80211_ATTR_HANDLE_DFS: A flag indicating whether user space 2090 * controls DFS operation in IBSS mode. If the flag is included in 2091 * %NL80211_CMD_JOIN_IBSS request, the driver will allow use of DFS 2092 * channels and reports radar events to userspace. Userspace is required 2093 * to react to radar events, e.g. initiate a channel switch or leave the 2094 * IBSS network. 2095 * 2096 * @NL80211_ATTR_SUPPORT_5_MHZ: A flag indicating that the device supports 2097 * 5 MHz channel bandwidth. 2098 * @NL80211_ATTR_SUPPORT_10_MHZ: A flag indicating that the device supports 2099 * 10 MHz channel bandwidth. 2100 * 2101 * @NL80211_ATTR_OPMODE_NOTIF: Operating mode field from Operating Mode 2102 * Notification Element based on association request when used with 2103 * %NL80211_CMD_NEW_STATION or %NL80211_CMD_SET_STATION (only when 2104 * %NL80211_FEATURE_FULL_AP_CLIENT_STATE is supported, or with TDLS); 2105 * u8 attribute. 2106 * 2107 * @NL80211_ATTR_VENDOR_ID: The vendor ID, either a 24-bit OUI or, if 2108 * %NL80211_VENDOR_ID_IS_LINUX is set, a special Linux ID (not used yet) 2109 * @NL80211_ATTR_VENDOR_SUBCMD: vendor sub-command 2110 * @NL80211_ATTR_VENDOR_DATA: data for the vendor command, if any; this 2111 * attribute is also used for vendor command feature advertisement 2112 * @NL80211_ATTR_VENDOR_EVENTS: used for event list advertising in the wiphy 2113 * info, containing a nested array of possible events 2114 * 2115 * @NL80211_ATTR_QOS_MAP: IP DSCP mapping for Interworking QoS mapping. This 2116 * data is in the format defined for the payload of the QoS Map Set element 2117 * in IEEE Std 802.11-2012, 8.4.2.97. 2118 * 2119 * @NL80211_ATTR_MAC_HINT: MAC address recommendation as initial BSS 2120 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ_HINT: frequency of the recommended initial BSS 2121 * 2122 * @NL80211_ATTR_MAX_AP_ASSOC_STA: Device attribute that indicates how many 2123 * associated stations are supported in AP mode (including P2P GO); u32. 2124 * Since drivers may not have a fixed limit on the maximum number (e.g., 2125 * other concurrent operations may affect this), drivers are allowed to 2126 * advertise values that cannot always be met. In such cases, an attempt 2127 * to add a new station entry with @NL80211_CMD_NEW_STATION may fail. 2128 * 2129 * @NL80211_ATTR_CSA_C_OFFSETS_TX: An array of csa counter offsets (u16) which 2130 * should be updated when the frame is transmitted. 2131 * @NL80211_ATTR_MAX_CSA_COUNTERS: U8 attribute used to advertise the maximum 2132 * supported number of csa counters. 2133 * 2134 * @NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_PEER_CAPABILITY: flags for TDLS peer capabilities, u32. 2135 * As specified in the &enum nl80211_tdls_peer_capability. 2136 * 2137 * @NL80211_ATTR_SOCKET_OWNER: Flag attribute, if set during interface 2138 * creation then the new interface will be owned by the netlink socket 2139 * that created it and will be destroyed when the socket is closed. 2140 * If set during scheduled scan start then the new scan req will be 2141 * owned by the netlink socket that created it and the scheduled scan will 2142 * be stopped when the socket is closed. 2143 * If set during configuration of regulatory indoor operation then the 2144 * regulatory indoor configuration would be owned by the netlink socket 2145 * that configured the indoor setting, and the indoor operation would be 2146 * cleared when the socket is closed. 2147 * If set during NAN interface creation, the interface will be destroyed 2148 * if the socket is closed just like any other interface. Moreover, NAN 2149 * notifications will be sent in unicast to that socket. Without this 2150 * attribute, the notifications will be sent to the %NL80211_MCGRP_NAN 2151 * multicast group. 2152 * If set during %NL80211_CMD_ASSOCIATE or %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT the 2153 * station will deauthenticate when the socket is closed. 2154 * If set during %NL80211_CMD_JOIN_IBSS the IBSS will be automatically 2155 * torn down when the socket is closed. 2156 * If set during %NL80211_CMD_JOIN_MESH the mesh setup will be 2157 * automatically torn down when the socket is closed. 2158 * If set during %NL80211_CMD_START_AP the AP will be automatically 2159 * disabled when the socket is closed. 2160 * 2161 * @NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_INITIATOR: flag attribute indicating the current end is 2162 * the TDLS link initiator. 2163 * 2164 * @NL80211_ATTR_USE_RRM: flag for indicating whether the current connection 2165 * shall support Radio Resource Measurements (11k). This attribute can be 2166 * used with %NL80211_CMD_ASSOCIATE and %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT requests. 2167 * User space applications are expected to use this flag only if the 2168 * underlying device supports these minimal RRM features: 2169 * %NL80211_FEATURE_DS_PARAM_SET_IE_IN_PROBES, 2170 * %NL80211_FEATURE_QUIET, 2171 * Or, if global RRM is supported, see: 2172 * %NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_RRM 2173 * If this flag is used, driver must add the Power Capabilities IE to the 2174 * association request. In addition, it must also set the RRM capability 2175 * flag in the association request's Capability Info field. 2176 * 2177 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_DYN_ACK: flag attribute used to enable ACK timeout 2178 * estimation algorithm (dynack). In order to activate dynack 2179 * %NL80211_FEATURE_ACKTO_ESTIMATION feature flag must be set by lower 2180 * drivers to indicate dynack capability. Dynack is automatically disabled 2181 * setting valid value for coverage class. 2182 * 2183 * @NL80211_ATTR_TSID: a TSID value (u8 attribute) 2184 * @NL80211_ATTR_USER_PRIO: user priority value (u8 attribute) 2185 * @NL80211_ATTR_ADMITTED_TIME: admitted time in units of 32 microseconds 2186 * (per second) (u16 attribute) 2187 * 2188 * @NL80211_ATTR_SMPS_MODE: SMPS mode to use (ap mode). see 2189 * &enum nl80211_smps_mode. 2190 * 2191 * @NL80211_ATTR_OPER_CLASS: operating class 2192 * 2193 * @NL80211_ATTR_MAC_MASK: MAC address mask 2194 * 2195 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_SELF_MANAGED_REG: flag attribute indicating this device 2196 * is self-managing its regulatory information and any regulatory domain 2197 * obtained from it is coming from the device's wiphy and not the global 2198 * cfg80211 regdomain. 2199 * 2200 * @NL80211_ATTR_EXT_FEATURES: extended feature flags contained in a byte 2201 * array. The feature flags are identified by their bit index (see &enum 2202 * nl80211_ext_feature_index). The bit index is ordered starting at the 2203 * least-significant bit of the first byte in the array, ie. bit index 0 2204 * is located at bit 0 of byte 0. bit index 25 would be located at bit 1 2205 * of byte 3 (u8 array). 2206 * 2207 * @NL80211_ATTR_SURVEY_RADIO_STATS: Request overall radio statistics to be 2208 * returned along with other survey data. If set, @NL80211_CMD_GET_SURVEY 2209 * may return a survey entry without a channel indicating global radio 2210 * statistics (only some values are valid and make sense.) 2211 * For devices that don't return such an entry even then, the information 2212 * should be contained in the result as the sum of the respective counters 2213 * over all channels. 2214 * 2215 * @NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_DELAY: delay before the first cycle of a 2216 * scheduled scan is started. Or the delay before a WoWLAN 2217 * net-detect scan is started, counting from the moment the 2218 * system is suspended. This value is a u32, in seconds. 2219 2220 * @NL80211_ATTR_REG_INDOOR: flag attribute, if set indicates that the device 2221 * is operating in an indoor environment. 2222 * 2223 * @NL80211_ATTR_MAX_NUM_SCHED_SCAN_PLANS: maximum number of scan plans for 2224 * scheduled scan supported by the device (u32), a wiphy attribute. 2225 * @NL80211_ATTR_MAX_SCAN_PLAN_INTERVAL: maximum interval (in seconds) for 2226 * a scan plan (u32), a wiphy attribute. 2227 * @NL80211_ATTR_MAX_SCAN_PLAN_ITERATIONS: maximum number of iterations in 2228 * a scan plan (u32), a wiphy attribute. 2229 * @NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_PLANS: a list of scan plans for scheduled scan. 2230 * Each scan plan defines the number of scan iterations and the interval 2231 * between scans. The last scan plan will always run infinitely, 2232 * thus it must not specify the number of iterations, only the interval 2233 * between scans. The scan plans are executed sequentially. 2234 * Each scan plan is a nested attribute of &enum nl80211_sched_scan_plan. 2235 * @NL80211_ATTR_PBSS: flag attribute. If set it means operate 2236 * in a PBSS. Specified in %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT to request 2237 * connecting to a PCP, and in %NL80211_CMD_START_AP to start 2238 * a PCP instead of AP. Relevant for DMG networks only. 2239 * @NL80211_ATTR_BSS_SELECT: nested attribute for driver supporting the 2240 * BSS selection feature. When used with %NL80211_CMD_GET_WIPHY it contains 2241 * attributes according &enum nl80211_bss_select_attr to indicate what 2242 * BSS selection behaviours are supported. When used with %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT 2243 * it contains the behaviour-specific attribute containing the parameters for 2244 * BSS selection to be done by driver and/or firmware. 2245 * 2246 * @NL80211_ATTR_STA_SUPPORT_P2P_PS: whether P2P PS mechanism supported 2247 * or not. u8, one of the values of &enum nl80211_sta_p2p_ps_status 2248 * 2249 * @NL80211_ATTR_PAD: attribute used for padding for 64-bit alignment 2250 * 2251 * @NL80211_ATTR_IFTYPE_EXT_CAPA: Nested attribute of the following attributes: 2252 * %NL80211_ATTR_IFTYPE, %NL80211_ATTR_EXT_CAPA, 2253 * %NL80211_ATTR_EXT_CAPA_MASK, to specify the extended capabilities per 2254 * interface type. 2255 * 2256 * @NL80211_ATTR_MU_MIMO_GROUP_DATA: array of 24 bytes that defines a MU-MIMO 2257 * groupID for monitor mode. 2258 * The first 8 bytes are a mask that defines the membership in each 2259 * group (there are 64 groups, group 0 and 63 are reserved), 2260 * each bit represents a group and set to 1 for being a member in 2261 * that group and 0 for not being a member. 2262 * The remaining 16 bytes define the position in each group: 2 bits for 2263 * each group. 2264 * (smaller group numbers represented on most significant bits and bigger 2265 * group numbers on least significant bits.) 2266 * This attribute is used only if all interfaces are in monitor mode. 2267 * Set this attribute in order to monitor packets using the given MU-MIMO 2268 * groupID data. 2269 * to turn off that feature set all the bits of the groupID to zero. 2270 * @NL80211_ATTR_MU_MIMO_FOLLOW_MAC_ADDR: mac address for the sniffer to follow 2271 * when using MU-MIMO air sniffer. 2272 * to turn that feature off set an invalid mac address 2273 * (e.g. FF:FF:FF:FF:FF:FF) 2274 * 2275 * @NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_START_TIME_TSF: The time at which the scan was actually 2276 * started (u64). The time is the TSF of the BSS the interface that 2277 * requested the scan is connected to (if available, otherwise this 2278 * attribute must not be included). 2279 * @NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_START_TIME_TSF_BSSID: The BSS according to which 2280 * %NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_START_TIME_TSF is set. 2281 * @NL80211_ATTR_MEASUREMENT_DURATION: measurement duration in TUs (u16). If 2282 * %NL80211_ATTR_MEASUREMENT_DURATION_MANDATORY is not set, this is the 2283 * maximum measurement duration allowed. This attribute is used with 2284 * measurement requests. It can also be used with %NL80211_CMD_TRIGGER_SCAN 2285 * if the scan is used for beacon report radio measurement. 2286 * @NL80211_ATTR_MEASUREMENT_DURATION_MANDATORY: flag attribute that indicates 2287 * that the duration specified with %NL80211_ATTR_MEASUREMENT_DURATION is 2288 * mandatory. If this flag is not set, the duration is the maximum duration 2289 * and the actual measurement duration may be shorter. 2290 * 2291 * @NL80211_ATTR_MESH_PEER_AID: Association ID for the mesh peer (u16). This is 2292 * used to pull the stored data for mesh peer in power save state. 2293 * 2294 * @NL80211_ATTR_NAN_MASTER_PREF: the master preference to be used by 2295 * %NL80211_CMD_START_NAN and optionally with 2296 * %NL80211_CMD_CHANGE_NAN_CONFIG. Its type is u8 and it can't be 0. 2297 * Also, values 1 and 255 are reserved for certification purposes and 2298 * should not be used during a normal device operation. 2299 * @NL80211_ATTR_BANDS: operating bands configuration. This is a u32 2300 * bitmask of BIT(NL80211_BAND_*) as described in %enum 2301 * nl80211_band. For instance, for NL80211_BAND_2GHZ, bit 0 2302 * would be set. This attribute is used with 2303 * %NL80211_CMD_START_NAN and %NL80211_CMD_CHANGE_NAN_CONFIG, and 2304 * it is optional. If no bands are set, it means don't-care and 2305 * the device will decide what to use. 2306 * @NL80211_ATTR_NAN_FUNC: a function that can be added to NAN. See 2307 * &enum nl80211_nan_func_attributes for description of this nested 2308 * attribute. 2309 * @NL80211_ATTR_NAN_MATCH: used to report a match. This is a nested attribute. 2310 * See &enum nl80211_nan_match_attributes. 2311 * @NL80211_ATTR_FILS_KEK: KEK for FILS (Re)Association Request/Response frame 2312 * protection. 2313 * @NL80211_ATTR_FILS_NONCES: Nonces (part of AAD) for FILS (Re)Association 2314 * Request/Response frame protection. This attribute contains the 16 octet 2315 * STA Nonce followed by 16 octets of AP Nonce. 2316 * 2317 * @NL80211_ATTR_MULTICAST_TO_UNICAST_ENABLED: Indicates whether or not multicast 2318 * packets should be send out as unicast to all stations (flag attribute). 2319 * 2320 * @NL80211_ATTR_BSSID: The BSSID of the AP. Note that %NL80211_ATTR_MAC is also 2321 * used in various commands/events for specifying the BSSID. 2322 * 2323 * @NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_RELATIVE_RSSI: Relative RSSI threshold by which 2324 * other BSSs has to be better or slightly worse than the current 2325 * connected BSS so that they get reported to user space. 2326 * This will give an opportunity to userspace to consider connecting to 2327 * other matching BSSs which have better or slightly worse RSSI than 2328 * the current connected BSS by using an offloaded operation to avoid 2329 * unnecessary wakeups. 2330 * 2331 * @NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_RSSI_ADJUST: When present the RSSI level for BSSs in 2332 * the specified band is to be adjusted before doing 2333 * %NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_RELATIVE_RSSI based comparison to figure out 2334 * better BSSs. The attribute value is a packed structure 2335 * value as specified by &struct nl80211_bss_select_rssi_adjust. 2336 * 2337 * @NL80211_ATTR_TIMEOUT_REASON: The reason for which an operation timed out. 2338 * u32 attribute with an &enum nl80211_timeout_reason value. This is used, 2339 * e.g., with %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT event. 2340 * 2341 * @NL80211_ATTR_FILS_ERP_USERNAME: EAP Re-authentication Protocol (ERP) 2342 * username part of NAI used to refer keys rRK and rIK. This is used with 2343 * %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT. 2344 * 2345 * @NL80211_ATTR_FILS_ERP_REALM: EAP Re-authentication Protocol (ERP) realm part 2346 * of NAI specifying the domain name of the ER server. This is used with 2347 * %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT. 2348 * 2349 * @NL80211_ATTR_FILS_ERP_NEXT_SEQ_NUM: Unsigned 16-bit ERP next sequence number 2350 * to use in ERP messages. This is used in generating the FILS wrapped data 2351 * for FILS authentication and is used with %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT. 2352 * 2353 * @NL80211_ATTR_FILS_ERP_RRK: ERP re-authentication Root Key (rRK) for the 2354 * NAI specified by %NL80211_ATTR_FILS_ERP_USERNAME and 2355 * %NL80211_ATTR_FILS_ERP_REALM. This is used for generating rIK and rMSK 2356 * from successful FILS authentication and is used with 2357 * %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT. 2358 * 2359 * @NL80211_ATTR_FILS_CACHE_ID: A 2-octet identifier advertized by a FILS AP 2360 * identifying the scope of PMKSAs. This is used with 2361 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_PMKSA and @NL80211_CMD_DEL_PMKSA. 2362 * 2363 * @NL80211_ATTR_PMK: attribute for passing PMK key material. Used with 2364 * %NL80211_CMD_SET_PMKSA for the PMKSA identified by %NL80211_ATTR_PMKID. 2365 * For %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT it is used to provide PSK for offloading 4-way 2366 * handshake for WPA/WPA2-PSK networks. For 802.1X authentication it is 2367 * used with %NL80211_CMD_SET_PMK. For offloaded FT support this attribute 2368 * specifies the PMK-R0 if NL80211_ATTR_PMKR0_NAME is included as well. 2369 * 2370 * @NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_MULTI: flag attribute which user-space shall use to 2371 * indicate that it supports multiple active scheduled scan requests. 2372 * @NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_MAX_REQS: indicates maximum number of scheduled 2373 * scan request that may be active for the device (u32). 2374 * 2375 * @NL80211_ATTR_WANT_1X_4WAY_HS: flag attribute which user-space can include 2376 * in %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT to indicate that for 802.1X authentication it 2377 * wants to use the supported offload of the 4-way handshake. 2378 * @NL80211_ATTR_PMKR0_NAME: PMK-R0 Name for offloaded FT. 2379 * @NL80211_ATTR_PORT_AUTHORIZED: (reserved) 2380 * 2381 * @NL80211_ATTR_EXTERNAL_AUTH_ACTION: Identify the requested external 2382 * authentication operation (u32 attribute with an 2383 * &enum nl80211_external_auth_action value). This is used with the 2384 * %NL80211_CMD_EXTERNAL_AUTH request event. 2385 * @NL80211_ATTR_EXTERNAL_AUTH_SUPPORT: Flag attribute indicating that the user 2386 * space supports external authentication. This attribute shall be used 2387 * with %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT and %NL80211_CMD_START_AP request. The driver 2388 * may offload authentication processing to user space if this capability 2389 * is indicated in the respective requests from the user space. 2390 * 2391 * @NL80211_ATTR_NSS: Station's New/updated RX_NSS value notified using this 2392 * u8 attribute. This is used with %NL80211_CMD_STA_OPMODE_CHANGED. 2393 * 2394 * @NL80211_ATTR_TXQ_STATS: TXQ statistics (nested attribute, see &enum 2395 * nl80211_txq_stats) 2396 * @NL80211_ATTR_TXQ_LIMIT: Total packet limit for the TXQ queues for this phy. 2397 * The smaller of this and the memory limit is enforced. 2398 * @NL80211_ATTR_TXQ_MEMORY_LIMIT: Total memory memory limit (in bytes) for the 2399 * TXQ queues for this phy. The smaller of this and the packet limit is 2400 * enforced. 2401 * @NL80211_ATTR_TXQ_QUANTUM: TXQ scheduler quantum (bytes). Number of bytes 2402 * a flow is assigned on each round of the DRR scheduler. 2403 * @NL80211_ATTR_HE_CAPABILITY: HE Capability information element (from 2404 * association request when used with NL80211_CMD_NEW_STATION). Can be set 2405 * only if %NL80211_STA_FLAG_WME is set. 2406 * 2407 * @NL80211_ATTR_FTM_RESPONDER: nested attribute which user-space can include 2408 * in %NL80211_CMD_START_AP or %NL80211_CMD_SET_BEACON for fine timing 2409 * measurement (FTM) responder functionality and containing parameters as 2410 * possible, see &enum nl80211_ftm_responder_attr 2411 * 2412 * @NL80211_ATTR_FTM_RESPONDER_STATS: Nested attribute with FTM responder 2413 * statistics, see &enum nl80211_ftm_responder_stats. 2414 * 2415 * @NL80211_ATTR_TIMEOUT: Timeout for the given operation in milliseconds (u32), 2416 * if the attribute is not given no timeout is requested. Note that 0 is an 2417 * invalid value. 2418 * 2419 * @NL80211_ATTR_PEER_MEASUREMENTS: peer measurements request (and result) 2420 * data, uses nested attributes specified in 2421 * &enum nl80211_peer_measurement_attrs. 2422 * This is also used for capability advertisement in the wiphy information, 2423 * with the appropriate sub-attributes. 2424 * 2425 * @NL80211_ATTR_AIRTIME_WEIGHT: Station's weight when scheduled by the airtime 2426 * scheduler. 2427 * 2428 * @NL80211_ATTR_STA_TX_POWER_SETTING: Transmit power setting type (u8) for 2429 * station associated with the AP. See &enum nl80211_tx_power_setting for 2430 * possible values. 2431 * @NL80211_ATTR_STA_TX_POWER: Transmit power level (s16) in dBm units. This 2432 * allows to set Tx power for a station. If this attribute is not included, 2433 * the default per-interface tx power setting will be overriding. Driver 2434 * should be picking up the lowest tx power, either tx power per-interface 2435 * or per-station. 2436 * 2437 * @NL80211_ATTR_SAE_PASSWORD: attribute for passing SAE password material. It 2438 * is used with %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT to provide password for offloading 2439 * SAE authentication for WPA3-Personal networks. 2440 * 2441 * @NL80211_ATTR_TWT_RESPONDER: Enable target wait time responder support. 2442 * 2443 * @NL80211_ATTR_HE_OBSS_PD: nested attribute for OBSS Packet Detection 2444 * functionality. 2445 * 2446 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_EDMG_CHANNELS: bitmap that indicates the 2.16 GHz 2447 * channel(s) that are allowed to be used for EDMG transmissions. 2448 * Defined by IEEE P802.11ay/D4.0 section 9.4.2.251. (u8 attribute) 2449 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_EDMG_BW_CONFIG: Channel BW Configuration subfield encodes 2450 * the allowed channel bandwidth configurations. (u8 attribute) 2451 * Defined by IEEE P802.11ay/D4.0 section 9.4.2.251, Table 13. 2452 * 2453 * @NL80211_ATTR_VLAN_ID: VLAN ID (1..4094) for the station and VLAN group key 2454 * (u16). 2455 * 2456 * @NL80211_ATTR_HE_BSS_COLOR: nested attribute for BSS Color Settings. 2457 * 2458 * @NL80211_ATTR_IFTYPE_AKM_SUITES: nested array attribute, with each entry 2459 * using attributes from &enum nl80211_iftype_akm_attributes. This 2460 * attribute is sent in a response to %NL80211_CMD_GET_WIPHY indicating 2461 * supported AKM suites capability per interface. AKMs advertised in 2462 * %NL80211_ATTR_AKM_SUITES are default capabilities if AKM suites not 2463 * advertised for a specific interface type. 2464 * 2465 * @NL80211_ATTR_TID_CONFIG: TID specific configuration in a 2466 * nested attribute with &enum nl80211_tid_config_attr sub-attributes; 2467 * on output (in wiphy attributes) it contains only the feature sub- 2468 * attributes. 2469 * 2470 * @NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT_NO_PREAUTH: disable preauth frame rx on control 2471 * port in order to forward/receive them as ordinary data frames. 2472 * 2473 * @NL80211_ATTR_PMK_LIFETIME: Maximum lifetime for PMKSA in seconds (u32, 2474 * dot11RSNAConfigPMKReauthThreshold; 0 is not a valid value). 2475 * An optional parameter configured through %NL80211_CMD_SET_PMKSA. 2476 * Drivers that trigger roaming need to know the lifetime of the 2477 * configured PMKSA for triggering the full vs. PMKSA caching based 2478 * authentication. This timeout helps authentication methods like SAE, 2479 * where PMK gets updated only by going through a full (new SAE) 2480 * authentication instead of getting updated during an association for EAP 2481 * authentication. No new full authentication within the PMK expiry shall 2482 * result in a disassociation at the end of the lifetime. 2483 * 2484 * @NL80211_ATTR_PMK_REAUTH_THRESHOLD: Reauthentication threshold time, in 2485 * terms of percentage of %NL80211_ATTR_PMK_LIFETIME 2486 * (u8, dot11RSNAConfigPMKReauthThreshold, 1..100). This is an optional 2487 * parameter configured through %NL80211_CMD_SET_PMKSA. Requests the 2488 * driver to trigger a full authentication roam (without PMKSA caching) 2489 * after the reauthentication threshold time, but before the PMK lifetime 2490 * has expired. 2491 * 2492 * Authentication methods like SAE need to be able to generate a new PMKSA 2493 * entry without having to force a disconnection after the PMK timeout. If 2494 * no roaming occurs between the reauth threshold and PMK expiration, 2495 * disassociation is still forced. 2496 * @NL80211_ATTR_RECEIVE_MULTICAST: multicast flag for the 2497 * %NL80211_CMD_REGISTER_FRAME command, see the description there. 2498 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ_OFFSET: offset of the associated 2499 * %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ in positive KHz. Only valid when supplied with 2500 * an %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ_OFFSET. 2501 * @NL80211_ATTR_CENTER_FREQ1_OFFSET: Center frequency offset in KHz for the 2502 * first channel segment specified in %NL80211_ATTR_CENTER_FREQ1. 2503 * @NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_FREQ_KHZ: nested attribute with KHz frequencies 2504 * 2505 * @NL80211_ATTR_HE_6GHZ_CAPABILITY: HE 6 GHz Band Capability element (from 2506 * association request when used with NL80211_CMD_NEW_STATION). 2507 * 2508 * @NUM_NL80211_ATTR: total number of nl80211_attrs available 2509 * @NL80211_ATTR_MAX: highest attribute number currently defined 2510 * @__NL80211_ATTR_AFTER_LAST: internal use 2511 */ 2512 enum nl80211_attrs { 2513 /* don't change the order or add anything between, this is ABI! */ 2514 NL80211_ATTR_UNSPEC, 2515 2516 NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY, 2517 NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_NAME, 2518 2519 NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX, 2520 NL80211_ATTR_IFNAME, 2521 NL80211_ATTR_IFTYPE, 2522 2523 NL80211_ATTR_MAC, 2524 2525 NL80211_ATTR_KEY_DATA, 2526 NL80211_ATTR_KEY_IDX, 2527 NL80211_ATTR_KEY_CIPHER, 2528 NL80211_ATTR_KEY_SEQ, 2529 NL80211_ATTR_KEY_DEFAULT, 2530 2531 NL80211_ATTR_BEACON_INTERVAL, 2532 NL80211_ATTR_DTIM_PERIOD, 2533 NL80211_ATTR_BEACON_HEAD, 2534 NL80211_ATTR_BEACON_TAIL, 2535 2536 NL80211_ATTR_STA_AID, 2537 NL80211_ATTR_STA_FLAGS, 2538 NL80211_ATTR_STA_LISTEN_INTERVAL, 2539 NL80211_ATTR_STA_SUPPORTED_RATES, 2540 NL80211_ATTR_STA_VLAN, 2541 NL80211_ATTR_STA_INFO, 2542 2543 NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_BANDS, 2544 2545 NL80211_ATTR_MNTR_FLAGS, 2546 2547 NL80211_ATTR_MESH_ID, 2548 NL80211_ATTR_STA_PLINK_ACTION, 2549 NL80211_ATTR_MPATH_NEXT_HOP, 2550 NL80211_ATTR_MPATH_INFO, 2551 2552 NL80211_ATTR_BSS_CTS_PROT, 2553 NL80211_ATTR_BSS_SHORT_PREAMBLE, 2554 NL80211_ATTR_BSS_SHORT_SLOT_TIME, 2555 2556 NL80211_ATTR_HT_CAPABILITY, 2557 2558 NL80211_ATTR_SUPPORTED_IFTYPES, 2559 2560 NL80211_ATTR_REG_ALPHA2, 2561 NL80211_ATTR_REG_RULES, 2562 2563 NL80211_ATTR_MESH_CONFIG, 2564 2565 NL80211_ATTR_BSS_BASIC_RATES, 2566 2567 NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_TXQ_PARAMS, 2568 NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ, 2569 NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_CHANNEL_TYPE, 2570 2571 NL80211_ATTR_KEY_DEFAULT_MGMT, 2572 2573 NL80211_ATTR_MGMT_SUBTYPE, 2574 NL80211_ATTR_IE, 2575 2576 NL80211_ATTR_MAX_NUM_SCAN_SSIDS, 2577 2578 NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_FREQUENCIES, 2579 NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_SSIDS, 2580 NL80211_ATTR_GENERATION, /* replaces old SCAN_GENERATION */ 2581 NL80211_ATTR_BSS, 2582 2583 NL80211_ATTR_REG_INITIATOR, 2584 NL80211_ATTR_REG_TYPE, 2585 2586 NL80211_ATTR_SUPPORTED_COMMANDS, 2587 2588 NL80211_ATTR_FRAME, 2589 NL80211_ATTR_SSID, 2590 NL80211_ATTR_AUTH_TYPE, 2591 NL80211_ATTR_REASON_CODE, 2592 2593 NL80211_ATTR_KEY_TYPE, 2594 2595 NL80211_ATTR_MAX_SCAN_IE_LEN, 2596 NL80211_ATTR_CIPHER_SUITES, 2597 2598 NL80211_ATTR_FREQ_BEFORE, 2599 NL80211_ATTR_FREQ_AFTER, 2600 2601 NL80211_ATTR_FREQ_FIXED, 2602 2603 2604 NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_RETRY_SHORT, 2605 NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_RETRY_LONG, 2606 NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FRAG_THRESHOLD, 2607 NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_RTS_THRESHOLD, 2608 2609 NL80211_ATTR_TIMED_OUT, 2610 2611 NL80211_ATTR_USE_MFP, 2612 2613 NL80211_ATTR_STA_FLAGS2, 2614 2615 NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT, 2616 2617 NL80211_ATTR_TESTDATA, 2618 2619 NL80211_ATTR_PRIVACY, 2620 2621 NL80211_ATTR_DISCONNECTED_BY_AP, 2622 NL80211_ATTR_STATUS_CODE, 2623 2624 NL80211_ATTR_CIPHER_SUITES_PAIRWISE, 2625 NL80211_ATTR_CIPHER_SUITE_GROUP, 2626 NL80211_ATTR_WPA_VERSIONS, 2627 NL80211_ATTR_AKM_SUITES, 2628 2629 NL80211_ATTR_REQ_IE, 2630 NL80211_ATTR_RESP_IE, 2631 2632 NL80211_ATTR_PREV_BSSID, 2633 2634 NL80211_ATTR_KEY, 2635 NL80211_ATTR_KEYS, 2636 2637 NL80211_ATTR_PID, 2638 2639 NL80211_ATTR_4ADDR, 2640 2641 NL80211_ATTR_SURVEY_INFO, 2642 2643 NL80211_ATTR_PMKID, 2644 NL80211_ATTR_MAX_NUM_PMKIDS, 2645 2646 NL80211_ATTR_DURATION, 2647 2648 NL80211_ATTR_COOKIE, 2649 2650 NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_COVERAGE_CLASS, 2651 2652 NL80211_ATTR_TX_RATES, 2653 2654 NL80211_ATTR_FRAME_MATCH, 2655 2656 NL80211_ATTR_ACK, 2657 2658 NL80211_ATTR_PS_STATE, 2659 2660 NL80211_ATTR_CQM, 2661 2662 NL80211_ATTR_LOCAL_STATE_CHANGE, 2663 2664 NL80211_ATTR_AP_ISOLATE, 2665 2666 NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_TX_POWER_SETTING, 2667 NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_TX_POWER_LEVEL, 2668 2669 NL80211_ATTR_TX_FRAME_TYPES, 2670 NL80211_ATTR_RX_FRAME_TYPES, 2671 NL80211_ATTR_FRAME_TYPE, 2672 2673 NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT_ETHERTYPE, 2674 NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT_NO_ENCRYPT, 2675 2676 NL80211_ATTR_SUPPORT_IBSS_RSN, 2677 2678 NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_ANTENNA_TX, 2679 NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_ANTENNA_RX, 2680 2681 NL80211_ATTR_MCAST_RATE, 2682 2683 NL80211_ATTR_OFFCHANNEL_TX_OK, 2684 2685 NL80211_ATTR_BSS_HT_OPMODE, 2686 2687 NL80211_ATTR_KEY_DEFAULT_TYPES, 2688 2689 NL80211_ATTR_MAX_REMAIN_ON_CHANNEL_DURATION, 2690 2691 NL80211_ATTR_MESH_SETUP, 2692 2693 NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_ANTENNA_AVAIL_TX, 2694 NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_ANTENNA_AVAIL_RX, 2695 2696 NL80211_ATTR_SUPPORT_MESH_AUTH, 2697 NL80211_ATTR_STA_PLINK_STATE, 2698 2699 NL80211_ATTR_WOWLAN_TRIGGERS, 2700 NL80211_ATTR_WOWLAN_TRIGGERS_SUPPORTED, 2701 2702 NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_INTERVAL, 2703 2704 NL80211_ATTR_INTERFACE_COMBINATIONS, 2705 NL80211_ATTR_SOFTWARE_IFTYPES, 2706 2707 NL80211_ATTR_REKEY_DATA, 2708 2709 NL80211_ATTR_MAX_NUM_SCHED_SCAN_SSIDS, 2710 NL80211_ATTR_MAX_SCHED_SCAN_IE_LEN, 2711 2712 NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_SUPP_RATES, 2713 2714 NL80211_ATTR_HIDDEN_SSID, 2715 2716 NL80211_ATTR_IE_PROBE_RESP, 2717 NL80211_ATTR_IE_ASSOC_RESP, 2718 2719 NL80211_ATTR_STA_WME, 2720 NL80211_ATTR_SUPPORT_AP_UAPSD, 2721 2722 NL80211_ATTR_ROAM_SUPPORT, 2723 2724 NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH, 2725 NL80211_ATTR_MAX_MATCH_SETS, 2726 2727 NL80211_ATTR_PMKSA_CANDIDATE, 2728 2729 NL80211_ATTR_TX_NO_CCK_RATE, 2730 2731 NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_ACTION, 2732 NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_DIALOG_TOKEN, 2733 NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_OPERATION, 2734 NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_SUPPORT, 2735 NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_EXTERNAL_SETUP, 2736 2737 NL80211_ATTR_DEVICE_AP_SME, 2738 2739 NL80211_ATTR_DONT_WAIT_FOR_ACK, 2740 2741 NL80211_ATTR_FEATURE_FLAGS, 2742 2743 NL80211_ATTR_PROBE_RESP_OFFLOAD, 2744 2745 NL80211_ATTR_PROBE_RESP, 2746 2747 NL80211_ATTR_DFS_REGION, 2748 2749 NL80211_ATTR_DISABLE_HT, 2750 NL80211_ATTR_HT_CAPABILITY_MASK, 2751 2752 NL80211_ATTR_NOACK_MAP, 2753 2754 NL80211_ATTR_INACTIVITY_TIMEOUT, 2755 2756 NL80211_ATTR_RX_SIGNAL_DBM, 2757 2758 NL80211_ATTR_BG_SCAN_PERIOD, 2759 2760 NL80211_ATTR_WDEV, 2761 2762 NL80211_ATTR_USER_REG_HINT_TYPE, 2763 2764 NL80211_ATTR_CONN_FAILED_REASON, 2765 2766 NL80211_ATTR_AUTH_DATA, 2767 2768 NL80211_ATTR_VHT_CAPABILITY, 2769 2770 NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_FLAGS, 2771 2772 NL80211_ATTR_CHANNEL_WIDTH, 2773 NL80211_ATTR_CENTER_FREQ1, 2774 NL80211_ATTR_CENTER_FREQ2, 2775 2776 NL80211_ATTR_P2P_CTWINDOW, 2777 NL80211_ATTR_P2P_OPPPS, 2778 2779 NL80211_ATTR_LOCAL_MESH_POWER_MODE, 2780 2781 NL80211_ATTR_ACL_POLICY, 2782 2783 NL80211_ATTR_MAC_ADDRS, 2784 2785 NL80211_ATTR_MAC_ACL_MAX, 2786 2787 NL80211_ATTR_RADAR_EVENT, 2788 2789 NL80211_ATTR_EXT_CAPA, 2790 NL80211_ATTR_EXT_CAPA_MASK, 2791 2792 NL80211_ATTR_STA_CAPABILITY, 2793 NL80211_ATTR_STA_EXT_CAPABILITY, 2794 2795 NL80211_ATTR_PROTOCOL_FEATURES, 2796 NL80211_ATTR_SPLIT_WIPHY_DUMP, 2797 2798 NL80211_ATTR_DISABLE_VHT, 2799 NL80211_ATTR_VHT_CAPABILITY_MASK, 2800 2801 NL80211_ATTR_MDID, 2802 NL80211_ATTR_IE_RIC, 2803 2804 NL80211_ATTR_CRIT_PROT_ID, 2805 NL80211_ATTR_MAX_CRIT_PROT_DURATION, 2806 2807 NL80211_ATTR_PEER_AID, 2808 2809 NL80211_ATTR_COALESCE_RULE, 2810 2811 NL80211_ATTR_CH_SWITCH_COUNT, 2812 NL80211_ATTR_CH_SWITCH_BLOCK_TX, 2813 NL80211_ATTR_CSA_IES, 2814 NL80211_ATTR_CSA_C_OFF_BEACON, 2815 NL80211_ATTR_CSA_C_OFF_PRESP, 2816 2817 NL80211_ATTR_RXMGMT_FLAGS, 2818 2819 NL80211_ATTR_STA_SUPPORTED_CHANNELS, 2820 2821 NL80211_ATTR_STA_SUPPORTED_OPER_CLASSES, 2822 2823 NL80211_ATTR_HANDLE_DFS, 2824 2825 NL80211_ATTR_SUPPORT_5_MHZ, 2826 NL80211_ATTR_SUPPORT_10_MHZ, 2827 2828 NL80211_ATTR_OPMODE_NOTIF, 2829 2830 NL80211_ATTR_VENDOR_ID, 2831 NL80211_ATTR_VENDOR_SUBCMD, 2832 NL80211_ATTR_VENDOR_DATA, 2833 NL80211_ATTR_VENDOR_EVENTS, 2834 2835 NL80211_ATTR_QOS_MAP, 2836 2837 NL80211_ATTR_MAC_HINT, 2838 NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ_HINT, 2839 2840 NL80211_ATTR_MAX_AP_ASSOC_STA, 2841 2842 NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_PEER_CAPABILITY, 2843 2844 NL80211_ATTR_SOCKET_OWNER, 2845 2846 NL80211_ATTR_CSA_C_OFFSETS_TX, 2847 NL80211_ATTR_MAX_CSA_COUNTERS, 2848 2849 NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_INITIATOR, 2850 2851 NL80211_ATTR_USE_RRM, 2852 2853 NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_DYN_ACK, 2854 2855 NL80211_ATTR_TSID, 2856 NL80211_ATTR_USER_PRIO, 2857 NL80211_ATTR_ADMITTED_TIME, 2858 2859 NL80211_ATTR_SMPS_MODE, 2860 2861 NL80211_ATTR_OPER_CLASS, 2862 2863 NL80211_ATTR_MAC_MASK, 2864 2865 NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_SELF_MANAGED_REG, 2866 2867 NL80211_ATTR_EXT_FEATURES, 2868 2869 NL80211_ATTR_SURVEY_RADIO_STATS, 2870 2871 NL80211_ATTR_NETNS_FD, 2872 2873 NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_DELAY, 2874 2875 NL80211_ATTR_REG_INDOOR, 2876 2877 NL80211_ATTR_MAX_NUM_SCHED_SCAN_PLANS, 2878 NL80211_ATTR_MAX_SCAN_PLAN_INTERVAL, 2879 NL80211_ATTR_MAX_SCAN_PLAN_ITERATIONS, 2880 NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_PLANS, 2881 2882 NL80211_ATTR_PBSS, 2883 2884 NL80211_ATTR_BSS_SELECT, 2885 2886 NL80211_ATTR_STA_SUPPORT_P2P_PS, 2887 2888 NL80211_ATTR_PAD, 2889 2890 NL80211_ATTR_IFTYPE_EXT_CAPA, 2891 2892 NL80211_ATTR_MU_MIMO_GROUP_DATA, 2893 NL80211_ATTR_MU_MIMO_FOLLOW_MAC_ADDR, 2894 2895 NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_START_TIME_TSF, 2896 NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_START_TIME_TSF_BSSID, 2897 NL80211_ATTR_MEASUREMENT_DURATION, 2898 NL80211_ATTR_MEASUREMENT_DURATION_MANDATORY, 2899 2900 NL80211_ATTR_MESH_PEER_AID, 2901 2902 NL80211_ATTR_NAN_MASTER_PREF, 2903 NL80211_ATTR_BANDS, 2904 NL80211_ATTR_NAN_FUNC, 2905 NL80211_ATTR_NAN_MATCH, 2906 2907 NL80211_ATTR_FILS_KEK, 2908 NL80211_ATTR_FILS_NONCES, 2909 2910 NL80211_ATTR_MULTICAST_TO_UNICAST_ENABLED, 2911 2912 NL80211_ATTR_BSSID, 2913 2914 NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_RELATIVE_RSSI, 2915 NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_RSSI_ADJUST, 2916 2917 NL80211_ATTR_TIMEOUT_REASON, 2918 2919 NL80211_ATTR_FILS_ERP_USERNAME, 2920 NL80211_ATTR_FILS_ERP_REALM, 2921 NL80211_ATTR_FILS_ERP_NEXT_SEQ_NUM, 2922 NL80211_ATTR_FILS_ERP_RRK, 2923 NL80211_ATTR_FILS_CACHE_ID, 2924 2925 NL80211_ATTR_PMK, 2926 2927 NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_MULTI, 2928 NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_MAX_REQS, 2929 2930 NL80211_ATTR_WANT_1X_4WAY_HS, 2931 NL80211_ATTR_PMKR0_NAME, 2932 NL80211_ATTR_PORT_AUTHORIZED, 2933 2934 NL80211_ATTR_EXTERNAL_AUTH_ACTION, 2935 NL80211_ATTR_EXTERNAL_AUTH_SUPPORT, 2936 2937 NL80211_ATTR_NSS, 2938 NL80211_ATTR_ACK_SIGNAL, 2939 2940 NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT_OVER_NL80211, 2941 2942 NL80211_ATTR_TXQ_STATS, 2943 NL80211_ATTR_TXQ_LIMIT, 2944 NL80211_ATTR_TXQ_MEMORY_LIMIT, 2945 NL80211_ATTR_TXQ_QUANTUM, 2946 2947 NL80211_ATTR_HE_CAPABILITY, 2948 2949 NL80211_ATTR_FTM_RESPONDER, 2950 2951 NL80211_ATTR_FTM_RESPONDER_STATS, 2952 2953 NL80211_ATTR_TIMEOUT, 2954 2955 NL80211_ATTR_PEER_MEASUREMENTS, 2956 2957 NL80211_ATTR_AIRTIME_WEIGHT, 2958 NL80211_ATTR_STA_TX_POWER_SETTING, 2959 NL80211_ATTR_STA_TX_POWER, 2960 2961 NL80211_ATTR_SAE_PASSWORD, 2962 2963 NL80211_ATTR_TWT_RESPONDER, 2964 2965 NL80211_ATTR_HE_OBSS_PD, 2966 2967 NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_EDMG_CHANNELS, 2968 NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_EDMG_BW_CONFIG, 2969 2970 NL80211_ATTR_VLAN_ID, 2971 2972 NL80211_ATTR_HE_BSS_COLOR, 2973 2974 NL80211_ATTR_IFTYPE_AKM_SUITES, 2975 2976 NL80211_ATTR_TID_CONFIG, 2977 2978 NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT_NO_PREAUTH, 2979 2980 NL80211_ATTR_PMK_LIFETIME, 2981 NL80211_ATTR_PMK_REAUTH_THRESHOLD, 2982 2983 NL80211_ATTR_RECEIVE_MULTICAST, 2984 NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ_OFFSET, 2985 NL80211_ATTR_CENTER_FREQ1_OFFSET, 2986 NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_FREQ_KHZ, 2987 2988 NL80211_ATTR_HE_6GHZ_CAPABILITY, 2989 2990 /* add attributes here, update the policy in nl80211.c */ 2991 2992 __NL80211_ATTR_AFTER_LAST, 2993 NUM_NL80211_ATTR = __NL80211_ATTR_AFTER_LAST, 2994 NL80211_ATTR_MAX = __NL80211_ATTR_AFTER_LAST - 1 2995 }; 2996 2997 /* source-level API compatibility */ 2998 #define NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_GENERATION NL80211_ATTR_GENERATION 2999 #define NL80211_ATTR_MESH_PARAMS NL80211_ATTR_MESH_CONFIG 3000 #define NL80211_ATTR_IFACE_SOCKET_OWNER NL80211_ATTR_SOCKET_OWNER 3001 #define NL80211_ATTR_SAE_DATA NL80211_ATTR_AUTH_DATA 3002 3003 /* 3004 * Allow user space programs to use #ifdef on new attributes by defining them 3005 * here 3006 */ 3007 #define NL80211_CMD_CONNECT NL80211_CMD_CONNECT 3008 #define NL80211_ATTR_HT_CAPABILITY NL80211_ATTR_HT_CAPABILITY 3009 #define NL80211_ATTR_BSS_BASIC_RATES NL80211_ATTR_BSS_BASIC_RATES 3010 #define NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_TXQ_PARAMS NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_TXQ_PARAMS 3011 #define NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ 3012 #define NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_CHANNEL_TYPE NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_CHANNEL_TYPE 3013 #define NL80211_ATTR_MGMT_SUBTYPE NL80211_ATTR_MGMT_SUBTYPE 3014 #define NL80211_ATTR_IE NL80211_ATTR_IE 3015 #define NL80211_ATTR_REG_INITIATOR NL80211_ATTR_REG_INITIATOR 3016 #define NL80211_ATTR_REG_TYPE NL80211_ATTR_REG_TYPE 3017 #define NL80211_ATTR_FRAME NL80211_ATTR_FRAME 3018 #define NL80211_ATTR_SSID NL80211_ATTR_SSID 3019 #define NL80211_ATTR_AUTH_TYPE NL80211_ATTR_AUTH_TYPE 3020 #define NL80211_ATTR_REASON_CODE NL80211_ATTR_REASON_CODE 3021 #define NL80211_ATTR_CIPHER_SUITES_PAIRWISE NL80211_ATTR_CIPHER_SUITES_PAIRWISE 3022 #define NL80211_ATTR_CIPHER_SUITE_GROUP NL80211_ATTR_CIPHER_SUITE_GROUP 3023 #define NL80211_ATTR_WPA_VERSIONS NL80211_ATTR_WPA_VERSIONS 3024 #define NL80211_ATTR_AKM_SUITES NL80211_ATTR_AKM_SUITES 3025 #define NL80211_ATTR_KEY NL80211_ATTR_KEY 3026 #define NL80211_ATTR_KEYS NL80211_ATTR_KEYS 3027 #define NL80211_ATTR_FEATURE_FLAGS NL80211_ATTR_FEATURE_FLAGS 3028 3029 #define NL80211_WIPHY_NAME_MAXLEN 64 3030 3031 #define NL80211_MAX_SUPP_RATES 32 3032 #define NL80211_MAX_SUPP_HT_RATES 77 3033 #define NL80211_MAX_SUPP_REG_RULES 128 3034 #define NL80211_TKIP_DATA_OFFSET_ENCR_KEY 0 3035 #define NL80211_TKIP_DATA_OFFSET_TX_MIC_KEY 16 3036 #define NL80211_TKIP_DATA_OFFSET_RX_MIC_KEY 24 3037 #define NL80211_HT_CAPABILITY_LEN 26 3038 #define NL80211_VHT_CAPABILITY_LEN 12 3039 #define NL80211_HE_MIN_CAPABILITY_LEN 16 3040 #define NL80211_HE_MAX_CAPABILITY_LEN 54 3041 #define NL80211_MAX_NR_CIPHER_SUITES 5 3042 #define NL80211_MAX_NR_AKM_SUITES 2 3043 3044 #define NL80211_MIN_REMAIN_ON_CHANNEL_TIME 10 3045 3046 /* default RSSI threshold for scan results if none specified. */ 3047 #define NL80211_SCAN_RSSI_THOLD_OFF -300 3048 3049 #define NL80211_CQM_TXE_MAX_INTVL 1800 3050 3051 /** 3052 * enum nl80211_iftype - (virtual) interface types 3053 * 3054 * @NL80211_IFTYPE_UNSPECIFIED: unspecified type, driver decides 3055 * @NL80211_IFTYPE_ADHOC: independent BSS member 3056 * @NL80211_IFTYPE_STATION: managed BSS member 3057 * @NL80211_IFTYPE_AP: access point 3058 * @NL80211_IFTYPE_AP_VLAN: VLAN interface for access points; VLAN interfaces 3059 * are a bit special in that they must always be tied to a pre-existing 3060 * AP type interface. 3061 * @NL80211_IFTYPE_WDS: wireless distribution interface 3062 * @NL80211_IFTYPE_MONITOR: monitor interface receiving all frames 3063 * @NL80211_IFTYPE_MESH_POINT: mesh point 3064 * @NL80211_IFTYPE_P2P_CLIENT: P2P client 3065 * @NL80211_IFTYPE_P2P_GO: P2P group owner 3066 * @NL80211_IFTYPE_P2P_DEVICE: P2P device interface type, this is not a netdev 3067 * and therefore can't be created in the normal ways, use the 3068 * %NL80211_CMD_START_P2P_DEVICE and %NL80211_CMD_STOP_P2P_DEVICE 3069 * commands to create and destroy one 3070 * @NL80211_IF_TYPE_OCB: Outside Context of a BSS 3071 * This mode corresponds to the MIB variable dot11OCBActivated=true 3072 * @NL80211_IFTYPE_NAN: NAN device interface type (not a netdev) 3073 * @NL80211_IFTYPE_MAX: highest interface type number currently defined 3074 * @NUM_NL80211_IFTYPES: number of defined interface types 3075 * 3076 * These values are used with the %NL80211_ATTR_IFTYPE 3077 * to set the type of an interface. 3078 * 3079 */ 3080 enum nl80211_iftype { 3081 NL80211_IFTYPE_UNSPECIFIED, 3082 NL80211_IFTYPE_ADHOC, 3083 NL80211_IFTYPE_STATION, 3084 NL80211_IFTYPE_AP, 3085 NL80211_IFTYPE_AP_VLAN, 3086 NL80211_IFTYPE_WDS, 3087 NL80211_IFTYPE_MONITOR, 3088 NL80211_IFTYPE_MESH_POINT, 3089 NL80211_IFTYPE_P2P_CLIENT, 3090 NL80211_IFTYPE_P2P_GO, 3091 NL80211_IFTYPE_P2P_DEVICE, 3092 NL80211_IFTYPE_OCB, 3093 NL80211_IFTYPE_NAN, 3094 3095 /* keep last */ 3096 NUM_NL80211_IFTYPES, 3097 NL80211_IFTYPE_MAX = NUM_NL80211_IFTYPES - 1 3098 }; 3099 3100 /** 3101 * enum nl80211_sta_flags - station flags 3102 * 3103 * Station flags. When a station is added to an AP interface, it is 3104 * assumed to be already associated (and hence authenticated.) 3105 * 3106 * @__NL80211_STA_FLAG_INVALID: attribute number 0 is reserved 3107 * @NL80211_STA_FLAG_AUTHORIZED: station is authorized (802.1X) 3108 * @NL80211_STA_FLAG_SHORT_PREAMBLE: station is capable of receiving frames 3109 * with short barker preamble 3110 * @NL80211_STA_FLAG_WME: station is WME/QoS capable 3111 * @NL80211_STA_FLAG_MFP: station uses management frame protection 3112 * @NL80211_STA_FLAG_AUTHENTICATED: station is authenticated 3113 * @NL80211_STA_FLAG_TDLS_PEER: station is a TDLS peer -- this flag should 3114 * only be used in managed mode (even in the flags mask). Note that the 3115 * flag can't be changed, it is only valid while adding a station, and 3116 * attempts to change it will silently be ignored (rather than rejected 3117 * as errors.) 3118 * @NL80211_STA_FLAG_ASSOCIATED: station is associated; used with drivers 3119 * that support %NL80211_FEATURE_FULL_AP_CLIENT_STATE to transition a 3120 * previously added station into associated state 3121 * @NL80211_STA_FLAG_MAX: highest station flag number currently defined 3122 * @__NL80211_STA_FLAG_AFTER_LAST: internal use 3123 */ 3124 enum nl80211_sta_flags { 3125 __NL80211_STA_FLAG_INVALID, 3126 NL80211_STA_FLAG_AUTHORIZED, 3127 NL80211_STA_FLAG_SHORT_PREAMBLE, 3128 NL80211_STA_FLAG_WME, 3129 NL80211_STA_FLAG_MFP, 3130 NL80211_STA_FLAG_AUTHENTICATED, 3131 NL80211_STA_FLAG_TDLS_PEER, 3132 NL80211_STA_FLAG_ASSOCIATED, 3133 3134 /* keep last */ 3135 __NL80211_STA_FLAG_AFTER_LAST, 3136 NL80211_STA_FLAG_MAX = __NL80211_STA_FLAG_AFTER_LAST - 1 3137 }; 3138 3139 /** 3140 * enum nl80211_sta_p2p_ps_status - station support of P2P PS 3141 * 3142 * @NL80211_P2P_PS_UNSUPPORTED: station doesn't support P2P PS mechanism 3143 * @@NL80211_P2P_PS_SUPPORTED: station supports P2P PS mechanism 3144 * @NUM_NL80211_P2P_PS_STATUS: number of values 3145 */ 3146 enum nl80211_sta_p2p_ps_status { 3147 NL80211_P2P_PS_UNSUPPORTED = 0, 3148 NL80211_P2P_PS_SUPPORTED, 3149 3150 NUM_NL80211_P2P_PS_STATUS, 3151 }; 3152 3153 #define NL80211_STA_FLAG_MAX_OLD_API NL80211_STA_FLAG_TDLS_PEER 3154 3155 /** 3156 * struct nl80211_sta_flag_update - station flags mask/set 3157 * @mask: mask of station flags to set 3158 * @set: which values to set them to 3159 * 3160 * Both mask and set contain bits as per &enum nl80211_sta_flags. 3161 */ 3162 struct nl80211_sta_flag_update { 3163 __u32 mask; 3164 __u32 set; 3165 } __attribute__((packed)); 3166 3167 /** 3168 * enum nl80211_he_gi - HE guard interval 3169 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_GI_0_8: 0.8 usec 3170 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_GI_1_6: 1.6 usec 3171 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_GI_3_2: 3.2 usec 3172 */ 3173 enum nl80211_he_gi { 3174 NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_GI_0_8, 3175 NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_GI_1_6, 3176 NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_GI_3_2, 3177 }; 3178 3179 /** 3180 * enum nl80211_he_ru_alloc - HE RU allocation values 3181 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_RU_ALLOC_26: 26-tone RU allocation 3182 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_RU_ALLOC_52: 52-tone RU allocation 3183 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_RU_ALLOC_106: 106-tone RU allocation 3184 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_RU_ALLOC_242: 242-tone RU allocation 3185 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_RU_ALLOC_484: 484-tone RU allocation 3186 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_RU_ALLOC_996: 996-tone RU allocation 3187 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_RU_ALLOC_2x996: 2x996-tone RU allocation 3188 */ 3189 enum nl80211_he_ru_alloc { 3190 NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_RU_ALLOC_26, 3191 NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_RU_ALLOC_52, 3192 NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_RU_ALLOC_106, 3193 NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_RU_ALLOC_242, 3194 NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_RU_ALLOC_484, 3195 NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_RU_ALLOC_996, 3196 NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_RU_ALLOC_2x996, 3197 }; 3198 3199 /** 3200 * enum nl80211_rate_info - bitrate information 3201 * 3202 * These attribute types are used with %NL80211_STA_INFO_TXRATE 3203 * when getting information about the bitrate of a station. 3204 * There are 2 attributes for bitrate, a legacy one that represents 3205 * a 16-bit value, and new one that represents a 32-bit value. 3206 * If the rate value fits into 16 bit, both attributes are reported 3207 * with the same value. If the rate is too high to fit into 16 bits 3208 * (>6.5535Gbps) only 32-bit attribute is included. 3209 * User space tools encouraged to use the 32-bit attribute and fall 3210 * back to the 16-bit one for compatibility with older kernels. 3211 * 3212 * @__NL80211_RATE_INFO_INVALID: attribute number 0 is reserved 3213 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_BITRATE: total bitrate (u16, 100kbit/s) 3214 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_MCS: mcs index for 802.11n (u8) 3215 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_40_MHZ_WIDTH: 40 MHz dualchannel bitrate 3216 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_SHORT_GI: 400ns guard interval 3217 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_BITRATE32: total bitrate (u32, 100kbit/s) 3218 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_MAX: highest rate_info number currently defined 3219 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_VHT_MCS: MCS index for VHT (u8) 3220 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_VHT_NSS: number of streams in VHT (u8) 3221 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_80_MHZ_WIDTH: 80 MHz VHT rate 3222 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_80P80_MHZ_WIDTH: unused - 80+80 is treated the 3223 * same as 160 for purposes of the bitrates 3224 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_160_MHZ_WIDTH: 160 MHz VHT rate 3225 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_10_MHZ_WIDTH: 10 MHz width - note that this is 3226 * a legacy rate and will be reported as the actual bitrate, i.e. 3227 * half the base (20 MHz) rate 3228 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_5_MHZ_WIDTH: 5 MHz width - note that this is 3229 * a legacy rate and will be reported as the actual bitrate, i.e. 3230 * a quarter of the base (20 MHz) rate 3231 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_MCS: HE MCS index (u8, 0-11) 3232 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_NSS: HE NSS value (u8, 1-8) 3233 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_GI: HE guard interval identifier 3234 * (u8, see &enum nl80211_he_gi) 3235 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_DCM: HE DCM value (u8, 0/1) 3236 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_RU_ALLOC: HE RU allocation, if not present then 3237 * non-OFDMA was used (u8, see &enum nl80211_he_ru_alloc) 3238 * @__NL80211_RATE_INFO_AFTER_LAST: internal use 3239 */ 3240 enum nl80211_rate_info { 3241 __NL80211_RATE_INFO_INVALID, 3242 NL80211_RATE_INFO_BITRATE, 3243 NL80211_RATE_INFO_MCS, 3244 NL80211_RATE_INFO_40_MHZ_WIDTH, 3245 NL80211_RATE_INFO_SHORT_GI, 3246 NL80211_RATE_INFO_BITRATE32, 3247 NL80211_RATE_INFO_VHT_MCS, 3248 NL80211_RATE_INFO_VHT_NSS, 3249 NL80211_RATE_INFO_80_MHZ_WIDTH, 3250 NL80211_RATE_INFO_80P80_MHZ_WIDTH, 3251 NL80211_RATE_INFO_160_MHZ_WIDTH, 3252 NL80211_RATE_INFO_10_MHZ_WIDTH, 3253 NL80211_RATE_INFO_5_MHZ_WIDTH, 3254 NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_MCS, 3255 NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_NSS, 3256 NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_GI, 3257 NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_DCM, 3258 NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_RU_ALLOC, 3259 3260 /* keep last */ 3261 __NL80211_RATE_INFO_AFTER_LAST, 3262 NL80211_RATE_INFO_MAX = __NL80211_RATE_INFO_AFTER_LAST - 1 3263 }; 3264 3265 /** 3266 * enum nl80211_sta_bss_param - BSS information collected by STA 3267 * 3268 * These attribute types are used with %NL80211_STA_INFO_BSS_PARAM 3269 * when getting information about the bitrate of a station. 3270 * 3271 * @__NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_INVALID: attribute number 0 is reserved 3272 * @NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_CTS_PROT: whether CTS protection is enabled (flag) 3273 * @NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_SHORT_PREAMBLE: whether short preamble is enabled 3274 * (flag) 3275 * @NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_SHORT_SLOT_TIME: whether short slot time is enabled 3276 * (flag) 3277 * @NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_DTIM_PERIOD: DTIM period for beaconing (u8) 3278 * @NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_BEACON_INTERVAL: Beacon interval (u16) 3279 * @NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_MAX: highest sta_bss_param number currently defined 3280 * @__NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_AFTER_LAST: internal use 3281 */ 3282 enum nl80211_sta_bss_param { 3283 __NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_INVALID, 3284 NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_CTS_PROT, 3285 NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_SHORT_PREAMBLE, 3286 NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_SHORT_SLOT_TIME, 3287 NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_DTIM_PERIOD, 3288 NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_BEACON_INTERVAL, 3289 3290 /* keep last */ 3291 __NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_AFTER_LAST, 3292 NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_MAX = __NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_AFTER_LAST - 1 3293 }; 3294 3295 /** 3296 * enum nl80211_sta_info - station information 3297 * 3298 * These attribute types are used with %NL80211_ATTR_STA_INFO 3299 * when getting information about a station. 3300 * 3301 * @__NL80211_STA_INFO_INVALID: attribute number 0 is reserved 3302 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_INACTIVE_TIME: time since last activity (u32, msecs) 3303 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_RX_BYTES: total received bytes (MPDU length) 3304 * (u32, from this station) 3305 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_TX_BYTES: total transmitted bytes (MPDU length) 3306 * (u32, to this station) 3307 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_RX_BYTES64: total received bytes (MPDU length) 3308 * (u64, from this station) 3309 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_TX_BYTES64: total transmitted bytes (MPDU length) 3310 * (u64, to this station) 3311 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_SIGNAL: signal strength of last received PPDU (u8, dBm) 3312 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_TX_BITRATE: current unicast tx rate, nested attribute 3313 * containing info as possible, see &enum nl80211_rate_info 3314 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_RX_PACKETS: total received packet (MSDUs and MMPDUs) 3315 * (u32, from this station) 3316 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_TX_PACKETS: total transmitted packets (MSDUs and MMPDUs) 3317 * (u32, to this station) 3318 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_TX_RETRIES: total retries (MPDUs) (u32, to this station) 3319 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_TX_FAILED: total failed packets (MPDUs) 3320 * (u32, to this station) 3321 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_SIGNAL_AVG: signal strength average (u8, dBm) 3322 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_LLID: the station's mesh LLID 3323 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_PLID: the station's mesh PLID 3324 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_PLINK_STATE: peer link state for the station 3325 * (see %enum nl80211_plink_state) 3326 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_RX_BITRATE: last unicast data frame rx rate, nested 3327 * attribute, like NL80211_STA_INFO_TX_BITRATE. 3328 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_BSS_PARAM: current station's view of BSS, nested attribute 3329 * containing info as possible, see &enum nl80211_sta_bss_param 3330 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_CONNECTED_TIME: time since the station is last connected 3331 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_STA_FLAGS: Contains a struct nl80211_sta_flag_update. 3332 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_BEACON_LOSS: count of times beacon loss was detected (u32) 3333 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_T_OFFSET: timing offset with respect to this STA (s64) 3334 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_LOCAL_PM: local mesh STA link-specific power mode 3335 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_PEER_PM: peer mesh STA link-specific power mode 3336 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_NONPEER_PM: neighbor mesh STA power save mode towards 3337 * non-peer STA 3338 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_CHAIN_SIGNAL: per-chain signal strength of last PPDU 3339 * Contains a nested array of signal strength attributes (u8, dBm) 3340 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_CHAIN_SIGNAL_AVG: per-chain signal strength average 3341 * Same format as NL80211_STA_INFO_CHAIN_SIGNAL. 3342 * @NL80211_STA_EXPECTED_THROUGHPUT: expected throughput considering also the 3343 * 802.11 header (u32, kbps) 3344 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_RX_DROP_MISC: RX packets dropped for unspecified reasons 3345 * (u64) 3346 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_BEACON_RX: number of beacons received from this peer (u64) 3347 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_BEACON_SIGNAL_AVG: signal strength average 3348 * for beacons only (u8, dBm) 3349 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_TID_STATS: per-TID statistics (see &enum nl80211_tid_stats) 3350 * This is a nested attribute where each the inner attribute number is the 3351 * TID+1 and the special TID 16 (i.e. value 17) is used for non-QoS frames; 3352 * each one of those is again nested with &enum nl80211_tid_stats 3353 * attributes carrying the actual values. 3354 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_RX_DURATION: aggregate PPDU duration for all frames 3355 * received from the station (u64, usec) 3356 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_PAD: attribute used for padding for 64-bit alignment 3357 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_ACK_SIGNAL: signal strength of the last ACK frame(u8, dBm) 3358 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_ACK_SIGNAL_AVG: avg signal strength of ACK frames (s8, dBm) 3359 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_RX_MPDUS: total number of received packets (MPDUs) 3360 * (u32, from this station) 3361 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_FCS_ERROR_COUNT: total number of packets (MPDUs) received 3362 * with an FCS error (u32, from this station). This count may not include 3363 * some packets with an FCS error due to TA corruption. Hence this counter 3364 * might not be fully accurate. 3365 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_CONNECTED_TO_GATE: set to true if STA has a path to a 3366 * mesh gate (u8, 0 or 1) 3367 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_TX_DURATION: aggregate PPDU duration for all frames 3368 * sent to the station (u64, usec) 3369 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_AIRTIME_WEIGHT: current airtime weight for station (u16) 3370 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_AIRTIME_LINK_METRIC: airtime link metric for mesh station 3371 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_ASSOC_AT_BOOTTIME: Timestamp (CLOCK_BOOTTIME, nanoseconds) 3372 * of STA's association 3373 * @__NL80211_STA_INFO_AFTER_LAST: internal 3374 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_MAX: highest possible station info attribute 3375 */ 3376 enum nl80211_sta_info { 3377 __NL80211_STA_INFO_INVALID, 3378 NL80211_STA_INFO_INACTIVE_TIME, 3379 NL80211_STA_INFO_RX_BYTES, 3380 NL80211_STA_INFO_TX_BYTES, 3381 NL80211_STA_INFO_LLID, 3382 NL80211_STA_INFO_PLID, 3383 NL80211_STA_INFO_PLINK_STATE, 3384 NL80211_STA_INFO_SIGNAL, 3385 NL80211_STA_INFO_TX_BITRATE, 3386 NL80211_STA_INFO_RX_PACKETS, 3387 NL80211_STA_INFO_TX_PACKETS, 3388 NL80211_STA_INFO_TX_RETRIES, 3389 NL80211_STA_INFO_TX_FAILED, 3390 NL80211_STA_INFO_SIGNAL_AVG, 3391 NL80211_STA_INFO_RX_BITRATE, 3392 NL80211_STA_INFO_BSS_PARAM, 3393 NL80211_STA_INFO_CONNECTED_TIME, 3394 NL80211_STA_INFO_STA_FLAGS, 3395 NL80211_STA_INFO_BEACON_LOSS, 3396 NL80211_STA_INFO_T_OFFSET, 3397 NL80211_STA_INFO_LOCAL_PM, 3398 NL80211_STA_INFO_PEER_PM, 3399 NL80211_STA_INFO_NONPEER_PM, 3400 NL80211_STA_INFO_RX_BYTES64, 3401 NL80211_STA_INFO_TX_BYTES64, 3402 NL80211_STA_INFO_CHAIN_SIGNAL, 3403 NL80211_STA_INFO_CHAIN_SIGNAL_AVG, 3404 NL80211_STA_INFO_EXPECTED_THROUGHPUT, 3405 NL80211_STA_INFO_RX_DROP_MISC, 3406 NL80211_STA_INFO_BEACON_RX, 3407 NL80211_STA_INFO_BEACON_SIGNAL_AVG, 3408 NL80211_STA_INFO_TID_STATS, 3409 NL80211_STA_INFO_RX_DURATION, 3410 NL80211_STA_INFO_PAD, 3411 NL80211_STA_INFO_ACK_SIGNAL, 3412 NL80211_STA_INFO_ACK_SIGNAL_AVG, 3413 NL80211_STA_INFO_RX_MPDUS, 3414 NL80211_STA_INFO_FCS_ERROR_COUNT, 3415 NL80211_STA_INFO_CONNECTED_TO_GATE, 3416 NL80211_STA_INFO_TX_DURATION, 3417 NL80211_STA_INFO_AIRTIME_WEIGHT, 3418 NL80211_STA_INFO_AIRTIME_LINK_METRIC, 3419 NL80211_STA_INFO_ASSOC_AT_BOOTTIME, 3420 3421 /* keep last */ 3422 __NL80211_STA_INFO_AFTER_LAST, 3423 NL80211_STA_INFO_MAX = __NL80211_STA_INFO_AFTER_LAST - 1 3424 }; 3425 3426 /* we renamed this - stay compatible */ 3427 #define NL80211_STA_INFO_DATA_ACK_SIGNAL_AVG NL80211_STA_INFO_ACK_SIGNAL_AVG 3428 3429 3430 /** 3431 * enum nl80211_tid_stats - per TID statistics attributes 3432 * @__NL80211_TID_STATS_INVALID: attribute number 0 is reserved 3433 * @NL80211_TID_STATS_RX_MSDU: number of MSDUs received (u64) 3434 * @NL80211_TID_STATS_TX_MSDU: number of MSDUs transmitted (or 3435 * attempted to transmit; u64) 3436 * @NL80211_TID_STATS_TX_MSDU_RETRIES: number of retries for 3437 * transmitted MSDUs (not counting the first attempt; u64) 3438 * @NL80211_TID_STATS_TX_MSDU_FAILED: number of failed transmitted 3439 * MSDUs (u64) 3440 * @NL80211_TID_STATS_PAD: attribute used for padding for 64-bit alignment 3441 * @NL80211_TID_STATS_TXQ_STATS: TXQ stats (nested attribute) 3442 * @NUM_NL80211_TID_STATS: number of attributes here 3443 * @NL80211_TID_STATS_MAX: highest numbered attribute here 3444 */ 3445 enum nl80211_tid_stats { 3446 __NL80211_TID_STATS_INVALID, 3447 NL80211_TID_STATS_RX_MSDU, 3448 NL80211_TID_STATS_TX_MSDU, 3449 NL80211_TID_STATS_TX_MSDU_RETRIES, 3450 NL80211_TID_STATS_TX_MSDU_FAILED, 3451 NL80211_TID_STATS_PAD, 3452 NL80211_TID_STATS_TXQ_STATS, 3453 3454 /* keep last */ 3455 NUM_NL80211_TID_STATS, 3456 NL80211_TID_STATS_MAX = NUM_NL80211_TID_STATS - 1 3457 }; 3458 3459 /** 3460 * enum nl80211_txq_stats - per TXQ statistics attributes 3461 * @__NL80211_TXQ_STATS_INVALID: attribute number 0 is reserved 3462 * @NUM_NL80211_TXQ_STATS: number of attributes here 3463 * @NL80211_TXQ_STATS_BACKLOG_BYTES: number of bytes currently backlogged 3464 * @NL80211_TXQ_STATS_BACKLOG_PACKETS: number of packets currently 3465 * backlogged 3466 * @NL80211_TXQ_STATS_FLOWS: total number of new flows seen 3467 * @NL80211_TXQ_STATS_DROPS: total number of packet drops 3468 * @NL80211_TXQ_STATS_ECN_MARKS: total number of packet ECN marks 3469 * @NL80211_TXQ_STATS_OVERLIMIT: number of drops due to queue space overflow 3470 * @NL80211_TXQ_STATS_OVERMEMORY: number of drops due to memory limit overflow 3471 * (only for per-phy stats) 3472 * @NL80211_TXQ_STATS_COLLISIONS: number of hash collisions 3473 * @NL80211_TXQ_STATS_TX_BYTES: total number of bytes dequeued from TXQ 3474 * @NL80211_TXQ_STATS_TX_PACKETS: total number of packets dequeued from TXQ 3475 * @NL80211_TXQ_STATS_MAX_FLOWS: number of flow buckets for PHY 3476 * @NL80211_TXQ_STATS_MAX: highest numbered attribute here 3477 */ 3478 enum nl80211_txq_stats { 3479 __NL80211_TXQ_STATS_INVALID, 3480 NL80211_TXQ_STATS_BACKLOG_BYTES, 3481 NL80211_TXQ_STATS_BACKLOG_PACKETS, 3482 NL80211_TXQ_STATS_FLOWS, 3483 NL80211_TXQ_STATS_DROPS, 3484 NL80211_TXQ_STATS_ECN_MARKS, 3485 NL80211_TXQ_STATS_OVERLIMIT, 3486 NL80211_TXQ_STATS_OVERMEMORY, 3487 NL80211_TXQ_STATS_COLLISIONS, 3488 NL80211_TXQ_STATS_TX_BYTES, 3489 NL80211_TXQ_STATS_TX_PACKETS, 3490 NL80211_TXQ_STATS_MAX_FLOWS, 3491 3492 /* keep last */ 3493 NUM_NL80211_TXQ_STATS, 3494 NL80211_TXQ_STATS_MAX = NUM_NL80211_TXQ_STATS - 1 3495 }; 3496 3497 /** 3498 * enum nl80211_mpath_flags - nl80211 mesh path flags 3499 * 3500 * @NL80211_MPATH_FLAG_ACTIVE: the mesh path is active 3501 * @NL80211_MPATH_FLAG_RESOLVING: the mesh path discovery process is running 3502 * @NL80211_MPATH_FLAG_SN_VALID: the mesh path contains a valid SN 3503 * @NL80211_MPATH_FLAG_FIXED: the mesh path has been manually set 3504 * @NL80211_MPATH_FLAG_RESOLVED: the mesh path discovery process succeeded 3505 */ 3506 enum nl80211_mpath_flags { 3507 NL80211_MPATH_FLAG_ACTIVE = 1<<0, 3508 NL80211_MPATH_FLAG_RESOLVING = 1<<1, 3509 NL80211_MPATH_FLAG_SN_VALID = 1<<2, 3510 NL80211_MPATH_FLAG_FIXED = 1<<3, 3511 NL80211_MPATH_FLAG_RESOLVED = 1<<4, 3512 }; 3513 3514 /** 3515 * enum nl80211_mpath_info - mesh path information 3516 * 3517 * These attribute types are used with %NL80211_ATTR_MPATH_INFO when getting 3518 * information about a mesh path. 3519 * 3520 * @__NL80211_MPATH_INFO_INVALID: attribute number 0 is reserved 3521 * @NL80211_MPATH_INFO_FRAME_QLEN: number of queued frames for this destination 3522 * @NL80211_MPATH_INFO_SN: destination sequence number 3523 * @NL80211_MPATH_INFO_METRIC: metric (cost) of this mesh path 3524 * @NL80211_MPATH_INFO_EXPTIME: expiration time for the path, in msec from now 3525 * @NL80211_MPATH_INFO_FLAGS: mesh path flags, enumerated in 3526 * &enum nl80211_mpath_flags; 3527 * @NL80211_MPATH_INFO_DISCOVERY_TIMEOUT: total path discovery timeout, in msec 3528 * @NL80211_MPATH_INFO_DISCOVERY_RETRIES: mesh path discovery retries 3529 * @NL80211_MPATH_INFO_HOP_COUNT: hop count to destination 3530 * @NL80211_MPATH_INFO_PATH_CHANGE: total number of path changes to destination 3531 * @NL80211_MPATH_INFO_MAX: highest mesh path information attribute number 3532 * currently defined 3533 * @__NL80211_MPATH_INFO_AFTER_LAST: internal use 3534 */ 3535 enum nl80211_mpath_info { 3536 __NL80211_MPATH_INFO_INVALID, 3537 NL80211_MPATH_INFO_FRAME_QLEN, 3538 NL80211_MPATH_INFO_SN, 3539 NL80211_MPATH_INFO_METRIC, 3540 NL80211_MPATH_INFO_EXPTIME, 3541 NL80211_MPATH_INFO_FLAGS, 3542 NL80211_MPATH_INFO_DISCOVERY_TIMEOUT, 3543 NL80211_MPATH_INFO_DISCOVERY_RETRIES, 3544 NL80211_MPATH_INFO_HOP_COUNT, 3545 NL80211_MPATH_INFO_PATH_CHANGE, 3546 3547 /* keep last */ 3548 __NL80211_MPATH_INFO_AFTER_LAST, 3549 NL80211_MPATH_INFO_MAX = __NL80211_MPATH_INFO_AFTER_LAST - 1 3550 }; 3551 3552 /** 3553 * enum nl80211_band_iftype_attr - Interface type data attributes 3554 * 3555 * @__NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_INVALID: attribute number 0 is reserved 3556 * @NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_IFTYPES: nested attribute containing a flag attribute 3557 * for each interface type that supports the band data 3558 * @NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_HE_CAP_MAC: HE MAC capabilities as in HE 3559 * capabilities IE 3560 * @NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_HE_CAP_PHY: HE PHY capabilities as in HE 3561 * capabilities IE 3562 * @NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_HE_CAP_MCS_SET: HE supported NSS/MCS as in HE 3563 * capabilities IE 3564 * @NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_HE_CAP_PPE: HE PPE thresholds information as 3565 * defined in HE capabilities IE 3566 * @NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_MAX: highest band HE capability attribute currently 3567 * defined 3568 * @NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_HE_6GHZ_CAPA: HE 6GHz band capabilities (__le16), 3569 * given for all 6 GHz band channels 3570 * @__NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_AFTER_LAST: internal use 3571 */ 3572 enum nl80211_band_iftype_attr { 3573 __NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_INVALID, 3574 3575 NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_IFTYPES, 3576 NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_HE_CAP_MAC, 3577 NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_HE_CAP_PHY, 3578 NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_HE_CAP_MCS_SET, 3579 NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_HE_CAP_PPE, 3580 NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_HE_6GHZ_CAPA, 3581 3582 /* keep last */ 3583 __NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_AFTER_LAST, 3584 NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_MAX = __NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_AFTER_LAST - 1 3585 }; 3586 3587 /** 3588 * enum nl80211_band_attr - band attributes 3589 * @__NL80211_BAND_ATTR_INVALID: attribute number 0 is reserved 3590 * @NL80211_BAND_ATTR_FREQS: supported frequencies in this band, 3591 * an array of nested frequency attributes 3592 * @NL80211_BAND_ATTR_RATES: supported bitrates in this band, 3593 * an array of nested bitrate attributes 3594 * @NL80211_BAND_ATTR_HT_MCS_SET: 16-byte attribute containing the MCS set as 3595 * defined in 802.11n 3596 * @NL80211_BAND_ATTR_HT_CAPA: HT capabilities, as in the HT information IE 3597 * @NL80211_BAND_ATTR_HT_AMPDU_FACTOR: A-MPDU factor, as in 11n 3598 * @NL80211_BAND_ATTR_HT_AMPDU_DENSITY: A-MPDU density, as in 11n 3599 * @NL80211_BAND_ATTR_VHT_MCS_SET: 32-byte attribute containing the MCS set as 3600 * defined in 802.11ac 3601 * @NL80211_BAND_ATTR_VHT_CAPA: VHT capabilities, as in the HT information IE 3602 * @NL80211_BAND_ATTR_IFTYPE_DATA: nested array attribute, with each entry using 3603 * attributes from &enum nl80211_band_iftype_attr 3604 * @NL80211_BAND_ATTR_EDMG_CHANNELS: bitmap that indicates the 2.16 GHz 3605 * channel(s) that are allowed to be used for EDMG transmissions. 3606 * Defined by IEEE P802.11ay/D4.0 section 9.4.2.251. 3607 * @NL80211_BAND_ATTR_EDMG_BW_CONFIG: Channel BW Configuration subfield encodes 3608 * the allowed channel bandwidth configurations. 3609 * Defined by IEEE P802.11ay/D4.0 section 9.4.2.251, Table 13. 3610 * @NL80211_BAND_ATTR_MAX: highest band attribute currently defined 3611 * @__NL80211_BAND_ATTR_AFTER_LAST: internal use 3612 */ 3613 enum nl80211_band_attr { 3614 __NL80211_BAND_ATTR_INVALID, 3615 NL80211_BAND_ATTR_FREQS, 3616 NL80211_BAND_ATTR_RATES, 3617 3618 NL80211_BAND_ATTR_HT_MCS_SET, 3619 NL80211_BAND_ATTR_HT_CAPA, 3620 NL80211_BAND_ATTR_HT_AMPDU_FACTOR, 3621 NL80211_BAND_ATTR_HT_AMPDU_DENSITY, 3622 3623 NL80211_BAND_ATTR_VHT_MCS_SET, 3624 NL80211_BAND_ATTR_VHT_CAPA, 3625 NL80211_BAND_ATTR_IFTYPE_DATA, 3626 3627 NL80211_BAND_ATTR_EDMG_CHANNELS, 3628 NL80211_BAND_ATTR_EDMG_BW_CONFIG, 3629 3630 /* keep last */ 3631 __NL80211_BAND_ATTR_AFTER_LAST, 3632 NL80211_BAND_ATTR_MAX = __NL80211_BAND_ATTR_AFTER_LAST - 1 3633 }; 3634 3635 #define NL80211_BAND_ATTR_HT_CAPA NL80211_BAND_ATTR_HT_CAPA 3636 3637 /** 3638 * enum nl80211_wmm_rule - regulatory wmm rule 3639 * 3640 * @__NL80211_WMMR_INVALID: attribute number 0 is reserved 3641 * @NL80211_WMMR_CW_MIN: Minimum contention window slot. 3642 * @NL80211_WMMR_CW_MAX: Maximum contention window slot. 3643 * @NL80211_WMMR_AIFSN: Arbitration Inter Frame Space. 3644 * @NL80211_WMMR_TXOP: Maximum allowed tx operation time. 3645 * @nl80211_WMMR_MAX: highest possible wmm rule. 3646 * @__NL80211_WMMR_LAST: Internal use. 3647 */ 3648 enum nl80211_wmm_rule { 3649 __NL80211_WMMR_INVALID, 3650 NL80211_WMMR_CW_MIN, 3651 NL80211_WMMR_CW_MAX, 3652 NL80211_WMMR_AIFSN, 3653 NL80211_WMMR_TXOP, 3654 3655 /* keep last */ 3656 __NL80211_WMMR_LAST, 3657 NL80211_WMMR_MAX = __NL80211_WMMR_LAST - 1 3658 }; 3659 3660 /** 3661 * enum nl80211_frequency_attr - frequency attributes 3662 * @__NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_INVALID: attribute number 0 is reserved 3663 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_FREQ: Frequency in MHz 3664 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_DISABLED: Channel is disabled in current 3665 * regulatory domain. 3666 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_IR: no mechanisms that initiate radiation 3667 * are permitted on this channel, this includes sending probe 3668 * requests, or modes of operation that require beaconing. 3669 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_RADAR: Radar detection is mandatory 3670 * on this channel in current regulatory domain. 3671 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_MAX_TX_POWER: Maximum transmission power in mBm 3672 * (100 * dBm). 3673 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_DFS_STATE: current state for DFS 3674 * (enum nl80211_dfs_state) 3675 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_DFS_TIME: time in miliseconds for how long 3676 * this channel is in this DFS state. 3677 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_HT40_MINUS: HT40- isn't possible with this 3678 * channel as the control channel 3679 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_HT40_PLUS: HT40+ isn't possible with this 3680 * channel as the control channel 3681 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_80MHZ: any 80 MHz channel using this channel 3682 * as the primary or any of the secondary channels isn't possible, 3683 * this includes 80+80 channels 3684 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_160MHZ: any 160 MHz (but not 80+80) channel 3685 * using this channel as the primary or any of the secondary channels 3686 * isn't possible 3687 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_DFS_CAC_TIME: DFS CAC time in milliseconds. 3688 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_INDOOR_ONLY: Only indoor use is permitted on this 3689 * channel. A channel that has the INDOOR_ONLY attribute can only be 3690 * used when there is a clear assessment that the device is operating in 3691 * an indoor surroundings, i.e., it is connected to AC power (and not 3692 * through portable DC inverters) or is under the control of a master 3693 * that is acting as an AP and is connected to AC power. 3694 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_IR_CONCURRENT: IR operation is allowed on this 3695 * channel if it's connected concurrently to a BSS on the same channel on 3696 * the 2 GHz band or to a channel in the same UNII band (on the 5 GHz 3697 * band), and IEEE80211_CHAN_RADAR is not set. Instantiating a GO or TDLS 3698 * off-channel on a channel that has the IR_CONCURRENT attribute set can be 3699 * done when there is a clear assessment that the device is operating under 3700 * the guidance of an authorized master, i.e., setting up a GO or TDLS 3701 * off-channel while the device is also connected to an AP with DFS and 3702 * radar detection on the UNII band (it is up to user-space, i.e., 3703 * wpa_supplicant to perform the required verifications). Using this 3704 * attribute for IR is disallowed for master interfaces (IBSS, AP). 3705 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_20MHZ: 20 MHz operation is not allowed 3706 * on this channel in current regulatory domain. 3707 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_10MHZ: 10 MHz operation is not allowed 3708 * on this channel in current regulatory domain. 3709 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_WMM: this channel has wmm limitations. 3710 * This is a nested attribute that contains the wmm limitation per AC. 3711 * (see &enum nl80211_wmm_rule) 3712 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_HE: HE operation is not allowed on this channel 3713 * in current regulatory domain. 3714 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_OFFSET: frequency offset in KHz 3715 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_MAX: highest frequency attribute number 3716 * currently defined 3717 * @__NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_AFTER_LAST: internal use 3718 * 3719 * See https://apps.fcc.gov/eas/comments/GetPublishedDocument.html?id=327&tn=528122 3720 * for more information on the FCC description of the relaxations allowed 3721 * by NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_INDOOR_ONLY and 3722 * NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_IR_CONCURRENT. 3723 */ 3724 enum nl80211_frequency_attr { 3725 __NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_INVALID, 3726 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_FREQ, 3727 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_DISABLED, 3728 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_IR, 3729 __NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_IBSS, 3730 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_RADAR, 3731 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_MAX_TX_POWER, 3732 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_DFS_STATE, 3733 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_DFS_TIME, 3734 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_HT40_MINUS, 3735 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_HT40_PLUS, 3736 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_80MHZ, 3737 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_160MHZ, 3738 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_DFS_CAC_TIME, 3739 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_INDOOR_ONLY, 3740 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_IR_CONCURRENT, 3741 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_20MHZ, 3742 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_10MHZ, 3743 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_WMM, 3744 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_HE, 3745 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_OFFSET, 3746 3747 /* keep last */ 3748 __NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_AFTER_LAST, 3749 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_MAX = __NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_AFTER_LAST - 1 3750 }; 3751 3752 #define NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_MAX_TX_POWER NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_MAX_TX_POWER 3753 #define NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_PASSIVE_SCAN NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_IR 3754 #define NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_IBSS NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_IR 3755 #define NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_IR NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_IR 3756 #define NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_GO_CONCURRENT \ 3757 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_IR_CONCURRENT 3758 3759 /** 3760 * enum nl80211_bitrate_attr - bitrate attributes 3761 * @__NL80211_BITRATE_ATTR_INVALID: attribute number 0 is reserved 3762 * @NL80211_BITRATE_ATTR_RATE: Bitrate in units of 100 kbps 3763 * @NL80211_BITRATE_ATTR_2GHZ_SHORTPREAMBLE: Short preamble supported 3764 * in 2.4 GHz band. 3765 * @NL80211_BITRATE_ATTR_MAX: highest bitrate attribute number 3766 * currently defined 3767 * @__NL80211_BITRATE_ATTR_AFTER_LAST: internal use 3768 */ 3769 enum nl80211_bitrate_attr { 3770 __NL80211_BITRATE_ATTR_INVALID, 3771 NL80211_BITRATE_ATTR_RATE, 3772 NL80211_BITRATE_ATTR_2GHZ_SHORTPREAMBLE, 3773 3774 /* keep last */ 3775 __NL80211_BITRATE_ATTR_AFTER_LAST, 3776 NL80211_BITRATE_ATTR_MAX = __NL80211_BITRATE_ATTR_AFTER_LAST - 1 3777 }; 3778 3779 /** 3780 * enum nl80211_initiator - Indicates the initiator of a reg domain request 3781 * @NL80211_REGDOM_SET_BY_CORE: Core queried CRDA for a dynamic world 3782 * regulatory domain. 3783 * @NL80211_REGDOM_SET_BY_USER: User asked the wireless core to set the 3784 * regulatory domain. 3785 * @NL80211_REGDOM_SET_BY_DRIVER: a wireless drivers has hinted to the 3786 * wireless core it thinks its knows the regulatory domain we should be in. 3787 * @NL80211_REGDOM_SET_BY_COUNTRY_IE: the wireless core has received an 3788 * 802.11 country information element with regulatory information it 3789 * thinks we should consider. cfg80211 only processes the country 3790 * code from the IE, and relies on the regulatory domain information 3791 * structure passed by userspace (CRDA) from our wireless-regdb. 3792 * If a channel is enabled but the country code indicates it should 3793 * be disabled we disable the channel and re-enable it upon disassociation. 3794 */ 3795 enum nl80211_reg_initiator { 3796 NL80211_REGDOM_SET_BY_CORE, 3797 NL80211_REGDOM_SET_BY_USER, 3798 NL80211_REGDOM_SET_BY_DRIVER, 3799 NL80211_REGDOM_SET_BY_COUNTRY_IE, 3800 }; 3801 3802 /** 3803 * enum nl80211_reg_type - specifies the type of regulatory domain 3804 * @NL80211_REGDOM_TYPE_COUNTRY: the regulatory domain set is one that pertains 3805 * to a specific country. When this is set you can count on the 3806 * ISO / IEC 3166 alpha2 country code being valid. 3807 * @NL80211_REGDOM_TYPE_WORLD: the regulatory set domain is the world regulatory 3808 * domain. 3809 * @NL80211_REGDOM_TYPE_CUSTOM_WORLD: the regulatory domain set is a custom 3810 * driver specific world regulatory domain. These do not apply system-wide 3811 * and are only applicable to the individual devices which have requested 3812 * them to be applied. 3813 * @NL80211_REGDOM_TYPE_INTERSECTION: the regulatory domain set is the product 3814 * of an intersection between two regulatory domains -- the previously 3815 * set regulatory domain on the system and the last accepted regulatory 3816 * domain request to be processed. 3817 */ 3818 enum nl80211_reg_type { 3819 NL80211_REGDOM_TYPE_COUNTRY, 3820 NL80211_REGDOM_TYPE_WORLD, 3821 NL80211_REGDOM_TYPE_CUSTOM_WORLD, 3822 NL80211_REGDOM_TYPE_INTERSECTION, 3823 }; 3824 3825 /** 3826 * enum nl80211_reg_rule_attr - regulatory rule attributes 3827 * @__NL80211_REG_RULE_ATTR_INVALID: attribute number 0 is reserved 3828 * @NL80211_ATTR_REG_RULE_FLAGS: a set of flags which specify additional 3829 * considerations for a given frequency range. These are the 3830 * &enum nl80211_reg_rule_flags. 3831 * @NL80211_ATTR_FREQ_RANGE_START: starting frequencry for the regulatory 3832 * rule in KHz. This is not a center of frequency but an actual regulatory 3833 * band edge. 3834 * @NL80211_ATTR_FREQ_RANGE_END: ending frequency for the regulatory rule 3835 * in KHz. This is not a center a frequency but an actual regulatory 3836 * band edge. 3837 * @NL80211_ATTR_FREQ_RANGE_MAX_BW: maximum allowed bandwidth for this 3838 * frequency range, in KHz. 3839 * @NL80211_ATTR_POWER_RULE_MAX_ANT_GAIN: the maximum allowed antenna gain 3840 * for a given frequency range. The value is in mBi (100 * dBi). 3841 * If you don't have one then don't send this. 3842 * @NL80211_ATTR_POWER_RULE_MAX_EIRP: the maximum allowed EIRP for 3843 * a given frequency range. The value is in mBm (100 * dBm). 3844 * @NL80211_ATTR_DFS_CAC_TIME: DFS CAC time in milliseconds. 3845 * If not present or 0 default CAC time will be used. 3846 * @NL80211_REG_RULE_ATTR_MAX: highest regulatory rule attribute number 3847 * currently defined 3848 * @__NL80211_REG_RULE_ATTR_AFTER_LAST: internal use 3849 */ 3850 enum nl80211_reg_rule_attr { 3851 __NL80211_REG_RULE_ATTR_INVALID, 3852 NL80211_ATTR_REG_RULE_FLAGS, 3853 3854 NL80211_ATTR_FREQ_RANGE_START, 3855 NL80211_ATTR_FREQ_RANGE_END, 3856 NL80211_ATTR_FREQ_RANGE_MAX_BW, 3857 3858 NL80211_ATTR_POWER_RULE_MAX_ANT_GAIN, 3859 NL80211_ATTR_POWER_RULE_MAX_EIRP, 3860 3861 NL80211_ATTR_DFS_CAC_TIME, 3862 3863 /* keep last */ 3864 __NL80211_REG_RULE_ATTR_AFTER_LAST, 3865 NL80211_REG_RULE_ATTR_MAX = __NL80211_REG_RULE_ATTR_AFTER_LAST - 1 3866 }; 3867 3868 /** 3869 * enum nl80211_sched_scan_match_attr - scheduled scan match attributes 3870 * @__NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_INVALID: attribute number 0 is reserved 3871 * @NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_SSID: SSID to be used for matching, 3872 * only report BSS with matching SSID. 3873 * (This cannot be used together with BSSID.) 3874 * @NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_RSSI: RSSI threshold (in dBm) for reporting a 3875 * BSS in scan results. Filtering is turned off if not specified. Note that 3876 * if this attribute is in a match set of its own, then it is treated as 3877 * the default value for all matchsets with an SSID, rather than being a 3878 * matchset of its own without an RSSI filter. This is due to problems with 3879 * how this API was implemented in the past. Also, due to the same problem, 3880 * the only way to create a matchset with only an RSSI filter (with this 3881 * attribute) is if there's only a single matchset with the RSSI attribute. 3882 * @NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_RELATIVE_RSSI: Flag indicating whether 3883 * %NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_RSSI to be used as absolute RSSI or 3884 * relative to current bss's RSSI. 3885 * @NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_RSSI_ADJUST: When present the RSSI level for 3886 * BSS-es in the specified band is to be adjusted before doing 3887 * RSSI-based BSS selection. The attribute value is a packed structure 3888 * value as specified by &struct nl80211_bss_select_rssi_adjust. 3889 * @NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_BSSID: BSSID to be used for matching 3890 * (this cannot be used together with SSID). 3891 * @NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_PER_BAND_RSSI: Nested attribute that carries the 3892 * band specific minimum rssi thresholds for the bands defined in 3893 * enum nl80211_band. The minimum rssi threshold value(s32) specific to a 3894 * band shall be encapsulated in attribute with type value equals to one 3895 * of the NL80211_BAND_* defined in enum nl80211_band. For example, the 3896 * minimum rssi threshold value for 2.4GHZ band shall be encapsulated 3897 * within an attribute of type NL80211_BAND_2GHZ. And one or more of such 3898 * attributes will be nested within this attribute. 3899 * @NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_MAX: highest scheduled scan filter 3900 * attribute number currently defined 3901 * @__NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_AFTER_LAST: internal use 3902 */ 3903 enum nl80211_sched_scan_match_attr { 3904 __NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_INVALID, 3905 3906 NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_SSID, 3907 NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_RSSI, 3908 NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_RELATIVE_RSSI, 3909 NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_RSSI_ADJUST, 3910 NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_BSSID, 3911 NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_PER_BAND_RSSI, 3912 3913 /* keep last */ 3914 __NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_AFTER_LAST, 3915 NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_MAX = 3916 __NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_AFTER_LAST - 1 3917 }; 3918 3919 /* only for backward compatibility */ 3920 #define NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_SSID NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_SSID 3921 3922 /** 3923 * enum nl80211_reg_rule_flags - regulatory rule flags 3924 * 3925 * @NL80211_RRF_NO_OFDM: OFDM modulation not allowed 3926 * @NL80211_RRF_NO_CCK: CCK modulation not allowed 3927 * @NL80211_RRF_NO_INDOOR: indoor operation not allowed 3928 * @NL80211_RRF_NO_OUTDOOR: outdoor operation not allowed 3929 * @NL80211_RRF_DFS: DFS support is required to be used 3930 * @NL80211_RRF_PTP_ONLY: this is only for Point To Point links 3931 * @NL80211_RRF_PTMP_ONLY: this is only for Point To Multi Point links 3932 * @NL80211_RRF_NO_IR: no mechanisms that initiate radiation are allowed, 3933 * this includes probe requests or modes of operation that require 3934 * beaconing. 3935 * @NL80211_RRF_AUTO_BW: maximum available bandwidth should be calculated 3936 * base on contiguous rules and wider channels will be allowed to cross 3937 * multiple contiguous/overlapping frequency ranges. 3938 * @NL80211_RRF_IR_CONCURRENT: See %NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_IR_CONCURRENT 3939 * @NL80211_RRF_NO_HT40MINUS: channels can't be used in HT40- operation 3940 * @NL80211_RRF_NO_HT40PLUS: channels can't be used in HT40+ operation 3941 * @NL80211_RRF_NO_80MHZ: 80MHz operation not allowed 3942 * @NL80211_RRF_NO_160MHZ: 160MHz operation not allowed 3943 * @NL80211_RRF_NO_HE: HE operation not allowed 3944 */ 3945 enum nl80211_reg_rule_flags { 3946 NL80211_RRF_NO_OFDM = 1<<0, 3947 NL80211_RRF_NO_CCK = 1<<1, 3948 NL80211_RRF_NO_INDOOR = 1<<2, 3949 NL80211_RRF_NO_OUTDOOR = 1<<3, 3950 NL80211_RRF_DFS = 1<<4, 3951 NL80211_RRF_PTP_ONLY = 1<<5, 3952 NL80211_RRF_PTMP_ONLY = 1<<6, 3953 NL80211_RRF_NO_IR = 1<<7, 3954 __NL80211_RRF_NO_IBSS = 1<<8, 3955 NL80211_RRF_AUTO_BW = 1<<11, 3956 NL80211_RRF_IR_CONCURRENT = 1<<12, 3957 NL80211_RRF_NO_HT40MINUS = 1<<13, 3958 NL80211_RRF_NO_HT40PLUS = 1<<14, 3959 NL80211_RRF_NO_80MHZ = 1<<15, 3960 NL80211_RRF_NO_160MHZ = 1<<16, 3961 NL80211_RRF_NO_HE = 1<<17, 3962 }; 3963 3964 #define NL80211_RRF_PASSIVE_SCAN NL80211_RRF_NO_IR 3965 #define NL80211_RRF_NO_IBSS NL80211_RRF_NO_IR 3966 #define NL80211_RRF_NO_IR NL80211_RRF_NO_IR 3967 #define NL80211_RRF_NO_HT40 (NL80211_RRF_NO_HT40MINUS |\ 3968 NL80211_RRF_NO_HT40PLUS) 3969 #define NL80211_RRF_GO_CONCURRENT NL80211_RRF_IR_CONCURRENT 3970 3971 /* For backport compatibility with older userspace */ 3972 #define NL80211_RRF_NO_IR_ALL (NL80211_RRF_NO_IR | __NL80211_RRF_NO_IBSS) 3973 3974 /** 3975 * enum nl80211_dfs_regions - regulatory DFS regions 3976 * 3977 * @NL80211_DFS_UNSET: Country has no DFS master region specified 3978 * @NL80211_DFS_FCC: Country follows DFS master rules from FCC 3979 * @NL80211_DFS_ETSI: Country follows DFS master rules from ETSI 3980 * @NL80211_DFS_JP: Country follows DFS master rules from JP/MKK/Telec 3981 */ 3982 enum nl80211_dfs_regions { 3983 NL80211_DFS_UNSET = 0, 3984 NL80211_DFS_FCC = 1, 3985 NL80211_DFS_ETSI = 2, 3986 NL80211_DFS_JP = 3, 3987 }; 3988 3989 /** 3990 * enum nl80211_user_reg_hint_type - type of user regulatory hint 3991 * 3992 * @NL80211_USER_REG_HINT_USER: a user sent the hint. This is always 3993 * assumed if the attribute is not set. 3994 * @NL80211_USER_REG_HINT_CELL_BASE: the hint comes from a cellular 3995 * base station. Device drivers that have been tested to work 3996 * properly to support this type of hint can enable these hints 3997 * by setting the NL80211_FEATURE_CELL_BASE_REG_HINTS feature 3998 * capability on the struct wiphy. The wireless core will 3999 * ignore all cell base station hints until at least one device 4000 * present has been registered with the wireless core that 4001 * has listed NL80211_FEATURE_CELL_BASE_REG_HINTS as a 4002 * supported feature. 4003 * @NL80211_USER_REG_HINT_INDOOR: a user sent an hint indicating that the 4004 * platform is operating in an indoor environment. 4005 */ 4006 enum nl80211_user_reg_hint_type { 4007 NL80211_USER_REG_HINT_USER = 0, 4008 NL80211_USER_REG_HINT_CELL_BASE = 1, 4009 NL80211_USER_REG_HINT_INDOOR = 2, 4010 }; 4011 4012 /** 4013 * enum nl80211_survey_info - survey information 4014 * 4015 * These attribute types are used with %NL80211_ATTR_SURVEY_INFO 4016 * when getting information about a survey. 4017 * 4018 * @__NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_INVALID: attribute number 0 is reserved 4019 * @NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_FREQUENCY: center frequency of channel 4020 * @NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_NOISE: noise level of channel (u8, dBm) 4021 * @NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_IN_USE: channel is currently being used 4022 * @NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME: amount of time (in ms) that the radio 4023 * was turned on (on channel or globally) 4024 * @NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME_BUSY: amount of the time the primary 4025 * channel was sensed busy (either due to activity or energy detect) 4026 * @NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME_EXT_BUSY: amount of time the extension 4027 * channel was sensed busy 4028 * @NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME_RX: amount of time the radio spent 4029 * receiving data (on channel or globally) 4030 * @NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME_TX: amount of time the radio spent 4031 * transmitting data (on channel or globally) 4032 * @NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME_SCAN: time the radio spent for scan 4033 * (on this channel or globally) 4034 * @NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_PAD: attribute used for padding for 64-bit alignment 4035 * @NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME_BSS_RX: amount of time the radio spent 4036 * receiving frames destined to the local BSS 4037 * @NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_MAX: highest survey info attribute number 4038 * currently defined 4039 * @__NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_AFTER_LAST: internal use 4040 */ 4041 enum nl80211_survey_info { 4042 __NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_INVALID, 4043 NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_FREQUENCY, 4044 NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_NOISE, 4045 NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_IN_USE, 4046 NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME, 4047 NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME_BUSY, 4048 NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME_EXT_BUSY, 4049 NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME_RX, 4050 NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME_TX, 4051 NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME_SCAN, 4052 NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_PAD, 4053 NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME_BSS_RX, 4054 4055 /* keep last */ 4056 __NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_AFTER_LAST, 4057 NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_MAX = __NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_AFTER_LAST - 1 4058 }; 4059 4060 /* keep old names for compatibility */ 4061 #define NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_CHANNEL_TIME NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME 4062 #define NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_CHANNEL_TIME_BUSY NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME_BUSY 4063 #define NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_CHANNEL_TIME_EXT_BUSY NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME_EXT_BUSY 4064 #define NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_CHANNEL_TIME_RX NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME_RX 4065 #define NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_CHANNEL_TIME_TX NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME_TX 4066 4067 /** 4068 * enum nl80211_mntr_flags - monitor configuration flags 4069 * 4070 * Monitor configuration flags. 4071 * 4072 * @__NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_INVALID: reserved 4073 * 4074 * @NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_FCSFAIL: pass frames with bad FCS 4075 * @NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_PLCPFAIL: pass frames with bad PLCP 4076 * @NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_CONTROL: pass control frames 4077 * @NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_OTHER_BSS: disable BSSID filtering 4078 * @NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_COOK_FRAMES: report frames after processing. 4079 * overrides all other flags. 4080 * @NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_ACTIVE: use the configured MAC address 4081 * and ACK incoming unicast packets. 4082 * 4083 * @__NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_AFTER_LAST: internal use 4084 * @NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_MAX: highest possible monitor flag 4085 */ 4086 enum nl80211_mntr_flags { 4087 __NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_INVALID, 4088 NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_FCSFAIL, 4089 NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_PLCPFAIL, 4090 NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_CONTROL, 4091 NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_OTHER_BSS, 4092 NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_COOK_FRAMES, 4093 NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_ACTIVE, 4094 4095 /* keep last */ 4096 __NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_AFTER_LAST, 4097 NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_MAX = __NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_AFTER_LAST - 1 4098 }; 4099 4100 /** 4101 * enum nl80211_mesh_power_mode - mesh power save modes 4102 * 4103 * @NL80211_MESH_POWER_UNKNOWN: The mesh power mode of the mesh STA is 4104 * not known or has not been set yet. 4105 * @NL80211_MESH_POWER_ACTIVE: Active mesh power mode. The mesh STA is 4106 * in Awake state all the time. 4107 * @NL80211_MESH_POWER_LIGHT_SLEEP: Light sleep mode. The mesh STA will 4108 * alternate between Active and Doze states, but will wake up for 4109 * neighbor's beacons. 4110 * @NL80211_MESH_POWER_DEEP_SLEEP: Deep sleep mode. The mesh STA will 4111 * alternate between Active and Doze states, but may not wake up 4112 * for neighbor's beacons. 4113 * 4114 * @__NL80211_MESH_POWER_AFTER_LAST - internal use 4115 * @NL80211_MESH_POWER_MAX - highest possible power save level 4116 */ 4117 4118 enum nl80211_mesh_power_mode { 4119 NL80211_MESH_POWER_UNKNOWN, 4120 NL80211_MESH_POWER_ACTIVE, 4121 NL80211_MESH_POWER_LIGHT_SLEEP, 4122 NL80211_MESH_POWER_DEEP_SLEEP, 4123 4124 __NL80211_MESH_POWER_AFTER_LAST, 4125 NL80211_MESH_POWER_MAX = __NL80211_MESH_POWER_AFTER_LAST - 1 4126 }; 4127 4128 /** 4129 * enum nl80211_meshconf_params - mesh configuration parameters 4130 * 4131 * Mesh configuration parameters. These can be changed while the mesh is 4132 * active. 4133 * 4134 * @__NL80211_MESHCONF_INVALID: internal use 4135 * 4136 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_RETRY_TIMEOUT: specifies the initial retry timeout in 4137 * millisecond units, used by the Peer Link Open message 4138 * 4139 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_CONFIRM_TIMEOUT: specifies the initial confirm timeout, in 4140 * millisecond units, used by the peer link management to close a peer link 4141 * 4142 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_HOLDING_TIMEOUT: specifies the holding timeout, in 4143 * millisecond units 4144 * 4145 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_MAX_PEER_LINKS: maximum number of peer links allowed 4146 * on this mesh interface 4147 * 4148 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_MAX_RETRIES: specifies the maximum number of peer link 4149 * open retries that can be sent to establish a new peer link instance in a 4150 * mesh 4151 * 4152 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_TTL: specifies the value of TTL field set at a source mesh 4153 * point. 4154 * 4155 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_AUTO_OPEN_PLINKS: whether we should automatically open 4156 * peer links when we detect compatible mesh peers. Disabled if 4157 * @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_USERSPACE_MPM or @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_USERSPACE_AMPE are 4158 * set. 4159 * 4160 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_MAX_PREQ_RETRIES: the number of action frames 4161 * containing a PREQ that an MP can send to a particular destination (path 4162 * target) 4163 * 4164 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_PATH_REFRESH_TIME: how frequently to refresh mesh paths 4165 * (in milliseconds) 4166 * 4167 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_MIN_DISCOVERY_TIMEOUT: minimum length of time to wait 4168 * until giving up on a path discovery (in milliseconds) 4169 * 4170 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_ACTIVE_PATH_TIMEOUT: The time (in TUs) for which mesh 4171 * points receiving a PREQ shall consider the forwarding information from 4172 * the root to be valid. (TU = time unit) 4173 * 4174 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_PREQ_MIN_INTERVAL: The minimum interval of time (in 4175 * TUs) during which an MP can send only one action frame containing a PREQ 4176 * reference element 4177 * 4178 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_NET_DIAM_TRVS_TIME: The interval of time (in TUs) 4179 * that it takes for an HWMP information element to propagate across the 4180 * mesh 4181 * 4182 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_ROOTMODE: whether root mode is enabled or not 4183 * 4184 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_ELEMENT_TTL: specifies the value of TTL field set at a 4185 * source mesh point for path selection elements. 4186 * 4187 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_RANN_INTERVAL: The interval of time (in TUs) between 4188 * root announcements are transmitted. 4189 * 4190 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_GATE_ANNOUNCEMENTS: Advertise that this mesh station has 4191 * access to a broader network beyond the MBSS. This is done via Root 4192 * Announcement frames. 4193 * 4194 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_PERR_MIN_INTERVAL: The minimum interval of time (in 4195 * TUs) during which a mesh STA can send only one Action frame containing a 4196 * PERR element. 4197 * 4198 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_FORWARDING: set Mesh STA as forwarding or non-forwarding 4199 * or forwarding entity (default is TRUE - forwarding entity) 4200 * 4201 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_RSSI_THRESHOLD: RSSI threshold in dBm. This specifies the 4202 * threshold for average signal strength of candidate station to establish 4203 * a peer link. 4204 * 4205 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_SYNC_OFFSET_MAX_NEIGHBOR: maximum number of neighbors 4206 * to synchronize to for 11s default synchronization method 4207 * (see 11C.12.2.2) 4208 * 4209 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_HT_OPMODE: set mesh HT protection mode. 4210 * 4211 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_ATTR_MAX: highest possible mesh configuration attribute 4212 * 4213 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_PATH_TO_ROOT_TIMEOUT: The time (in TUs) for 4214 * which mesh STAs receiving a proactive PREQ shall consider the forwarding 4215 * information to the root mesh STA to be valid. 4216 * 4217 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_ROOT_INTERVAL: The interval of time (in TUs) between 4218 * proactive PREQs are transmitted. 4219 * 4220 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_CONFIRMATION_INTERVAL: The minimum interval of time 4221 * (in TUs) during which a mesh STA can send only one Action frame 4222 * containing a PREQ element for root path confirmation. 4223 * 4224 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_POWER_MODE: Default mesh power mode for new peer links. 4225 * type &enum nl80211_mesh_power_mode (u32) 4226 * 4227 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_AWAKE_WINDOW: awake window duration (in TUs) 4228 * 4229 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_PLINK_TIMEOUT: If no tx activity is seen from a STA we've 4230 * established peering with for longer than this time (in seconds), then 4231 * remove it from the STA's list of peers. You may set this to 0 to disable 4232 * the removal of the STA. Default is 30 minutes. 4233 * 4234 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_CONNECTED_TO_GATE: If set to true then this mesh STA 4235 * will advertise that it is connected to a gate in the mesh formation 4236 * field. If left unset then the mesh formation field will only 4237 * advertise such if there is an active root mesh path. 4238 * 4239 * @__NL80211_MESHCONF_ATTR_AFTER_LAST: internal use 4240 */ 4241 enum nl80211_meshconf_params { 4242 __NL80211_MESHCONF_INVALID, 4243 NL80211_MESHCONF_RETRY_TIMEOUT, 4244 NL80211_MESHCONF_CONFIRM_TIMEOUT, 4245 NL80211_MESHCONF_HOLDING_TIMEOUT, 4246 NL80211_MESHCONF_MAX_PEER_LINKS, 4247 NL80211_MESHCONF_MAX_RETRIES, 4248 NL80211_MESHCONF_TTL, 4249 NL80211_MESHCONF_AUTO_OPEN_PLINKS, 4250 NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_MAX_PREQ_RETRIES, 4251 NL80211_MESHCONF_PATH_REFRESH_TIME, 4252 NL80211_MESHCONF_MIN_DISCOVERY_TIMEOUT, 4253 NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_ACTIVE_PATH_TIMEOUT, 4254 NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_PREQ_MIN_INTERVAL, 4255 NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_NET_DIAM_TRVS_TIME, 4256 NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_ROOTMODE, 4257 NL80211_MESHCONF_ELEMENT_TTL, 4258 NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_RANN_INTERVAL, 4259 NL80211_MESHCONF_GATE_ANNOUNCEMENTS, 4260 NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_PERR_MIN_INTERVAL, 4261 NL80211_MESHCONF_FORWARDING, 4262 NL80211_MESHCONF_RSSI_THRESHOLD, 4263 NL80211_MESHCONF_SYNC_OFFSET_MAX_NEIGHBOR, 4264 NL80211_MESHCONF_HT_OPMODE, 4265 NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_PATH_TO_ROOT_TIMEOUT, 4266 NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_ROOT_INTERVAL, 4267 NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_CONFIRMATION_INTERVAL, 4268 NL80211_MESHCONF_POWER_MODE, 4269 NL80211_MESHCONF_AWAKE_WINDOW, 4270 NL80211_MESHCONF_PLINK_TIMEOUT, 4271 NL80211_MESHCONF_CONNECTED_TO_GATE, 4272 4273 /* keep last */ 4274 __NL80211_MESHCONF_ATTR_AFTER_LAST, 4275 NL80211_MESHCONF_ATTR_MAX = __NL80211_MESHCONF_ATTR_AFTER_LAST - 1 4276 }; 4277 4278 /** 4279 * enum nl80211_mesh_setup_params - mesh setup parameters 4280 * 4281 * Mesh setup parameters. These are used to start/join a mesh and cannot be 4282 * changed while the mesh is active. 4283 * 4284 * @__NL80211_MESH_SETUP_INVALID: Internal use 4285 * 4286 * @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_ENABLE_VENDOR_PATH_SEL: Enable this option to use a 4287 * vendor specific path selection algorithm or disable it to use the 4288 * default HWMP. 4289 * 4290 * @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_ENABLE_VENDOR_METRIC: Enable this option to use a 4291 * vendor specific path metric or disable it to use the default Airtime 4292 * metric. 4293 * 4294 * @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_IE: Information elements for this mesh, for instance, a 4295 * robust security network ie, or a vendor specific information element 4296 * that vendors will use to identify the path selection methods and 4297 * metrics in use. 4298 * 4299 * @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_USERSPACE_AUTH: Enable this option if an authentication 4300 * daemon will be authenticating mesh candidates. 4301 * 4302 * @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_USERSPACE_AMPE: Enable this option if an authentication 4303 * daemon will be securing peer link frames. AMPE is a secured version of 4304 * Mesh Peering Management (MPM) and is implemented with the assistance of 4305 * a userspace daemon. When this flag is set, the kernel will send peer 4306 * management frames to a userspace daemon that will implement AMPE 4307 * functionality (security capabilities selection, key confirmation, and 4308 * key management). When the flag is unset (default), the kernel can 4309 * autonomously complete (unsecured) mesh peering without the need of a 4310 * userspace daemon. 4311 * 4312 * @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_ENABLE_VENDOR_SYNC: Enable this option to use a 4313 * vendor specific synchronization method or disable it to use the default 4314 * neighbor offset synchronization 4315 * 4316 * @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_USERSPACE_MPM: Enable this option if userspace will 4317 * implement an MPM which handles peer allocation and state. 4318 * 4319 * @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_AUTH_PROTOCOL: Inform the kernel of the authentication 4320 * method (u8, as defined in IEEE 8.4.2.100.6, e.g. 0x1 for SAE). 4321 * Default is no authentication method required. 4322 * 4323 * @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_ATTR_MAX: highest possible mesh setup attribute number 4324 * 4325 * @__NL80211_MESH_SETUP_ATTR_AFTER_LAST: Internal use 4326 */ 4327 enum nl80211_mesh_setup_params { 4328 __NL80211_MESH_SETUP_INVALID, 4329 NL80211_MESH_SETUP_ENABLE_VENDOR_PATH_SEL, 4330 NL80211_MESH_SETUP_ENABLE_VENDOR_METRIC, 4331 NL80211_MESH_SETUP_IE, 4332 NL80211_MESH_SETUP_USERSPACE_AUTH, 4333 NL80211_MESH_SETUP_USERSPACE_AMPE, 4334 NL80211_MESH_SETUP_ENABLE_VENDOR_SYNC, 4335 NL80211_MESH_SETUP_USERSPACE_MPM, 4336 NL80211_MESH_SETUP_AUTH_PROTOCOL, 4337 4338 /* keep last */ 4339 __NL80211_MESH_SETUP_ATTR_AFTER_LAST, 4340 NL80211_MESH_SETUP_ATTR_MAX = __NL80211_MESH_SETUP_ATTR_AFTER_LAST - 1 4341 }; 4342 4343 /** 4344 * enum nl80211_txq_attr - TX queue parameter attributes 4345 * @__NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_INVALID: Attribute number 0 is reserved 4346 * @NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_AC: AC identifier (NL80211_AC_*) 4347 * @NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_TXOP: Maximum burst time in units of 32 usecs, 0 meaning 4348 * disabled 4349 * @NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_CWMIN: Minimum contention window [a value of the form 4350 * 2^n-1 in the range 1..32767] 4351 * @NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_CWMAX: Maximum contention window [a value of the form 4352 * 2^n-1 in the range 1..32767] 4353 * @NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_AIFS: Arbitration interframe space [0..255] 4354 * @__NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_AFTER_LAST: Internal 4355 * @NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_MAX: Maximum TXQ attribute number 4356 */ 4357 enum nl80211_txq_attr { 4358 __NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_INVALID, 4359 NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_AC, 4360 NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_TXOP, 4361 NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_CWMIN, 4362 NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_CWMAX, 4363 NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_AIFS, 4364 4365 /* keep last */ 4366 __NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_AFTER_LAST, 4367 NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_MAX = __NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_AFTER_LAST - 1 4368 }; 4369 4370 enum nl80211_ac { 4371 NL80211_AC_VO, 4372 NL80211_AC_VI, 4373 NL80211_AC_BE, 4374 NL80211_AC_BK, 4375 NL80211_NUM_ACS 4376 }; 4377 4378 /* backward compat */ 4379 #define NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_QUEUE NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_AC 4380 #define NL80211_TXQ_Q_VO NL80211_AC_VO 4381 #define NL80211_TXQ_Q_VI NL80211_AC_VI 4382 #define NL80211_TXQ_Q_BE NL80211_AC_BE 4383 #define NL80211_TXQ_Q_BK NL80211_AC_BK 4384 4385 /** 4386 * enum nl80211_channel_type - channel type 4387 * @NL80211_CHAN_NO_HT: 20 MHz, non-HT channel 4388 * @NL80211_CHAN_HT20: 20 MHz HT channel 4389 * @NL80211_CHAN_HT40MINUS: HT40 channel, secondary channel 4390 * below the control channel 4391 * @NL80211_CHAN_HT40PLUS: HT40 channel, secondary channel 4392 * above the control channel 4393 */ 4394 enum nl80211_channel_type { 4395 NL80211_CHAN_NO_HT, 4396 NL80211_CHAN_HT20, 4397 NL80211_CHAN_HT40MINUS, 4398 NL80211_CHAN_HT40PLUS 4399 }; 4400 4401 /** 4402 * enum nl80211_key_mode - Key mode 4403 * 4404 * @NL80211_KEY_RX_TX: (Default) 4405 * Key can be used for Rx and Tx immediately 4406 * 4407 * The following modes can only be selected for unicast keys and when the 4408 * driver supports @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_EXT_KEY_ID: 4409 * 4410 * @NL80211_KEY_NO_TX: Only allowed in combination with @NL80211_CMD_NEW_KEY: 4411 * Unicast key can only be used for Rx, Tx not allowed, yet 4412 * @NL80211_KEY_SET_TX: Only allowed in combination with @NL80211_CMD_SET_KEY: 4413 * The unicast key identified by idx and mac is cleared for Tx and becomes 4414 * the preferred Tx key for the station. 4415 */ 4416 enum nl80211_key_mode { 4417 NL80211_KEY_RX_TX, 4418 NL80211_KEY_NO_TX, 4419 NL80211_KEY_SET_TX 4420 }; 4421 4422 /** 4423 * enum nl80211_chan_width - channel width definitions 4424 * 4425 * These values are used with the %NL80211_ATTR_CHANNEL_WIDTH 4426 * attribute. 4427 * 4428 * @NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_20_NOHT: 20 MHz, non-HT channel 4429 * @NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_20: 20 MHz HT channel 4430 * @NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_40: 40 MHz channel, the %NL80211_ATTR_CENTER_FREQ1 4431 * attribute must be provided as well 4432 * @NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_80: 80 MHz channel, the %NL80211_ATTR_CENTER_FREQ1 4433 * attribute must be provided as well 4434 * @NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_80P80: 80+80 MHz channel, the %NL80211_ATTR_CENTER_FREQ1 4435 * and %NL80211_ATTR_CENTER_FREQ2 attributes must be provided as well 4436 * @NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_160: 160 MHz channel, the %NL80211_ATTR_CENTER_FREQ1 4437 * attribute must be provided as well 4438 * @NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_5: 5 MHz OFDM channel 4439 * @NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_10: 10 MHz OFDM channel 4440 */ 4441 enum nl80211_chan_width { 4442 NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_20_NOHT, 4443 NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_20, 4444 NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_40, 4445 NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_80, 4446 NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_80P80, 4447 NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_160, 4448 NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_5, 4449 NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_10, 4450 }; 4451 4452 /** 4453 * enum nl80211_bss_scan_width - control channel width for a BSS 4454 * 4455 * These values are used with the %NL80211_BSS_CHAN_WIDTH attribute. 4456 * 4457 * @NL80211_BSS_CHAN_WIDTH_20: control channel is 20 MHz wide or compatible 4458 * @NL80211_BSS_CHAN_WIDTH_10: control channel is 10 MHz wide 4459 * @NL80211_BSS_CHAN_WIDTH_5: control channel is 5 MHz wide 4460 */ 4461 enum nl80211_bss_scan_width { 4462 NL80211_BSS_CHAN_WIDTH_20, 4463 NL80211_BSS_CHAN_WIDTH_10, 4464 NL80211_BSS_CHAN_WIDTH_5, 4465 }; 4466 4467 /** 4468 * enum nl80211_bss - netlink attributes for a BSS 4469 * 4470 * @__NL80211_BSS_INVALID: invalid 4471 * @NL80211_BSS_BSSID: BSSID of the BSS (6 octets) 4472 * @NL80211_BSS_FREQUENCY: frequency in MHz (u32) 4473 * @NL80211_BSS_TSF: TSF of the received probe response/beacon (u64) 4474 * (if @NL80211_BSS_PRESP_DATA is present then this is known to be 4475 * from a probe response, otherwise it may be from the same beacon 4476 * that the NL80211_BSS_BEACON_TSF will be from) 4477 * @NL80211_BSS_BEACON_INTERVAL: beacon interval of the (I)BSS (u16) 4478 * @NL80211_BSS_CAPABILITY: capability field (CPU order, u16) 4479 * @NL80211_BSS_INFORMATION_ELEMENTS: binary attribute containing the 4480 * raw information elements from the probe response/beacon (bin); 4481 * if the %NL80211_BSS_BEACON_IES attribute is present and the data is 4482 * different then the IEs here are from a Probe Response frame; otherwise 4483 * they are from a Beacon frame. 4484 * However, if the driver does not indicate the source of the IEs, these 4485 * IEs may be from either frame subtype. 4486 * If present, the @NL80211_BSS_PRESP_DATA attribute indicates that the 4487 * data here is known to be from a probe response, without any heuristics. 4488 * @NL80211_BSS_SIGNAL_MBM: signal strength of probe response/beacon 4489 * in mBm (100 * dBm) (s32) 4490 * @NL80211_BSS_SIGNAL_UNSPEC: signal strength of the probe response/beacon 4491 * in unspecified units, scaled to 0..100 (u8) 4492 * @NL80211_BSS_STATUS: status, if this BSS is "used" 4493 * @NL80211_BSS_SEEN_MS_AGO: age of this BSS entry in ms 4494 * @NL80211_BSS_BEACON_IES: binary attribute containing the raw information 4495 * elements from a Beacon frame (bin); not present if no Beacon frame has 4496 * yet been received 4497 * @NL80211_BSS_CHAN_WIDTH: channel width of the control channel 4498 * (u32, enum nl80211_bss_scan_width) 4499 * @NL80211_BSS_BEACON_TSF: TSF of the last received beacon (u64) 4500 * (not present if no beacon frame has been received yet) 4501 * @NL80211_BSS_PRESP_DATA: the data in @NL80211_BSS_INFORMATION_ELEMENTS and 4502 * @NL80211_BSS_TSF is known to be from a probe response (flag attribute) 4503 * @NL80211_BSS_LAST_SEEN_BOOTTIME: CLOCK_BOOTTIME timestamp when this entry 4504 * was last updated by a received frame. The value is expected to be 4505 * accurate to about 10ms. (u64, nanoseconds) 4506 * @NL80211_BSS_PAD: attribute used for padding for 64-bit alignment 4507 * @NL80211_BSS_PARENT_TSF: the time at the start of reception of the first 4508 * octet of the timestamp field of the last beacon/probe received for 4509 * this BSS. The time is the TSF of the BSS specified by 4510 * @NL80211_BSS_PARENT_BSSID. (u64). 4511 * @NL80211_BSS_PARENT_BSSID: the BSS according to which @NL80211_BSS_PARENT_TSF 4512 * is set. 4513 * @NL80211_BSS_CHAIN_SIGNAL: per-chain signal strength of last BSS update. 4514 * Contains a nested array of signal strength attributes (u8, dBm), 4515 * using the nesting index as the antenna number. 4516 * @NL80211_BSS_FREQUENCY_OFFSET: frequency offset in KHz 4517 * @__NL80211_BSS_AFTER_LAST: internal 4518 * @NL80211_BSS_MAX: highest BSS attribute 4519 */ 4520 enum nl80211_bss { 4521 __NL80211_BSS_INVALID, 4522 NL80211_BSS_BSSID, 4523 NL80211_BSS_FREQUENCY, 4524 NL80211_BSS_TSF, 4525 NL80211_BSS_BEACON_INTERVAL, 4526 NL80211_BSS_CAPABILITY, 4527 NL80211_BSS_INFORMATION_ELEMENTS, 4528 NL80211_BSS_SIGNAL_MBM, 4529 NL80211_BSS_SIGNAL_UNSPEC, 4530 NL80211_BSS_STATUS, 4531 NL80211_BSS_SEEN_MS_AGO, 4532 NL80211_BSS_BEACON_IES, 4533 NL80211_BSS_CHAN_WIDTH, 4534 NL80211_BSS_BEACON_TSF, 4535 NL80211_BSS_PRESP_DATA, 4536 NL80211_BSS_LAST_SEEN_BOOTTIME, 4537 NL80211_BSS_PAD, 4538 NL80211_BSS_PARENT_TSF, 4539 NL80211_BSS_PARENT_BSSID, 4540 NL80211_BSS_CHAIN_SIGNAL, 4541 NL80211_BSS_FREQUENCY_OFFSET, 4542 4543 /* keep last */ 4544 __NL80211_BSS_AFTER_LAST, 4545 NL80211_BSS_MAX = __NL80211_BSS_AFTER_LAST - 1 4546 }; 4547 4548 /** 4549 * enum nl80211_bss_status - BSS "status" 4550 * @NL80211_BSS_STATUS_AUTHENTICATED: Authenticated with this BSS. 4551 * Note that this is no longer used since cfg80211 no longer 4552 * keeps track of whether or not authentication was done with 4553 * a given BSS. 4554 * @NL80211_BSS_STATUS_ASSOCIATED: Associated with this BSS. 4555 * @NL80211_BSS_STATUS_IBSS_JOINED: Joined to this IBSS. 4556 * 4557 * The BSS status is a BSS attribute in scan dumps, which 4558 * indicates the status the interface has wrt. this BSS. 4559 */ 4560 enum nl80211_bss_status { 4561 NL80211_BSS_STATUS_AUTHENTICATED, 4562 NL80211_BSS_STATUS_ASSOCIATED, 4563 NL80211_BSS_STATUS_IBSS_JOINED, 4564 }; 4565 4566 /** 4567 * enum nl80211_auth_type - AuthenticationType 4568 * 4569 * @NL80211_AUTHTYPE_OPEN_SYSTEM: Open System authentication 4570 * @NL80211_AUTHTYPE_SHARED_KEY: Shared Key authentication (WEP only) 4571 * @NL80211_AUTHTYPE_FT: Fast BSS Transition (IEEE 802.11r) 4572 * @NL80211_AUTHTYPE_NETWORK_EAP: Network EAP (some Cisco APs and mainly LEAP) 4573 * @NL80211_AUTHTYPE_SAE: Simultaneous authentication of equals 4574 * @NL80211_AUTHTYPE_FILS_SK: Fast Initial Link Setup shared key 4575 * @NL80211_AUTHTYPE_FILS_SK_PFS: Fast Initial Link Setup shared key with PFS 4576 * @NL80211_AUTHTYPE_FILS_PK: Fast Initial Link Setup public key 4577 * @__NL80211_AUTHTYPE_NUM: internal 4578 * @NL80211_AUTHTYPE_MAX: maximum valid auth algorithm 4579 * @NL80211_AUTHTYPE_AUTOMATIC: determine automatically (if necessary by 4580 * trying multiple times); this is invalid in netlink -- leave out 4581 * the attribute for this on CONNECT commands. 4582 */ 4583 enum nl80211_auth_type { 4584 NL80211_AUTHTYPE_OPEN_SYSTEM, 4585 NL80211_AUTHTYPE_SHARED_KEY, 4586 NL80211_AUTHTYPE_FT, 4587 NL80211_AUTHTYPE_NETWORK_EAP, 4588 NL80211_AUTHTYPE_SAE, 4589 NL80211_AUTHTYPE_FILS_SK, 4590 NL80211_AUTHTYPE_FILS_SK_PFS, 4591 NL80211_AUTHTYPE_FILS_PK, 4592 4593 /* keep last */ 4594 __NL80211_AUTHTYPE_NUM, 4595 NL80211_AUTHTYPE_MAX = __NL80211_AUTHTYPE_NUM - 1, 4596 NL80211_AUTHTYPE_AUTOMATIC 4597 }; 4598 4599 /** 4600 * enum nl80211_key_type - Key Type 4601 * @NL80211_KEYTYPE_GROUP: Group (broadcast/multicast) key 4602 * @NL80211_KEYTYPE_PAIRWISE: Pairwise (unicast/individual) key 4603 * @NL80211_KEYTYPE_PEERKEY: PeerKey (DLS) 4604 * @NUM_NL80211_KEYTYPES: number of defined key types 4605 */ 4606 enum nl80211_key_type { 4607 NL80211_KEYTYPE_GROUP, 4608 NL80211_KEYTYPE_PAIRWISE, 4609 NL80211_KEYTYPE_PEERKEY, 4610 4611 NUM_NL80211_KEYTYPES 4612 }; 4613 4614 /** 4615 * enum nl80211_mfp - Management frame protection state 4616 * @NL80211_MFP_NO: Management frame protection not used 4617 * @NL80211_MFP_REQUIRED: Management frame protection required 4618 * @NL80211_MFP_OPTIONAL: Management frame protection is optional 4619 */ 4620 enum nl80211_mfp { 4621 NL80211_MFP_NO, 4622 NL80211_MFP_REQUIRED, 4623 NL80211_MFP_OPTIONAL, 4624 }; 4625 4626 enum nl80211_wpa_versions { 4627 NL80211_WPA_VERSION_1 = 1 << 0, 4628 NL80211_WPA_VERSION_2 = 1 << 1, 4629 NL80211_WPA_VERSION_3 = 1 << 2, 4630 }; 4631 4632 /** 4633 * enum nl80211_key_default_types - key default types 4634 * @__NL80211_KEY_DEFAULT_TYPE_INVALID: invalid 4635 * @NL80211_KEY_DEFAULT_TYPE_UNICAST: key should be used as default 4636 * unicast key 4637 * @NL80211_KEY_DEFAULT_TYPE_MULTICAST: key should be used as default 4638 * multicast key 4639 * @NUM_NL80211_KEY_DEFAULT_TYPES: number of default types 4640 */ 4641 enum nl80211_key_default_types { 4642 __NL80211_KEY_DEFAULT_TYPE_INVALID, 4643 NL80211_KEY_DEFAULT_TYPE_UNICAST, 4644 NL80211_KEY_DEFAULT_TYPE_MULTICAST, 4645 4646 NUM_NL80211_KEY_DEFAULT_TYPES 4647 }; 4648 4649 /** 4650 * enum nl80211_key_attributes - key attributes 4651 * @__NL80211_KEY_INVALID: invalid 4652 * @NL80211_KEY_DATA: (temporal) key data; for TKIP this consists of 4653 * 16 bytes encryption key followed by 8 bytes each for TX and RX MIC 4654 * keys 4655 * @NL80211_KEY_IDX: key ID (u8, 0-3) 4656 * @NL80211_KEY_CIPHER: key cipher suite (u32, as defined by IEEE 802.11 4657 * section 7.3.2.25.1, e.g. 0x000FAC04) 4658 * @NL80211_KEY_SEQ: transmit key sequence number (IV/PN) for TKIP and 4659 * CCMP keys, each six bytes in little endian 4660 * @NL80211_KEY_DEFAULT: flag indicating default key 4661 * @NL80211_KEY_DEFAULT_MGMT: flag indicating default management key 4662 * @NL80211_KEY_TYPE: the key type from enum nl80211_key_type, if not 4663 * specified the default depends on whether a MAC address was 4664 * given with the command using the key or not (u32) 4665 * @NL80211_KEY_DEFAULT_TYPES: A nested attribute containing flags 4666 * attributes, specifying what a key should be set as default as. 4667 * See &enum nl80211_key_default_types. 4668 * @NL80211_KEY_MODE: the mode from enum nl80211_key_mode. 4669 * Defaults to @NL80211_KEY_RX_TX. 4670 * @NL80211_KEY_DEFAULT_BEACON: flag indicating default Beacon frame key 4671 * 4672 * @__NL80211_KEY_AFTER_LAST: internal 4673 * @NL80211_KEY_MAX: highest key attribute 4674 */ 4675 enum nl80211_key_attributes { 4676 __NL80211_KEY_INVALID, 4677 NL80211_KEY_DATA, 4678 NL80211_KEY_IDX, 4679 NL80211_KEY_CIPHER, 4680 NL80211_KEY_SEQ, 4681 NL80211_KEY_DEFAULT, 4682 NL80211_KEY_DEFAULT_MGMT, 4683 NL80211_KEY_TYPE, 4684 NL80211_KEY_DEFAULT_TYPES, 4685 NL80211_KEY_MODE, 4686 NL80211_KEY_DEFAULT_BEACON, 4687 4688 /* keep last */ 4689 __NL80211_KEY_AFTER_LAST, 4690 NL80211_KEY_MAX = __NL80211_KEY_AFTER_LAST - 1 4691 }; 4692 4693 /** 4694 * enum nl80211_tx_rate_attributes - TX rate set attributes 4695 * @__NL80211_TXRATE_INVALID: invalid 4696 * @NL80211_TXRATE_LEGACY: Legacy (non-MCS) rates allowed for TX rate selection 4697 * in an array of rates as defined in IEEE 802.11 7.3.2.2 (u8 values with 4698 * 1 = 500 kbps) but without the IE length restriction (at most 4699 * %NL80211_MAX_SUPP_RATES in a single array). 4700 * @NL80211_TXRATE_HT: HT (MCS) rates allowed for TX rate selection 4701 * in an array of MCS numbers. 4702 * @NL80211_TXRATE_VHT: VHT rates allowed for TX rate selection, 4703 * see &struct nl80211_txrate_vht 4704 * @NL80211_TXRATE_GI: configure GI, see &enum nl80211_txrate_gi 4705 * @__NL80211_TXRATE_AFTER_LAST: internal 4706 * @NL80211_TXRATE_MAX: highest TX rate attribute 4707 */ 4708 enum nl80211_tx_rate_attributes { 4709 __NL80211_TXRATE_INVALID, 4710 NL80211_TXRATE_LEGACY, 4711 NL80211_TXRATE_HT, 4712 NL80211_TXRATE_VHT, 4713 NL80211_TXRATE_GI, 4714 4715 /* keep last */ 4716 __NL80211_TXRATE_AFTER_LAST, 4717 NL80211_TXRATE_MAX = __NL80211_TXRATE_AFTER_LAST - 1 4718 }; 4719 4720 #define NL80211_TXRATE_MCS NL80211_TXRATE_HT 4721 #define NL80211_VHT_NSS_MAX 8 4722 4723 /** 4724 * struct nl80211_txrate_vht - VHT MCS/NSS txrate bitmap 4725 * @mcs: MCS bitmap table for each NSS (array index 0 for 1 stream, etc.) 4726 */ 4727 struct nl80211_txrate_vht { 4728 __u16 mcs[NL80211_VHT_NSS_MAX]; 4729 }; 4730 4731 enum nl80211_txrate_gi { 4732 NL80211_TXRATE_DEFAULT_GI, 4733 NL80211_TXRATE_FORCE_SGI, 4734 NL80211_TXRATE_FORCE_LGI, 4735 }; 4736 4737 /** 4738 * enum nl80211_band - Frequency band 4739 * @NL80211_BAND_2GHZ: 2.4 GHz ISM band 4740 * @NL80211_BAND_5GHZ: around 5 GHz band (4.9 - 5.7 GHz) 4741 * @NL80211_BAND_60GHZ: around 60 GHz band (58.32 - 69.12 GHz) 4742 * @NL80211_BAND_6GHZ: around 6 GHz band (5.9 - 7.2 GHz) 4743 * @NUM_NL80211_BANDS: number of bands, avoid using this in userspace 4744 * since newer kernel versions may support more bands 4745 */ 4746 enum nl80211_band { 4747 NL80211_BAND_2GHZ, 4748 NL80211_BAND_5GHZ, 4749 NL80211_BAND_60GHZ, 4750 NL80211_BAND_6GHZ, 4751 4752 NUM_NL80211_BANDS, 4753 }; 4754 4755 /** 4756 * enum nl80211_ps_state - powersave state 4757 * @NL80211_PS_DISABLED: powersave is disabled 4758 * @NL80211_PS_ENABLED: powersave is enabled 4759 */ 4760 enum nl80211_ps_state { 4761 NL80211_PS_DISABLED, 4762 NL80211_PS_ENABLED, 4763 }; 4764 4765 /** 4766 * enum nl80211_attr_cqm - connection quality monitor attributes 4767 * @__NL80211_ATTR_CQM_INVALID: invalid 4768 * @NL80211_ATTR_CQM_RSSI_THOLD: RSSI threshold in dBm. This value specifies 4769 * the threshold for the RSSI level at which an event will be sent. Zero 4770 * to disable. Alternatively, if %NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_CQM_RSSI_LIST is 4771 * set, multiple values can be supplied as a low-to-high sorted array of 4772 * threshold values in dBm. Events will be sent when the RSSI value 4773 * crosses any of the thresholds. 4774 * @NL80211_ATTR_CQM_RSSI_HYST: RSSI hysteresis in dBm. This value specifies 4775 * the minimum amount the RSSI level must change after an event before a 4776 * new event may be issued (to reduce effects of RSSI oscillation). 4777 * @NL80211_ATTR_CQM_RSSI_THRESHOLD_EVENT: RSSI threshold event 4778 * @NL80211_ATTR_CQM_PKT_LOSS_EVENT: a u32 value indicating that this many 4779 * consecutive packets were not acknowledged by the peer 4780 * @NL80211_ATTR_CQM_TXE_RATE: TX error rate in %. Minimum % of TX failures 4781 * during the given %NL80211_ATTR_CQM_TXE_INTVL before an 4782 * %NL80211_CMD_NOTIFY_CQM with reported %NL80211_ATTR_CQM_TXE_RATE and 4783 * %NL80211_ATTR_CQM_TXE_PKTS is generated. 4784 * @NL80211_ATTR_CQM_TXE_PKTS: number of attempted packets in a given 4785 * %NL80211_ATTR_CQM_TXE_INTVL before %NL80211_ATTR_CQM_TXE_RATE is 4786 * checked. 4787 * @NL80211_ATTR_CQM_TXE_INTVL: interval in seconds. Specifies the periodic 4788 * interval in which %NL80211_ATTR_CQM_TXE_PKTS and 4789 * %NL80211_ATTR_CQM_TXE_RATE must be satisfied before generating an 4790 * %NL80211_CMD_NOTIFY_CQM. Set to 0 to turn off TX error reporting. 4791 * @NL80211_ATTR_CQM_BEACON_LOSS_EVENT: flag attribute that's set in a beacon 4792 * loss event 4793 * @NL80211_ATTR_CQM_RSSI_LEVEL: the RSSI value in dBm that triggered the 4794 * RSSI threshold event. 4795 * @__NL80211_ATTR_CQM_AFTER_LAST: internal 4796 * @NL80211_ATTR_CQM_MAX: highest key attribute 4797 */ 4798 enum nl80211_attr_cqm { 4799 __NL80211_ATTR_CQM_INVALID, 4800 NL80211_ATTR_CQM_RSSI_THOLD, 4801 NL80211_ATTR_CQM_RSSI_HYST, 4802 NL80211_ATTR_CQM_RSSI_THRESHOLD_EVENT, 4803 NL80211_ATTR_CQM_PKT_LOSS_EVENT, 4804 NL80211_ATTR_CQM_TXE_RATE, 4805 NL80211_ATTR_CQM_TXE_PKTS, 4806 NL80211_ATTR_CQM_TXE_INTVL, 4807 NL80211_ATTR_CQM_BEACON_LOSS_EVENT, 4808 NL80211_ATTR_CQM_RSSI_LEVEL, 4809 4810 /* keep last */ 4811 __NL80211_ATTR_CQM_AFTER_LAST, 4812 NL80211_ATTR_CQM_MAX = __NL80211_ATTR_CQM_AFTER_LAST - 1 4813 }; 4814 4815 /** 4816 * enum nl80211_cqm_rssi_threshold_event - RSSI threshold event 4817 * @NL80211_CQM_RSSI_THRESHOLD_EVENT_LOW: The RSSI level is lower than the 4818 * configured threshold 4819 * @NL80211_CQM_RSSI_THRESHOLD_EVENT_HIGH: The RSSI is higher than the 4820 * configured threshold 4821 * @NL80211_CQM_RSSI_BEACON_LOSS_EVENT: (reserved, never sent) 4822 */ 4823 enum nl80211_cqm_rssi_threshold_event { 4824 NL80211_CQM_RSSI_THRESHOLD_EVENT_LOW, 4825 NL80211_CQM_RSSI_THRESHOLD_EVENT_HIGH, 4826 NL80211_CQM_RSSI_BEACON_LOSS_EVENT, 4827 }; 4828 4829 4830 /** 4831 * enum nl80211_tx_power_setting - TX power adjustment 4832 * @NL80211_TX_POWER_AUTOMATIC: automatically determine transmit power 4833 * @NL80211_TX_POWER_LIMITED: limit TX power by the mBm parameter 4834 * @NL80211_TX_POWER_FIXED: fix TX power to the mBm parameter 4835 */ 4836 enum nl80211_tx_power_setting { 4837 NL80211_TX_POWER_AUTOMATIC, 4838 NL80211_TX_POWER_LIMITED, 4839 NL80211_TX_POWER_FIXED, 4840 }; 4841 4842 /** 4843 * enum nl80211_tid_config - TID config state 4844 * @NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ENABLE: Enable config for the TID 4845 * @NL80211_TID_CONFIG_DISABLE: Disable config for the TID 4846 */ 4847 enum nl80211_tid_config { 4848 NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ENABLE, 4849 NL80211_TID_CONFIG_DISABLE, 4850 }; 4851 4852 /* enum nl80211_tx_rate_setting - TX rate configuration type 4853 * @NL80211_TX_RATE_AUTOMATIC: automatically determine TX rate 4854 * @NL80211_TX_RATE_LIMITED: limit the TX rate by the TX rate parameter 4855 * @NL80211_TX_RATE_FIXED: fix TX rate to the TX rate parameter 4856 */ 4857 enum nl80211_tx_rate_setting { 4858 NL80211_TX_RATE_AUTOMATIC, 4859 NL80211_TX_RATE_LIMITED, 4860 NL80211_TX_RATE_FIXED, 4861 }; 4862 4863 /* enum nl80211_tid_config_attr - TID specific configuration. 4864 * @NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_PAD: pad attribute for 64-bit values 4865 * @NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_VIF_SUPP: a bitmap (u64) of attributes supported 4866 * for per-vif configuration; doesn't list the ones that are generic 4867 * (%NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_TIDS, %NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_OVERRIDE). 4868 * @NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_PEER_SUPP: same as the previous per-vif one, but 4869 * per peer instead. 4870 * @NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_OVERRIDE: flag attribue, if set indicates 4871 * that the new configuration overrides all previous peer 4872 * configurations, otherwise previous peer specific configurations 4873 * should be left untouched. 4874 * @NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_TIDS: a bitmask value of TIDs (bit 0 to 7) 4875 * Its type is u16. 4876 * @NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_NOACK: Configure ack policy for the TID. 4877 * specified in %NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_TID. see %enum nl80211_tid_config. 4878 * Its type is u8. 4879 * @NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_RETRY_SHORT: Number of retries used with data frame 4880 * transmission, user-space sets this configuration in 4881 * &NL80211_CMD_SET_TID_CONFIG. It is u8 type, min value is 1 and 4882 * the max value is advertised by the driver in this attribute on 4883 * output in wiphy capabilities. 4884 * @NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_RETRY_LONG: Number of retries used with data frame 4885 * transmission, user-space sets this configuration in 4886 * &NL80211_CMD_SET_TID_CONFIG. Its type is u8, min value is 1 and 4887 * the max value is advertised by the driver in this attribute on 4888 * output in wiphy capabilities. 4889 * @NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_AMPDU_CTRL: Enable/Disable MPDU aggregation 4890 * for the TIDs specified in %NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_TIDS. 4891 * Its type is u8, using the values from &nl80211_tid_config. 4892 * @NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_RTSCTS_CTRL: Enable/Disable RTS_CTS for the TIDs 4893 * specified in %NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_TIDS. It is u8 type, using 4894 * the values from &nl80211_tid_config. 4895 * @NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_AMSDU_CTRL: Enable/Disable MSDU aggregation 4896 * for the TIDs specified in %NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_TIDS. 4897 * Its type is u8, using the values from &nl80211_tid_config. 4898 * @NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_TX_RATE_TYPE: This attribute will be useful 4899 * to notfiy the driver that what type of txrate should be used 4900 * for the TIDs specified in %NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_TIDS. using 4901 * the values form &nl80211_tx_rate_setting. 4902 * @NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_TX_RATE: Data frame TX rate mask should be applied 4903 * with the parameters passed through %NL80211_ATTR_TX_RATES. 4904 * configuration is applied to the data frame for the tid to that connected 4905 * station. 4906 */ 4907 enum nl80211_tid_config_attr { 4908 __NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_INVALID, 4909 NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_PAD, 4910 NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_VIF_SUPP, 4911 NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_PEER_SUPP, 4912 NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_OVERRIDE, 4913 NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_TIDS, 4914 NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_NOACK, 4915 NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_RETRY_SHORT, 4916 NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_RETRY_LONG, 4917 NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_AMPDU_CTRL, 4918 NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_RTSCTS_CTRL, 4919 NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_AMSDU_CTRL, 4920 NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_TX_RATE_TYPE, 4921 NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_TX_RATE, 4922 4923 /* keep last */ 4924 __NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_AFTER_LAST, 4925 NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_MAX = __NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_AFTER_LAST - 1 4926 }; 4927 4928 /** 4929 * enum nl80211_packet_pattern_attr - packet pattern attribute 4930 * @__NL80211_PKTPAT_INVALID: invalid number for nested attribute 4931 * @NL80211_PKTPAT_PATTERN: the pattern, values where the mask has 4932 * a zero bit are ignored 4933 * @NL80211_PKTPAT_MASK: pattern mask, must be long enough to have 4934 * a bit for each byte in the pattern. The lowest-order bit corresponds 4935 * to the first byte of the pattern, but the bytes of the pattern are 4936 * in a little-endian-like format, i.e. the 9th byte of the pattern 4937 * corresponds to the lowest-order bit in the second byte of the mask. 4938 * For example: The match 00:xx:00:00:xx:00:00:00:00:xx:xx:xx (where 4939 * xx indicates "don't care") would be represented by a pattern of 4940 * twelve zero bytes, and a mask of "0xed,0x01". 4941 * Note that the pattern matching is done as though frames were not 4942 * 802.11 frames but 802.3 frames, i.e. the frame is fully unpacked 4943 * first (including SNAP header unpacking) and then matched. 4944 * @NL80211_PKTPAT_OFFSET: packet offset, pattern is matched after 4945 * these fixed number of bytes of received packet 4946 * @NUM_NL80211_PKTPAT: number of attributes 4947 * @MAX_NL80211_PKTPAT: max attribute number 4948 */ 4949 enum nl80211_packet_pattern_attr { 4950 __NL80211_PKTPAT_INVALID, 4951 NL80211_PKTPAT_MASK, 4952 NL80211_PKTPAT_PATTERN, 4953 NL80211_PKTPAT_OFFSET, 4954 4955 NUM_NL80211_PKTPAT, 4956 MAX_NL80211_PKTPAT = NUM_NL80211_PKTPAT - 1, 4957 }; 4958 4959 /** 4960 * struct nl80211_pattern_support - packet pattern support information 4961 * @max_patterns: maximum number of patterns supported 4962 * @min_pattern_len: minimum length of each pattern 4963 * @max_pattern_len: maximum length of each pattern 4964 * @max_pkt_offset: maximum Rx packet offset 4965 * 4966 * This struct is carried in %NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_PKT_PATTERN when 4967 * that is part of %NL80211_ATTR_WOWLAN_TRIGGERS_SUPPORTED or in 4968 * %NL80211_ATTR_COALESCE_RULE_PKT_PATTERN when that is part of 4969 * %NL80211_ATTR_COALESCE_RULE in the capability information given 4970 * by the kernel to userspace. 4971 */ 4972 struct nl80211_pattern_support { 4973 __u32 max_patterns; 4974 __u32 min_pattern_len; 4975 __u32 max_pattern_len; 4976 __u32 max_pkt_offset; 4977 } __attribute__((packed)); 4978 4979 /* only for backward compatibility */ 4980 #define __NL80211_WOWLAN_PKTPAT_INVALID __NL80211_PKTPAT_INVALID 4981 #define NL80211_WOWLAN_PKTPAT_MASK NL80211_PKTPAT_MASK 4982 #define NL80211_WOWLAN_PKTPAT_PATTERN NL80211_PKTPAT_PATTERN 4983 #define NL80211_WOWLAN_PKTPAT_OFFSET NL80211_PKTPAT_OFFSET 4984 #define NUM_NL80211_WOWLAN_PKTPAT NUM_NL80211_PKTPAT 4985 #define MAX_NL80211_WOWLAN_PKTPAT MAX_NL80211_PKTPAT 4986 #define nl80211_wowlan_pattern_support nl80211_pattern_support 4987 4988 /** 4989 * enum nl80211_wowlan_triggers - WoWLAN trigger definitions 4990 * @__NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_INVALID: invalid number for nested attributes 4991 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_ANY: wake up on any activity, do not really put 4992 * the chip into a special state -- works best with chips that have 4993 * support for low-power operation already (flag) 4994 * Note that this mode is incompatible with all of the others, if 4995 * any others are even supported by the device. 4996 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_DISCONNECT: wake up on disconnect, the way disconnect 4997 * is detected is implementation-specific (flag) 4998 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_MAGIC_PKT: wake up on magic packet (6x 0xff, followed 4999 * by 16 repetitions of MAC addr, anywhere in payload) (flag) 5000 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_PKT_PATTERN: wake up on the specified packet patterns 5001 * which are passed in an array of nested attributes, each nested attribute 5002 * defining a with attributes from &struct nl80211_wowlan_trig_pkt_pattern. 5003 * Each pattern defines a wakeup packet. Packet offset is associated with 5004 * each pattern which is used while matching the pattern. The matching is 5005 * done on the MSDU, i.e. as though the packet was an 802.3 packet, so the 5006 * pattern matching is done after the packet is converted to the MSDU. 5007 * 5008 * In %NL80211_ATTR_WOWLAN_TRIGGERS_SUPPORTED, it is a binary attribute 5009 * carrying a &struct nl80211_pattern_support. 5010 * 5011 * When reporting wakeup. it is a u32 attribute containing the 0-based 5012 * index of the pattern that caused the wakeup, in the patterns passed 5013 * to the kernel when configuring. 5014 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_GTK_REKEY_SUPPORTED: Not a real trigger, and cannot be 5015 * used when setting, used only to indicate that GTK rekeying is supported 5016 * by the device (flag) 5017 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_GTK_REKEY_FAILURE: wake up on GTK rekey failure (if 5018 * done by the device) (flag) 5019 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_EAP_IDENT_REQUEST: wake up on EAP Identity Request 5020 * packet (flag) 5021 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_4WAY_HANDSHAKE: wake up on 4-way handshake (flag) 5022 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_RFKILL_RELEASE: wake up when rfkill is released 5023 * (on devices that have rfkill in the device) (flag) 5024 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_PKT_80211: For wakeup reporting only, contains 5025 * the 802.11 packet that caused the wakeup, e.g. a deauth frame. The frame 5026 * may be truncated, the @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_PKT_80211_LEN 5027 * attribute contains the original length. 5028 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_PKT_80211_LEN: Original length of the 802.11 5029 * packet, may be bigger than the @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_PKT_80211 5030 * attribute if the packet was truncated somewhere. 5031 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_PKT_8023: For wakeup reporting only, contains the 5032 * 802.11 packet that caused the wakeup, e.g. a magic packet. The frame may 5033 * be truncated, the @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_PKT_8023_LEN attribute 5034 * contains the original length. 5035 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_PKT_8023_LEN: Original length of the 802.3 5036 * packet, may be bigger than the @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_PKT_8023 5037 * attribute if the packet was truncated somewhere. 5038 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_TCP_CONNECTION: TCP connection wake, see DOC section 5039 * "TCP connection wakeup" for more details. This is a nested attribute 5040 * containing the exact information for establishing and keeping alive 5041 * the TCP connection. 5042 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_TCP_WAKEUP_MATCH: For wakeup reporting only, the 5043 * wakeup packet was received on the TCP connection 5044 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_TCP_CONNLOST: For wakeup reporting only, the 5045 * TCP connection was lost or failed to be established 5046 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_TCP_NOMORETOKENS: For wakeup reporting only, 5047 * the TCP connection ran out of tokens to use for data to send to the 5048 * service 5049 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_NET_DETECT: wake up when a configured network 5050 * is detected. This is a nested attribute that contains the 5051 * same attributes used with @NL80211_CMD_START_SCHED_SCAN. It 5052 * specifies how the scan is performed (e.g. the interval, the 5053 * channels to scan and the initial delay) as well as the scan 5054 * results that will trigger a wake (i.e. the matchsets). This 5055 * attribute is also sent in a response to 5056 * @NL80211_CMD_GET_WIPHY, indicating the number of match sets 5057 * supported by the driver (u32). 5058 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_NET_DETECT_RESULTS: nested attribute 5059 * containing an array with information about what triggered the 5060 * wake up. If no elements are present in the array, it means 5061 * that the information is not available. If more than one 5062 * element is present, it means that more than one match 5063 * occurred. 5064 * Each element in the array is a nested attribute that contains 5065 * one optional %NL80211_ATTR_SSID attribute and one optional 5066 * %NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_FREQUENCIES attribute. At least one of 5067 * these attributes must be present. If 5068 * %NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_FREQUENCIES contains more than one 5069 * frequency, it means that the match occurred in more than one 5070 * channel. 5071 * @NUM_NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG: number of wake on wireless triggers 5072 * @MAX_NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG: highest wowlan trigger attribute number 5073 * 5074 * These nested attributes are used to configure the wakeup triggers and 5075 * to report the wakeup reason(s). 5076 */ 5077 enum nl80211_wowlan_triggers { 5078 __NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_INVALID, 5079 NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_ANY, 5080 NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_DISCONNECT, 5081 NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_MAGIC_PKT, 5082 NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_PKT_PATTERN, 5083 NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_GTK_REKEY_SUPPORTED, 5084 NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_GTK_REKEY_FAILURE, 5085 NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_EAP_IDENT_REQUEST, 5086 NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_4WAY_HANDSHAKE, 5087 NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_RFKILL_RELEASE, 5088 NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_PKT_80211, 5089 NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_PKT_80211_LEN, 5090 NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_PKT_8023, 5091 NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_PKT_8023_LEN, 5092 NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_TCP_CONNECTION, 5093 NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_TCP_MATCH, 5094 NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_TCP_CONNLOST, 5095 NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_TCP_NOMORETOKENS, 5096 NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_NET_DETECT, 5097 NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_NET_DETECT_RESULTS, 5098 5099 /* keep last */ 5100 NUM_NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG, 5101 MAX_NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG = NUM_NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG - 1 5102 }; 5103 5104 /** 5105 * DOC: TCP connection wakeup 5106 * 5107 * Some devices can establish a TCP connection in order to be woken up by a 5108 * packet coming in from outside their network segment, or behind NAT. If 5109 * configured, the device will establish a TCP connection to the given 5110 * service, and periodically send data to that service. The first data 5111 * packet is usually transmitted after SYN/ACK, also ACKing the SYN/ACK. 5112 * The data packets can optionally include a (little endian) sequence 5113 * number (in the TCP payload!) that is generated by the device, and, also 5114 * optionally, a token from a list of tokens. This serves as a keep-alive 5115 * with the service, and for NATed connections, etc. 5116 * 5117 * During this keep-alive period, the server doesn't send any data to the 5118 * client. When receiving data, it is compared against the wakeup pattern 5119 * (and mask) and if it matches, the host is woken up. Similarly, if the 5120 * connection breaks or cannot be established to start with, the host is 5121 * also woken up. 5122 * 5123 * Developer's note: ARP offload is required for this, otherwise TCP 5124 * response packets might not go through correctly. 5125 */ 5126 5127 /** 5128 * struct nl80211_wowlan_tcp_data_seq - WoWLAN TCP data sequence 5129 * @start: starting value 5130 * @offset: offset of sequence number in packet 5131 * @len: length of the sequence value to write, 1 through 4 5132 * 5133 * Note: don't confuse with the TCP sequence number(s), this is for the 5134 * keepalive packet payload. The actual value is written into the packet 5135 * in little endian. 5136 */ 5137 struct nl80211_wowlan_tcp_data_seq { 5138 __u32 start, offset, len; 5139 }; 5140 5141 /** 5142 * struct nl80211_wowlan_tcp_data_token - WoWLAN TCP data token config 5143 * @offset: offset of token in packet 5144 * @len: length of each token 5145 * @token_stream: stream of data to be used for the tokens, the length must 5146 * be a multiple of @len for this to make sense 5147 */ 5148 struct nl80211_wowlan_tcp_data_token { 5149 __u32 offset, len; 5150 __u8 token_stream[]; 5151 }; 5152 5153 /** 5154 * struct nl80211_wowlan_tcp_data_token_feature - data token features 5155 * @min_len: minimum token length 5156 * @max_len: maximum token length 5157 * @bufsize: total available token buffer size (max size of @token_stream) 5158 */ 5159 struct nl80211_wowlan_tcp_data_token_feature { 5160 __u32 min_len, max_len, bufsize; 5161 }; 5162 5163 /** 5164 * enum nl80211_wowlan_tcp_attrs - WoWLAN TCP connection parameters 5165 * @__NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_INVALID: invalid number for nested attributes 5166 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_SRC_IPV4: source IPv4 address (in network byte order) 5167 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_DST_IPV4: destination IPv4 address 5168 * (in network byte order) 5169 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_DST_MAC: destination MAC address, this is given because 5170 * route lookup when configured might be invalid by the time we suspend, 5171 * and doing a route lookup when suspending is no longer possible as it 5172 * might require ARP querying. 5173 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_SRC_PORT: source port (u16); optional, if not given a 5174 * socket and port will be allocated 5175 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_DST_PORT: destination port (u16) 5176 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_DATA_PAYLOAD: data packet payload, at least one byte. 5177 * For feature advertising, a u32 attribute holding the maximum length 5178 * of the data payload. 5179 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_DATA_PAYLOAD_SEQ: data packet sequence configuration 5180 * (if desired), a &struct nl80211_wowlan_tcp_data_seq. For feature 5181 * advertising it is just a flag 5182 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_DATA_PAYLOAD_TOKEN: data packet token configuration, 5183 * see &struct nl80211_wowlan_tcp_data_token and for advertising see 5184 * &struct nl80211_wowlan_tcp_data_token_feature. 5185 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_DATA_INTERVAL: data interval in seconds, maximum 5186 * interval in feature advertising (u32) 5187 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_WAKE_PAYLOAD: wake packet payload, for advertising a 5188 * u32 attribute holding the maximum length 5189 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_WAKE_MASK: Wake packet payload mask, not used for 5190 * feature advertising. The mask works like @NL80211_PKTPAT_MASK 5191 * but on the TCP payload only. 5192 * @NUM_NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP: number of TCP attributes 5193 * @MAX_NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP: highest attribute number 5194 */ 5195 enum nl80211_wowlan_tcp_attrs { 5196 __NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_INVALID, 5197 NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_SRC_IPV4, 5198 NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_DST_IPV4, 5199 NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_DST_MAC, 5200 NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_SRC_PORT, 5201 NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_DST_PORT, 5202 NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_DATA_PAYLOAD, 5203 NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_DATA_PAYLOAD_SEQ, 5204 NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_DATA_PAYLOAD_TOKEN, 5205 NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_DATA_INTERVAL, 5206 NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_WAKE_PAYLOAD, 5207 NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_WAKE_MASK, 5208 5209 /* keep last */ 5210 NUM_NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP, 5211 MAX_NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP = NUM_NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP - 1 5212 }; 5213 5214 /** 5215 * struct nl80211_coalesce_rule_support - coalesce rule support information 5216 * @max_rules: maximum number of rules supported 5217 * @pat: packet pattern support information 5218 * @max_delay: maximum supported coalescing delay in msecs 5219 * 5220 * This struct is carried in %NL80211_ATTR_COALESCE_RULE in the 5221 * capability information given by the kernel to userspace. 5222 */ 5223 struct nl80211_coalesce_rule_support { 5224 __u32 max_rules; 5225 struct nl80211_pattern_support pat; 5226 __u32 max_delay; 5227 } __attribute__((packed)); 5228 5229 /** 5230 * enum nl80211_attr_coalesce_rule - coalesce rule attribute 5231 * @__NL80211_COALESCE_RULE_INVALID: invalid number for nested attribute 5232 * @NL80211_ATTR_COALESCE_RULE_DELAY: delay in msecs used for packet coalescing 5233 * @NL80211_ATTR_COALESCE_RULE_CONDITION: condition for packet coalescence, 5234 * see &enum nl80211_coalesce_condition. 5235 * @NL80211_ATTR_COALESCE_RULE_PKT_PATTERN: packet offset, pattern is matched 5236 * after these fixed number of bytes of received packet 5237 * @NUM_NL80211_ATTR_COALESCE_RULE: number of attributes 5238 * @NL80211_ATTR_COALESCE_RULE_MAX: max attribute number 5239 */ 5240 enum nl80211_attr_coalesce_rule { 5241 __NL80211_COALESCE_RULE_INVALID, 5242 NL80211_ATTR_COALESCE_RULE_DELAY, 5243 NL80211_ATTR_COALESCE_RULE_CONDITION, 5244 NL80211_ATTR_COALESCE_RULE_PKT_PATTERN, 5245 5246 /* keep last */ 5247 NUM_NL80211_ATTR_COALESCE_RULE, 5248 NL80211_ATTR_COALESCE_RULE_MAX = NUM_NL80211_ATTR_COALESCE_RULE - 1 5249 }; 5250 5251 /** 5252 * enum nl80211_coalesce_condition - coalesce rule conditions 5253 * @NL80211_COALESCE_CONDITION_MATCH: coalaesce Rx packets when patterns 5254 * in a rule are matched. 5255 * @NL80211_COALESCE_CONDITION_NO_MATCH: coalesce Rx packets when patterns 5256 * in a rule are not matched. 5257 */ 5258 enum nl80211_coalesce_condition { 5259 NL80211_COALESCE_CONDITION_MATCH, 5260 NL80211_COALESCE_CONDITION_NO_MATCH 5261 }; 5262 5263 /** 5264 * enum nl80211_iface_limit_attrs - limit attributes 5265 * @NL80211_IFACE_LIMIT_UNSPEC: (reserved) 5266 * @NL80211_IFACE_LIMIT_MAX: maximum number of interfaces that 5267 * can be chosen from this set of interface types (u32) 5268 * @NL80211_IFACE_LIMIT_TYPES: nested attribute containing a 5269 * flag attribute for each interface type in this set 5270 * @NUM_NL80211_IFACE_LIMIT: number of attributes 5271 * @MAX_NL80211_IFACE_LIMIT: highest attribute number 5272 */ 5273 enum nl80211_iface_limit_attrs { 5274 NL80211_IFACE_LIMIT_UNSPEC, 5275 NL80211_IFACE_LIMIT_MAX, 5276 NL80211_IFACE_LIMIT_TYPES, 5277 5278 /* keep last */ 5279 NUM_NL80211_IFACE_LIMIT, 5280 MAX_NL80211_IFACE_LIMIT = NUM_NL80211_IFACE_LIMIT - 1 5281 }; 5282 5283 /** 5284 * enum nl80211_if_combination_attrs -- interface combination attributes 5285 * 5286 * @NL80211_IFACE_COMB_UNSPEC: (reserved) 5287 * @NL80211_IFACE_COMB_LIMITS: Nested attributes containing the limits 5288 * for given interface types, see &enum nl80211_iface_limit_attrs. 5289 * @NL80211_IFACE_COMB_MAXNUM: u32 attribute giving the total number of 5290 * interfaces that can be created in this group. This number doesn't 5291 * apply to interfaces purely managed in software, which are listed 5292 * in a separate attribute %NL80211_ATTR_INTERFACES_SOFTWARE. 5293 * @NL80211_IFACE_COMB_STA_AP_BI_MATCH: flag attribute specifying that 5294 * beacon intervals within this group must be all the same even for 5295 * infrastructure and AP/GO combinations, i.e. the GO(s) must adopt 5296 * the infrastructure network's beacon interval. 5297 * @NL80211_IFACE_COMB_NUM_CHANNELS: u32 attribute specifying how many 5298 * different channels may be used within this group. 5299 * @NL80211_IFACE_COMB_RADAR_DETECT_WIDTHS: u32 attribute containing the bitmap 5300 * of supported channel widths for radar detection. 5301 * @NL80211_IFACE_COMB_RADAR_DETECT_REGIONS: u32 attribute containing the bitmap 5302 * of supported regulatory regions for radar detection. 5303 * @NL80211_IFACE_COMB_BI_MIN_GCD: u32 attribute specifying the minimum GCD of 5304 * different beacon intervals supported by all the interface combinations 5305 * in this group (if not present, all beacon intervals be identical). 5306 * @NUM_NL80211_IFACE_COMB: number of attributes 5307 * @MAX_NL80211_IFACE_COMB: highest attribute number 5308 * 5309 * Examples: 5310 * limits = [ #{STA} <= 1, #{AP} <= 1 ], matching BI, channels = 1, max = 2 5311 * => allows an AP and a STA that must match BIs 5312 * 5313 * numbers = [ #{AP, P2P-GO} <= 8 ], BI min gcd, channels = 1, max = 8, 5314 * => allows 8 of AP/GO that can have BI gcd >= min gcd 5315 * 5316 * numbers = [ #{STA} <= 2 ], channels = 2, max = 2 5317 * => allows two STAs on different channels 5318 * 5319 * numbers = [ #{STA} <= 1, #{P2P-client,P2P-GO} <= 3 ], max = 4 5320 * => allows a STA plus three P2P interfaces 5321 * 5322 * The list of these four possibilities could completely be contained 5323 * within the %NL80211_ATTR_INTERFACE_COMBINATIONS attribute to indicate 5324 * that any of these groups must match. 5325 * 5326 * "Combinations" of just a single interface will not be listed here, 5327 * a single interface of any valid interface type is assumed to always 5328 * be possible by itself. This means that implicitly, for each valid 5329 * interface type, the following group always exists: 5330 * numbers = [ #{<type>} <= 1 ], channels = 1, max = 1 5331 */ 5332 enum nl80211_if_combination_attrs { 5333 NL80211_IFACE_COMB_UNSPEC, 5334 NL80211_IFACE_COMB_LIMITS, 5335 NL80211_IFACE_COMB_MAXNUM, 5336 NL80211_IFACE_COMB_STA_AP_BI_MATCH, 5337 NL80211_IFACE_COMB_NUM_CHANNELS, 5338 NL80211_IFACE_COMB_RADAR_DETECT_WIDTHS, 5339 NL80211_IFACE_COMB_RADAR_DETECT_REGIONS, 5340 NL80211_IFACE_COMB_BI_MIN_GCD, 5341 5342 /* keep last */ 5343 NUM_NL80211_IFACE_COMB, 5344 MAX_NL80211_IFACE_COMB = NUM_NL80211_IFACE_COMB - 1 5345 }; 5346 5347 5348 /** 5349 * enum nl80211_plink_state - state of a mesh peer link finite state machine 5350 * 5351 * @NL80211_PLINK_LISTEN: initial state, considered the implicit 5352 * state of non existent mesh peer links 5353 * @NL80211_PLINK_OPN_SNT: mesh plink open frame has been sent to 5354 * this mesh peer 5355 * @NL80211_PLINK_OPN_RCVD: mesh plink open frame has been received 5356 * from this mesh peer 5357 * @NL80211_PLINK_CNF_RCVD: mesh plink confirm frame has been 5358 * received from this mesh peer 5359 * @NL80211_PLINK_ESTAB: mesh peer link is established 5360 * @NL80211_PLINK_HOLDING: mesh peer link is being closed or cancelled 5361 * @NL80211_PLINK_BLOCKED: all frames transmitted from this mesh 5362 * plink are discarded 5363 * @NUM_NL80211_PLINK_STATES: number of peer link states 5364 * @MAX_NL80211_PLINK_STATES: highest numerical value of plink states 5365 */ 5366 enum nl80211_plink_state { 5367 NL80211_PLINK_LISTEN, 5368 NL80211_PLINK_OPN_SNT, 5369 NL80211_PLINK_OPN_RCVD, 5370 NL80211_PLINK_CNF_RCVD, 5371 NL80211_PLINK_ESTAB, 5372 NL80211_PLINK_HOLDING, 5373 NL80211_PLINK_BLOCKED, 5374 5375 /* keep last */ 5376 NUM_NL80211_PLINK_STATES, 5377 MAX_NL80211_PLINK_STATES = NUM_NL80211_PLINK_STATES - 1 5378 }; 5379 5380 /** 5381 * enum nl80211_plink_action - actions to perform in mesh peers 5382 * 5383 * @NL80211_PLINK_ACTION_NO_ACTION: perform no action 5384 * @NL80211_PLINK_ACTION_OPEN: start mesh peer link establishment 5385 * @NL80211_PLINK_ACTION_BLOCK: block traffic from this mesh peer 5386 * @NUM_NL80211_PLINK_ACTIONS: number of possible actions 5387 */ 5388 enum plink_actions { 5389 NL80211_PLINK_ACTION_NO_ACTION, 5390 NL80211_PLINK_ACTION_OPEN, 5391 NL80211_PLINK_ACTION_BLOCK, 5392 5393 NUM_NL80211_PLINK_ACTIONS, 5394 }; 5395 5396 5397 #define NL80211_KCK_LEN 16 5398 #define NL80211_KEK_LEN 16 5399 #define NL80211_KCK_EXT_LEN 24 5400 #define NL80211_KEK_EXT_LEN 32 5401 #define NL80211_REPLAY_CTR_LEN 8 5402 5403 /** 5404 * enum nl80211_rekey_data - attributes for GTK rekey offload 5405 * @__NL80211_REKEY_DATA_INVALID: invalid number for nested attributes 5406 * @NL80211_REKEY_DATA_KEK: key encryption key (binary) 5407 * @NL80211_REKEY_DATA_KCK: key confirmation key (binary) 5408 * @NL80211_REKEY_DATA_REPLAY_CTR: replay counter (binary) 5409 * @NL80211_REKEY_DATA_AKM: AKM data (OUI, suite type) 5410 * @NUM_NL80211_REKEY_DATA: number of rekey attributes (internal) 5411 * @MAX_NL80211_REKEY_DATA: highest rekey attribute (internal) 5412 */ 5413 enum nl80211_rekey_data { 5414 __NL80211_REKEY_DATA_INVALID, 5415 NL80211_REKEY_DATA_KEK, 5416 NL80211_REKEY_DATA_KCK, 5417 NL80211_REKEY_DATA_REPLAY_CTR, 5418 NL80211_REKEY_DATA_AKM, 5419 5420 /* keep last */ 5421 NUM_NL80211_REKEY_DATA, 5422 MAX_NL80211_REKEY_DATA = NUM_NL80211_REKEY_DATA - 1 5423 }; 5424 5425 /** 5426 * enum nl80211_hidden_ssid - values for %NL80211_ATTR_HIDDEN_SSID 5427 * @NL80211_HIDDEN_SSID_NOT_IN_USE: do not hide SSID (i.e., broadcast it in 5428 * Beacon frames) 5429 * @NL80211_HIDDEN_SSID_ZERO_LEN: hide SSID by using zero-length SSID element 5430 * in Beacon frames 5431 * @NL80211_HIDDEN_SSID_ZERO_CONTENTS: hide SSID by using correct length of SSID 5432 * element in Beacon frames but zero out each byte in the SSID 5433 */ 5434 enum nl80211_hidden_ssid { 5435 NL80211_HIDDEN_SSID_NOT_IN_USE, 5436 NL80211_HIDDEN_SSID_ZERO_LEN, 5437 NL80211_HIDDEN_SSID_ZERO_CONTENTS 5438 }; 5439 5440 /** 5441 * enum nl80211_sta_wme_attr - station WME attributes 5442 * @__NL80211_STA_WME_INVALID: invalid number for nested attribute 5443 * @NL80211_STA_WME_UAPSD_QUEUES: bitmap of uapsd queues. the format 5444 * is the same as the AC bitmap in the QoS info field. 5445 * @NL80211_STA_WME_MAX_SP: max service period. the format is the same 5446 * as the MAX_SP field in the QoS info field (but already shifted down). 5447 * @__NL80211_STA_WME_AFTER_LAST: internal 5448 * @NL80211_STA_WME_MAX: highest station WME attribute 5449 */ 5450 enum nl80211_sta_wme_attr { 5451 __NL80211_STA_WME_INVALID, 5452 NL80211_STA_WME_UAPSD_QUEUES, 5453 NL80211_STA_WME_MAX_SP, 5454 5455 /* keep last */ 5456 __NL80211_STA_WME_AFTER_LAST, 5457 NL80211_STA_WME_MAX = __NL80211_STA_WME_AFTER_LAST - 1 5458 }; 5459 5460 /** 5461 * enum nl80211_pmksa_candidate_attr - attributes for PMKSA caching candidates 5462 * @__NL80211_PMKSA_CANDIDATE_INVALID: invalid number for nested attributes 5463 * @NL80211_PMKSA_CANDIDATE_INDEX: candidate index (u32; the smaller, the higher 5464 * priority) 5465 * @NL80211_PMKSA_CANDIDATE_BSSID: candidate BSSID (6 octets) 5466 * @NL80211_PMKSA_CANDIDATE_PREAUTH: RSN pre-authentication supported (flag) 5467 * @NUM_NL80211_PMKSA_CANDIDATE: number of PMKSA caching candidate attributes 5468 * (internal) 5469 * @MAX_NL80211_PMKSA_CANDIDATE: highest PMKSA caching candidate attribute 5470 * (internal) 5471 */ 5472 enum nl80211_pmksa_candidate_attr { 5473 __NL80211_PMKSA_CANDIDATE_INVALID, 5474 NL80211_PMKSA_CANDIDATE_INDEX, 5475 NL80211_PMKSA_CANDIDATE_BSSID, 5476 NL80211_PMKSA_CANDIDATE_PREAUTH, 5477 5478 /* keep last */ 5479 NUM_NL80211_PMKSA_CANDIDATE, 5480 MAX_NL80211_PMKSA_CANDIDATE = NUM_NL80211_PMKSA_CANDIDATE - 1 5481 }; 5482 5483 /** 5484 * enum nl80211_tdls_operation - values for %NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_OPERATION 5485 * @NL80211_TDLS_DISCOVERY_REQ: Send a TDLS discovery request 5486 * @NL80211_TDLS_SETUP: Setup TDLS link 5487 * @NL80211_TDLS_TEARDOWN: Teardown a TDLS link which is already established 5488 * @NL80211_TDLS_ENABLE_LINK: Enable TDLS link 5489 * @NL80211_TDLS_DISABLE_LINK: Disable TDLS link 5490 */ 5491 enum nl80211_tdls_operation { 5492 NL80211_TDLS_DISCOVERY_REQ, 5493 NL80211_TDLS_SETUP, 5494 NL80211_TDLS_TEARDOWN, 5495 NL80211_TDLS_ENABLE_LINK, 5496 NL80211_TDLS_DISABLE_LINK, 5497 }; 5498 5499 /* 5500 * enum nl80211_ap_sme_features - device-integrated AP features 5501 * Reserved for future use, no bits are defined in 5502 * NL80211_ATTR_DEVICE_AP_SME yet. 5503 enum nl80211_ap_sme_features { 5504 }; 5505 */ 5506 5507 /** 5508 * enum nl80211_feature_flags - device/driver features 5509 * @NL80211_FEATURE_SK_TX_STATUS: This driver supports reflecting back 5510 * TX status to the socket error queue when requested with the 5511 * socket option. 5512 * @NL80211_FEATURE_HT_IBSS: This driver supports IBSS with HT datarates. 5513 * @NL80211_FEATURE_INACTIVITY_TIMER: This driver takes care of freeing up 5514 * the connected inactive stations in AP mode. 5515 * @NL80211_FEATURE_CELL_BASE_REG_HINTS: This driver has been tested 5516 * to work properly to suppport receiving regulatory hints from 5517 * cellular base stations. 5518 * @NL80211_FEATURE_P2P_DEVICE_NEEDS_CHANNEL: (no longer available, only 5519 * here to reserve the value for API/ABI compatibility) 5520 * @NL80211_FEATURE_SAE: This driver supports simultaneous authentication of 5521 * equals (SAE) with user space SME (NL80211_CMD_AUTHENTICATE) in station 5522 * mode 5523 * @NL80211_FEATURE_LOW_PRIORITY_SCAN: This driver supports low priority scan 5524 * @NL80211_FEATURE_SCAN_FLUSH: Scan flush is supported 5525 * @NL80211_FEATURE_AP_SCAN: Support scanning using an AP vif 5526 * @NL80211_FEATURE_VIF_TXPOWER: The driver supports per-vif TX power setting 5527 * @NL80211_FEATURE_NEED_OBSS_SCAN: The driver expects userspace to perform 5528 * OBSS scans and generate 20/40 BSS coex reports. This flag is used only 5529 * for drivers implementing the CONNECT API, for AUTH/ASSOC it is implied. 5530 * @NL80211_FEATURE_P2P_GO_CTWIN: P2P GO implementation supports CT Window 5531 * setting 5532 * @NL80211_FEATURE_P2P_GO_OPPPS: P2P GO implementation supports opportunistic 5533 * powersave 5534 * @NL80211_FEATURE_FULL_AP_CLIENT_STATE: The driver supports full state 5535 * transitions for AP clients. Without this flag (and if the driver 5536 * doesn't have the AP SME in the device) the driver supports adding 5537 * stations only when they're associated and adds them in associated 5538 * state (to later be transitioned into authorized), with this flag 5539 * they should be added before even sending the authentication reply 5540 * and then transitioned into authenticated, associated and authorized 5541 * states using station flags. 5542 * Note that even for drivers that support this, the default is to add 5543 * stations in authenticated/associated state, so to add unauthenticated 5544 * stations the authenticated/associated bits have to be set in the mask. 5545 * @NL80211_FEATURE_ADVERTISE_CHAN_LIMITS: cfg80211 advertises channel limits 5546 * (HT40, VHT 80/160 MHz) if this flag is set 5547 * @NL80211_FEATURE_USERSPACE_MPM: This driver supports a userspace Mesh 5548 * Peering Management entity which may be implemented by registering for 5549 * beacons or NL80211_CMD_NEW_PEER_CANDIDATE events. The mesh beacon is 5550 * still generated by the driver. 5551 * @NL80211_FEATURE_ACTIVE_MONITOR: This driver supports an active monitor 5552 * interface. An active monitor interface behaves like a normal monitor 5553 * interface, but gets added to the driver. It ensures that incoming 5554 * unicast packets directed at the configured interface address get ACKed. 5555 * @NL80211_FEATURE_AP_MODE_CHAN_WIDTH_CHANGE: This driver supports dynamic 5556 * channel bandwidth change (e.g., HT 20 <-> 40 MHz channel) during the 5557 * lifetime of a BSS. 5558 * @NL80211_FEATURE_DS_PARAM_SET_IE_IN_PROBES: This device adds a DS Parameter 5559 * Set IE to probe requests. 5560 * @NL80211_FEATURE_WFA_TPC_IE_IN_PROBES: This device adds a WFA TPC Report IE 5561 * to probe requests. 5562 * @NL80211_FEATURE_QUIET: This device, in client mode, supports Quiet Period 5563 * requests sent to it by an AP. 5564 * @NL80211_FEATURE_TX_POWER_INSERTION: This device is capable of inserting the 5565 * current tx power value into the TPC Report IE in the spectrum 5566 * management TPC Report action frame, and in the Radio Measurement Link 5567 * Measurement Report action frame. 5568 * @NL80211_FEATURE_ACKTO_ESTIMATION: This driver supports dynamic ACK timeout 5569 * estimation (dynack). %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_DYN_ACK flag attribute is used 5570 * to enable dynack. 5571 * @NL80211_FEATURE_STATIC_SMPS: Device supports static spatial 5572 * multiplexing powersave, ie. can turn off all but one chain 5573 * even on HT connections that should be using more chains. 5574 * @NL80211_FEATURE_DYNAMIC_SMPS: Device supports dynamic spatial 5575 * multiplexing powersave, ie. can turn off all but one chain 5576 * and then wake the rest up as required after, for example, 5577 * rts/cts handshake. 5578 * @NL80211_FEATURE_SUPPORTS_WMM_ADMISSION: the device supports setting up WMM 5579 * TSPEC sessions (TID aka TSID 0-7) with the %NL80211_CMD_ADD_TX_TS 5580 * command. Standard IEEE 802.11 TSPEC setup is not yet supported, it 5581 * needs to be able to handle Block-Ack agreements and other things. 5582 * @NL80211_FEATURE_MAC_ON_CREATE: Device supports configuring 5583 * the vif's MAC address upon creation. 5584 * See 'macaddr' field in the vif_params (cfg80211.h). 5585 * @NL80211_FEATURE_TDLS_CHANNEL_SWITCH: Driver supports channel switching when 5586 * operating as a TDLS peer. 5587 * @NL80211_FEATURE_SCAN_RANDOM_MAC_ADDR: This device/driver supports using a 5588 * random MAC address during scan (if the device is unassociated); the 5589 * %NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_RANDOM_ADDR flag may be set for scans and the MAC 5590 * address mask/value will be used. 5591 * @NL80211_FEATURE_SCHED_SCAN_RANDOM_MAC_ADDR: This device/driver supports 5592 * using a random MAC address for every scan iteration during scheduled 5593 * scan (while not associated), the %NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_RANDOM_ADDR may 5594 * be set for scheduled scan and the MAC address mask/value will be used. 5595 * @NL80211_FEATURE_ND_RANDOM_MAC_ADDR: This device/driver supports using a 5596 * random MAC address for every scan iteration during "net detect", i.e. 5597 * scan in unassociated WoWLAN, the %NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_RANDOM_ADDR may 5598 * be set for scheduled scan and the MAC address mask/value will be used. 5599 */ 5600 enum nl80211_feature_flags { 5601 NL80211_FEATURE_SK_TX_STATUS = 1 << 0, 5602 NL80211_FEATURE_HT_IBSS = 1 << 1, 5603 NL80211_FEATURE_INACTIVITY_TIMER = 1 << 2, 5604 NL80211_FEATURE_CELL_BASE_REG_HINTS = 1 << 3, 5605 NL80211_FEATURE_P2P_DEVICE_NEEDS_CHANNEL = 1 << 4, 5606 NL80211_FEATURE_SAE = 1 << 5, 5607 NL80211_FEATURE_LOW_PRIORITY_SCAN = 1 << 6, 5608 NL80211_FEATURE_SCAN_FLUSH = 1 << 7, 5609 NL80211_FEATURE_AP_SCAN = 1 << 8, 5610 NL80211_FEATURE_VIF_TXPOWER = 1 << 9, 5611 NL80211_FEATURE_NEED_OBSS_SCAN = 1 << 10, 5612 NL80211_FEATURE_P2P_GO_CTWIN = 1 << 11, 5613 NL80211_FEATURE_P2P_GO_OPPPS = 1 << 12, 5614 /* bit 13 is reserved */ 5615 NL80211_FEATURE_ADVERTISE_CHAN_LIMITS = 1 << 14, 5616 NL80211_FEATURE_FULL_AP_CLIENT_STATE = 1 << 15, 5617 NL80211_FEATURE_USERSPACE_MPM = 1 << 16, 5618 NL80211_FEATURE_ACTIVE_MONITOR = 1 << 17, 5619 NL80211_FEATURE_AP_MODE_CHAN_WIDTH_CHANGE = 1 << 18, 5620 NL80211_FEATURE_DS_PARAM_SET_IE_IN_PROBES = 1 << 19, 5621 NL80211_FEATURE_WFA_TPC_IE_IN_PROBES = 1 << 20, 5622 NL80211_FEATURE_QUIET = 1 << 21, 5623 NL80211_FEATURE_TX_POWER_INSERTION = 1 << 22, 5624 NL80211_FEATURE_ACKTO_ESTIMATION = 1 << 23, 5625 NL80211_FEATURE_STATIC_SMPS = 1 << 24, 5626 NL80211_FEATURE_DYNAMIC_SMPS = 1 << 25, 5627 NL80211_FEATURE_SUPPORTS_WMM_ADMISSION = 1 << 26, 5628 NL80211_FEATURE_MAC_ON_CREATE = 1 << 27, 5629 NL80211_FEATURE_TDLS_CHANNEL_SWITCH = 1 << 28, 5630 NL80211_FEATURE_SCAN_RANDOM_MAC_ADDR = 1 << 29, 5631 NL80211_FEATURE_SCHED_SCAN_RANDOM_MAC_ADDR = 1 << 30, 5632 NL80211_FEATURE_ND_RANDOM_MAC_ADDR = 1U << 31, 5633 }; 5634 5635 /** 5636 * enum nl80211_ext_feature_index - bit index of extended features. 5637 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_VHT_IBSS: This driver supports IBSS with VHT datarates. 5638 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_RRM: This driver supports RRM. When featured, user can 5639 * can request to use RRM (see %NL80211_ATTR_USE_RRM) with 5640 * %NL80211_CMD_ASSOCIATE and %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT requests, which will set 5641 * the ASSOC_REQ_USE_RRM flag in the association request even if 5642 * NL80211_FEATURE_QUIET is not advertized. 5643 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_MU_MIMO_AIR_SNIFFER: This device supports MU-MIMO air 5644 * sniffer which means that it can be configured to hear packets from 5645 * certain groups which can be configured by the 5646 * %NL80211_ATTR_MU_MIMO_GROUP_DATA attribute, 5647 * or can be configured to follow a station by configuring the 5648 * %NL80211_ATTR_MU_MIMO_FOLLOW_MAC_ADDR attribute. 5649 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SCAN_START_TIME: This driver includes the actual 5650 * time the scan started in scan results event. The time is the TSF of 5651 * the BSS that the interface that requested the scan is connected to 5652 * (if available). 5653 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_BSS_PARENT_TSF: Per BSS, this driver reports the 5654 * time the last beacon/probe was received. The time is the TSF of the 5655 * BSS that the interface that requested the scan is connected to 5656 * (if available). 5657 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SET_SCAN_DWELL: This driver supports configuration of 5658 * channel dwell time. 5659 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_BEACON_RATE_LEGACY: Driver supports beacon rate 5660 * configuration (AP/mesh), supporting a legacy (non HT/VHT) rate. 5661 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_BEACON_RATE_HT: Driver supports beacon rate 5662 * configuration (AP/mesh) with HT rates. 5663 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_BEACON_RATE_VHT: Driver supports beacon rate 5664 * configuration (AP/mesh) with VHT rates. 5665 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_FILS_STA: This driver supports Fast Initial Link Setup 5666 * with user space SME (NL80211_CMD_AUTHENTICATE) in station mode. 5667 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_MGMT_TX_RANDOM_TA: This driver supports randomized TA 5668 * in @NL80211_CMD_FRAME while not associated. 5669 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_MGMT_TX_RANDOM_TA_CONNECTED: This driver supports 5670 * randomized TA in @NL80211_CMD_FRAME while associated. 5671 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SCHED_SCAN_RELATIVE_RSSI: The driver supports sched_scan 5672 * for reporting BSSs with better RSSI than the current connected BSS 5673 * (%NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_RELATIVE_RSSI). 5674 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_CQM_RSSI_LIST: With this driver the 5675 * %NL80211_ATTR_CQM_RSSI_THOLD attribute accepts a list of zero or more 5676 * RSSI threshold values to monitor rather than exactly one threshold. 5677 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_FILS_SK_OFFLOAD: Driver SME supports FILS shared key 5678 * authentication with %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT. 5679 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_4WAY_HANDSHAKE_STA_PSK: Device wants to do 4-way 5680 * handshake with PSK in station mode (PSK is passed as part of the connect 5681 * and associate commands), doing it in the host might not be supported. 5682 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_4WAY_HANDSHAKE_STA_1X: Device wants to do doing 4-way 5683 * handshake with 802.1X in station mode (will pass EAP frames to the host 5684 * and accept the set_pmk/del_pmk commands), doing it in the host might not 5685 * be supported. 5686 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_FILS_MAX_CHANNEL_TIME: Driver is capable of overriding 5687 * the max channel attribute in the FILS request params IE with the 5688 * actual dwell time. 5689 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_ACCEPT_BCAST_PROBE_RESP: Driver accepts broadcast probe 5690 * response 5691 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_OCE_PROBE_REQ_HIGH_TX_RATE: Driver supports sending 5692 * the first probe request in each channel at rate of at least 5.5Mbps. 5693 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_OCE_PROBE_REQ_DEFERRAL_SUPPRESSION: Driver supports 5694 * probe request tx deferral and suppression 5695 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_MFP_OPTIONAL: Driver supports the %NL80211_MFP_OPTIONAL 5696 * value in %NL80211_ATTR_USE_MFP. 5697 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_LOW_SPAN_SCAN: Driver supports low span scan. 5698 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_LOW_POWER_SCAN: Driver supports low power scan. 5699 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_HIGH_ACCURACY_SCAN: Driver supports high accuracy scan. 5700 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_DFS_OFFLOAD: HW/driver will offload DFS actions. 5701 * Device or driver will do all DFS-related actions by itself, 5702 * informing user-space about CAC progress, radar detection event, 5703 * channel change triggered by radar detection event. 5704 * No need to start CAC from user-space, no need to react to 5705 * "radar detected" event. 5706 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_CONTROL_PORT_OVER_NL80211: Driver supports sending and 5707 * receiving control port frames over nl80211 instead of the netdevice. 5708 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_ACK_SIGNAL_SUPPORT: This driver/device supports 5709 * (average) ACK signal strength reporting. 5710 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_TXQS: Driver supports FQ-CoDel-enabled intermediate 5711 * TXQs. 5712 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SCAN_RANDOM_SN: Driver/device supports randomizing the 5713 * SN in probe request frames if requested by %NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_RANDOM_SN. 5714 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SCAN_MIN_PREQ_CONTENT: Driver/device can omit all data 5715 * except for supported rates from the probe request content if requested 5716 * by the %NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_MIN_PREQ_CONTENT flag. 5717 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_ENABLE_FTM_RESPONDER: Driver supports enabling fine 5718 * timing measurement responder role. 5719 * 5720 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_CAN_REPLACE_PTK0: Driver/device confirm that they are 5721 * able to rekey an in-use key correctly. Userspace must not rekey PTK keys 5722 * if this flag is not set. Ignoring this can leak clear text packets and/or 5723 * freeze the connection. 5724 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_EXT_KEY_ID: Driver supports "Extended Key ID for 5725 * Individually Addressed Frames" from IEEE802.11-2016. 5726 * 5727 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_AIRTIME_FAIRNESS: Driver supports getting airtime 5728 * fairness for transmitted packets and has enabled airtime fairness 5729 * scheduling. 5730 * 5731 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_AP_PMKSA_CACHING: Driver/device supports PMKSA caching 5732 * (set/del PMKSA operations) in AP mode. 5733 * 5734 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SCHED_SCAN_BAND_SPECIFIC_RSSI_THOLD: Driver supports 5735 * filtering of sched scan results using band specific RSSI thresholds. 5736 * 5737 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_STA_TX_PWR: This driver supports controlling tx power 5738 * to a station. 5739 * 5740 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SAE_OFFLOAD: Device wants to do SAE authentication in 5741 * station mode (SAE password is passed as part of the connect command). 5742 * 5743 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_VLAN_OFFLOAD: The driver supports a single netdev 5744 * with VLAN tagged frames and separate VLAN-specific netdevs added using 5745 * vconfig similarly to the Ethernet case. 5746 * 5747 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_AQL: The driver supports the Airtime Queue Limit (AQL) 5748 * feature, which prevents bufferbloat by using the expected transmission 5749 * time to limit the amount of data buffered in the hardware. 5750 * 5751 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_BEACON_PROTECTION: The driver supports Beacon protection 5752 * and can receive key configuration for BIGTK using key indexes 6 and 7. 5753 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_BEACON_PROTECTION_CLIENT: The driver supports Beacon 5754 * protection as a client only and cannot transmit protected beacons. 5755 * 5756 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_CONTROL_PORT_NO_PREAUTH: The driver can disable the 5757 * forwarding of preauth frames over the control port. They are then 5758 * handled as ordinary data frames. 5759 * 5760 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_PROTECTED_TWT: Driver supports protected TWT frames 5761 * 5762 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_DEL_IBSS_STA: The driver supports removing stations 5763 * in IBSS mode, essentially by dropping their state. 5764 * 5765 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_MULTICAST_REGISTRATIONS: management frame registrations 5766 * are possible for multicast frames and those will be reported properly. 5767 * 5768 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SCAN_FREQ_KHZ: This driver supports receiving and 5769 * reporting scan request with %NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_FREQ_KHZ. In order to 5770 * report %NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_FREQ_KHZ, %NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_FREQ_KHZ must be 5771 * included in the scan request. 5772 * 5773 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_CONTROL_PORT_OVER_NL80211_TX_STATUS: The driver 5774 * can report tx status for control port over nl80211 tx operations. 5775 * 5776 * @NUM_NL80211_EXT_FEATURES: number of extended features. 5777 * @MAX_NL80211_EXT_FEATURES: highest extended feature index. 5778 */ 5779 enum nl80211_ext_feature_index { 5780 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_VHT_IBSS, 5781 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_RRM, 5782 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_MU_MIMO_AIR_SNIFFER, 5783 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SCAN_START_TIME, 5784 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_BSS_PARENT_TSF, 5785 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SET_SCAN_DWELL, 5786 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_BEACON_RATE_LEGACY, 5787 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_BEACON_RATE_HT, 5788 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_BEACON_RATE_VHT, 5789 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_FILS_STA, 5790 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_MGMT_TX_RANDOM_TA, 5791 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_MGMT_TX_RANDOM_TA_CONNECTED, 5792 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SCHED_SCAN_RELATIVE_RSSI, 5793 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_CQM_RSSI_LIST, 5794 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_FILS_SK_OFFLOAD, 5795 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_4WAY_HANDSHAKE_STA_PSK, 5796 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_4WAY_HANDSHAKE_STA_1X, 5797 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_FILS_MAX_CHANNEL_TIME, 5798 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_ACCEPT_BCAST_PROBE_RESP, 5799 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_OCE_PROBE_REQ_HIGH_TX_RATE, 5800 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_OCE_PROBE_REQ_DEFERRAL_SUPPRESSION, 5801 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_MFP_OPTIONAL, 5802 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_LOW_SPAN_SCAN, 5803 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_LOW_POWER_SCAN, 5804 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_HIGH_ACCURACY_SCAN, 5805 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_DFS_OFFLOAD, 5806 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_CONTROL_PORT_OVER_NL80211, 5807 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_ACK_SIGNAL_SUPPORT, 5808 /* we renamed this - stay compatible */ 5809 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_DATA_ACK_SIGNAL_SUPPORT = NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_ACK_SIGNAL_SUPPORT, 5810 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_TXQS, 5811 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SCAN_RANDOM_SN, 5812 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SCAN_MIN_PREQ_CONTENT, 5813 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_CAN_REPLACE_PTK0, 5814 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_ENABLE_FTM_RESPONDER, 5815 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_AIRTIME_FAIRNESS, 5816 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_AP_PMKSA_CACHING, 5817 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SCHED_SCAN_BAND_SPECIFIC_RSSI_THOLD, 5818 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_EXT_KEY_ID, 5819 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_STA_TX_PWR, 5820 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SAE_OFFLOAD, 5821 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_VLAN_OFFLOAD, 5822 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_AQL, 5823 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_BEACON_PROTECTION, 5824 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_CONTROL_PORT_NO_PREAUTH, 5825 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_PROTECTED_TWT, 5826 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_DEL_IBSS_STA, 5827 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_MULTICAST_REGISTRATIONS, 5828 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_BEACON_PROTECTION_CLIENT, 5829 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SCAN_FREQ_KHZ, 5830 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_CONTROL_PORT_OVER_NL80211_TX_STATUS, 5831 5832 /* add new features before the definition below */ 5833 NUM_NL80211_EXT_FEATURES, 5834 MAX_NL80211_EXT_FEATURES = NUM_NL80211_EXT_FEATURES - 1 5835 }; 5836 5837 /** 5838 * enum nl80211_probe_resp_offload_support_attr - optional supported 5839 * protocols for probe-response offloading by the driver/FW. 5840 * To be used with the %NL80211_ATTR_PROBE_RESP_OFFLOAD attribute. 5841 * Each enum value represents a bit in the bitmap of supported 5842 * protocols. Typically a subset of probe-requests belonging to a 5843 * supported protocol will be excluded from offload and uploaded 5844 * to the host. 5845 * 5846 * @NL80211_PROBE_RESP_OFFLOAD_SUPPORT_WPS: Support for WPS ver. 1 5847 * @NL80211_PROBE_RESP_OFFLOAD_SUPPORT_WPS2: Support for WPS ver. 2 5848 * @NL80211_PROBE_RESP_OFFLOAD_SUPPORT_P2P: Support for P2P 5849 * @NL80211_PROBE_RESP_OFFLOAD_SUPPORT_80211U: Support for 802.11u 5850 */ 5851 enum nl80211_probe_resp_offload_support_attr { 5852 NL80211_PROBE_RESP_OFFLOAD_SUPPORT_WPS = 1<<0, 5853 NL80211_PROBE_RESP_OFFLOAD_SUPPORT_WPS2 = 1<<1, 5854 NL80211_PROBE_RESP_OFFLOAD_SUPPORT_P2P = 1<<2, 5855 NL80211_PROBE_RESP_OFFLOAD_SUPPORT_80211U = 1<<3, 5856 }; 5857 5858 /** 5859 * enum nl80211_connect_failed_reason - connection request failed reasons 5860 * @NL80211_CONN_FAIL_MAX_CLIENTS: Maximum number of clients that can be 5861 * handled by the AP is reached. 5862 * @NL80211_CONN_FAIL_BLOCKED_CLIENT: Connection request is rejected due to ACL. 5863 */ 5864 enum nl80211_connect_failed_reason { 5865 NL80211_CONN_FAIL_MAX_CLIENTS, 5866 NL80211_CONN_FAIL_BLOCKED_CLIENT, 5867 }; 5868 5869 /** 5870 * enum nl80211_timeout_reason - timeout reasons 5871 * 5872 * @NL80211_TIMEOUT_UNSPECIFIED: Timeout reason unspecified. 5873 * @NL80211_TIMEOUT_SCAN: Scan (AP discovery) timed out. 5874 * @NL80211_TIMEOUT_AUTH: Authentication timed out. 5875 * @NL80211_TIMEOUT_ASSOC: Association timed out. 5876 */ 5877 enum nl80211_timeout_reason { 5878 NL80211_TIMEOUT_UNSPECIFIED, 5879 NL80211_TIMEOUT_SCAN, 5880 NL80211_TIMEOUT_AUTH, 5881 NL80211_TIMEOUT_ASSOC, 5882 }; 5883 5884 /** 5885 * enum nl80211_scan_flags - scan request control flags 5886 * 5887 * Scan request control flags are used to control the handling 5888 * of NL80211_CMD_TRIGGER_SCAN and NL80211_CMD_START_SCHED_SCAN 5889 * requests. 5890 * 5891 * NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_LOW_SPAN, NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_LOW_POWER, and 5892 * NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_HIGH_ACCURACY flags are exclusive of each other, i.e., only 5893 * one of them can be used in the request. 5894 * 5895 * @NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_LOW_PRIORITY: scan request has low priority 5896 * @NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_FLUSH: flush cache before scanning 5897 * @NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_AP: force a scan even if the interface is configured 5898 * as AP and the beaconing has already been configured. This attribute is 5899 * dangerous because will destroy stations performance as a lot of frames 5900 * will be lost while scanning off-channel, therefore it must be used only 5901 * when really needed 5902 * @NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_RANDOM_ADDR: use a random MAC address for this scan (or 5903 * for scheduled scan: a different one for every scan iteration). When the 5904 * flag is set, depending on device capabilities the @NL80211_ATTR_MAC and 5905 * @NL80211_ATTR_MAC_MASK attributes may also be given in which case only 5906 * the masked bits will be preserved from the MAC address and the remainder 5907 * randomised. If the attributes are not given full randomisation (46 bits, 5908 * locally administered 1, multicast 0) is assumed. 5909 * This flag must not be requested when the feature isn't supported, check 5910 * the nl80211 feature flags for the device. 5911 * @NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_FILS_MAX_CHANNEL_TIME: fill the dwell time in the FILS 5912 * request parameters IE in the probe request 5913 * @NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_ACCEPT_BCAST_PROBE_RESP: accept broadcast probe responses 5914 * @NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_OCE_PROBE_REQ_HIGH_TX_RATE: send probe request frames at 5915 * rate of at least 5.5M. In case non OCE AP is discovered in the channel, 5916 * only the first probe req in the channel will be sent in high rate. 5917 * @NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_OCE_PROBE_REQ_DEFERRAL_SUPPRESSION: allow probe request 5918 * tx deferral (dot11FILSProbeDelay shall be set to 15ms) 5919 * and suppression (if it has received a broadcast Probe Response frame, 5920 * Beacon frame or FILS Discovery frame from an AP that the STA considers 5921 * a suitable candidate for (re-)association - suitable in terms of 5922 * SSID and/or RSSI. 5923 * @NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_LOW_SPAN: Span corresponds to the total time taken to 5924 * accomplish the scan. Thus, this flag intends the driver to perform the 5925 * scan request with lesser span/duration. It is specific to the driver 5926 * implementations on how this is accomplished. Scan accuracy may get 5927 * impacted with this flag. 5928 * @NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_LOW_POWER: This flag intends the scan attempts to consume 5929 * optimal possible power. Drivers can resort to their specific means to 5930 * optimize the power. Scan accuracy may get impacted with this flag. 5931 * @NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_HIGH_ACCURACY: Accuracy here intends to the extent of scan 5932 * results obtained. Thus HIGH_ACCURACY scan flag aims to get maximum 5933 * possible scan results. This flag hints the driver to use the best 5934 * possible scan configuration to improve the accuracy in scanning. 5935 * Latency and power use may get impacted with this flag. 5936 * @NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_RANDOM_SN: randomize the sequence number in probe 5937 * request frames from this scan to avoid correlation/tracking being 5938 * possible. 5939 * @NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_MIN_PREQ_CONTENT: minimize probe request content to 5940 * only have supported rates and no additional capabilities (unless 5941 * added by userspace explicitly.) 5942 * @NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_FREQ_KHZ: report scan results with 5943 * %NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_FREQ_KHZ. This also means 5944 * %NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_FREQUENCIES will not be included. 5945 */ 5946 enum nl80211_scan_flags { 5947 NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_LOW_PRIORITY = 1<<0, 5948 NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_FLUSH = 1<<1, 5949 NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_AP = 1<<2, 5950 NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_RANDOM_ADDR = 1<<3, 5951 NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_FILS_MAX_CHANNEL_TIME = 1<<4, 5952 NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_ACCEPT_BCAST_PROBE_RESP = 1<<5, 5953 NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_OCE_PROBE_REQ_HIGH_TX_RATE = 1<<6, 5954 NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_OCE_PROBE_REQ_DEFERRAL_SUPPRESSION = 1<<7, 5955 NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_LOW_SPAN = 1<<8, 5956 NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_LOW_POWER = 1<<9, 5957 NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_HIGH_ACCURACY = 1<<10, 5958 NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_RANDOM_SN = 1<<11, 5959 NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_MIN_PREQ_CONTENT = 1<<12, 5960 NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_FREQ_KHZ = 1<<13, 5961 }; 5962 5963 /** 5964 * enum nl80211_acl_policy - access control policy 5965 * 5966 * Access control policy is applied on a MAC list set by 5967 * %NL80211_CMD_START_AP and %NL80211_CMD_SET_MAC_ACL, to 5968 * be used with %NL80211_ATTR_ACL_POLICY. 5969 * 5970 * @NL80211_ACL_POLICY_ACCEPT_UNLESS_LISTED: Deny stations which are 5971 * listed in ACL, i.e. allow all the stations which are not listed 5972 * in ACL to authenticate. 5973 * @NL80211_ACL_POLICY_DENY_UNLESS_LISTED: Allow the stations which are listed 5974 * in ACL, i.e. deny all the stations which are not listed in ACL. 5975 */ 5976 enum nl80211_acl_policy { 5977 NL80211_ACL_POLICY_ACCEPT_UNLESS_LISTED, 5978 NL80211_ACL_POLICY_DENY_UNLESS_LISTED, 5979 }; 5980 5981 /** 5982 * enum nl80211_smps_mode - SMPS mode 5983 * 5984 * Requested SMPS mode (for AP mode) 5985 * 5986 * @NL80211_SMPS_OFF: SMPS off (use all antennas). 5987 * @NL80211_SMPS_STATIC: static SMPS (use a single antenna) 5988 * @NL80211_SMPS_DYNAMIC: dynamic smps (start with a single antenna and 5989 * turn on other antennas after CTS/RTS). 5990 */ 5991 enum nl80211_smps_mode { 5992 NL80211_SMPS_OFF, 5993 NL80211_SMPS_STATIC, 5994 NL80211_SMPS_DYNAMIC, 5995 5996 __NL80211_SMPS_AFTER_LAST, 5997 NL80211_SMPS_MAX = __NL80211_SMPS_AFTER_LAST - 1 5998 }; 5999 6000 /** 6001 * enum nl80211_radar_event - type of radar event for DFS operation 6002 * 6003 * Type of event to be used with NL80211_ATTR_RADAR_EVENT to inform userspace 6004 * about detected radars or success of the channel available check (CAC) 6005 * 6006 * @NL80211_RADAR_DETECTED: A radar pattern has been detected. The channel is 6007 * now unusable. 6008 * @NL80211_RADAR_CAC_FINISHED: Channel Availability Check has been finished, 6009 * the channel is now available. 6010 * @NL80211_RADAR_CAC_ABORTED: Channel Availability Check has been aborted, no 6011 * change to the channel status. 6012 * @NL80211_RADAR_NOP_FINISHED: The Non-Occupancy Period for this channel is 6013 * over, channel becomes usable. 6014 * @NL80211_RADAR_PRE_CAC_EXPIRED: Channel Availability Check done on this 6015 * non-operating channel is expired and no longer valid. New CAC must 6016 * be done on this channel before starting the operation. This is not 6017 * applicable for ETSI dfs domain where pre-CAC is valid for ever. 6018 * @NL80211_RADAR_CAC_STARTED: Channel Availability Check has been started, 6019 * should be generated by HW if NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_DFS_OFFLOAD is enabled. 6020 */ 6021 enum nl80211_radar_event { 6022 NL80211_RADAR_DETECTED, 6023 NL80211_RADAR_CAC_FINISHED, 6024 NL80211_RADAR_CAC_ABORTED, 6025 NL80211_RADAR_NOP_FINISHED, 6026 NL80211_RADAR_PRE_CAC_EXPIRED, 6027 NL80211_RADAR_CAC_STARTED, 6028 }; 6029 6030 /** 6031 * enum nl80211_dfs_state - DFS states for channels 6032 * 6033 * Channel states used by the DFS code. 6034 * 6035 * @NL80211_DFS_USABLE: The channel can be used, but channel availability 6036 * check (CAC) must be performed before using it for AP or IBSS. 6037 * @NL80211_DFS_UNAVAILABLE: A radar has been detected on this channel, it 6038 * is therefore marked as not available. 6039 * @NL80211_DFS_AVAILABLE: The channel has been CAC checked and is available. 6040 */ 6041 enum nl80211_dfs_state { 6042 NL80211_DFS_USABLE, 6043 NL80211_DFS_UNAVAILABLE, 6044 NL80211_DFS_AVAILABLE, 6045 }; 6046 6047 /** 6048 * enum enum nl80211_protocol_features - nl80211 protocol features 6049 * @NL80211_PROTOCOL_FEATURE_SPLIT_WIPHY_DUMP: nl80211 supports splitting 6050 * wiphy dumps (if requested by the application with the attribute 6051 * %NL80211_ATTR_SPLIT_WIPHY_DUMP. Also supported is filtering the 6052 * wiphy dump by %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY, %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX or 6053 * %NL80211_ATTR_WDEV. 6054 */ 6055 enum nl80211_protocol_features { 6056 NL80211_PROTOCOL_FEATURE_SPLIT_WIPHY_DUMP = 1 << 0, 6057 }; 6058 6059 /** 6060 * enum nl80211_crit_proto_id - nl80211 critical protocol identifiers 6061 * 6062 * @NL80211_CRIT_PROTO_UNSPEC: protocol unspecified. 6063 * @NL80211_CRIT_PROTO_DHCP: BOOTP or DHCPv6 protocol. 6064 * @NL80211_CRIT_PROTO_EAPOL: EAPOL protocol. 6065 * @NL80211_CRIT_PROTO_APIPA: APIPA protocol. 6066 * @NUM_NL80211_CRIT_PROTO: must be kept last. 6067 */ 6068 enum nl80211_crit_proto_id { 6069 NL80211_CRIT_PROTO_UNSPEC, 6070 NL80211_CRIT_PROTO_DHCP, 6071 NL80211_CRIT_PROTO_EAPOL, 6072 NL80211_CRIT_PROTO_APIPA, 6073 /* add other protocols before this one */ 6074 NUM_NL80211_CRIT_PROTO 6075 }; 6076 6077 /* maximum duration for critical protocol measures */ 6078 #define NL80211_CRIT_PROTO_MAX_DURATION 5000 /* msec */ 6079 6080 /** 6081 * enum nl80211_rxmgmt_flags - flags for received management frame. 6082 * 6083 * Used by cfg80211_rx_mgmt() 6084 * 6085 * @NL80211_RXMGMT_FLAG_ANSWERED: frame was answered by device/driver. 6086 * @NL80211_RXMGMT_FLAG_EXTERNAL_AUTH: Host driver intends to offload 6087 * the authentication. Exclusively defined for host drivers that 6088 * advertises the SME functionality but would like the userspace 6089 * to handle certain authentication algorithms (e.g. SAE). 6090 */ 6091 enum nl80211_rxmgmt_flags { 6092 NL80211_RXMGMT_FLAG_ANSWERED = 1 << 0, 6093 NL80211_RXMGMT_FLAG_EXTERNAL_AUTH = 1 << 1, 6094 }; 6095 6096 /* 6097 * If this flag is unset, the lower 24 bits are an OUI, if set 6098 * a Linux nl80211 vendor ID is used (no such IDs are allocated 6099 * yet, so that's not valid so far) 6100 */ 6101 #define NL80211_VENDOR_ID_IS_LINUX 0x80000000 6102 6103 /** 6104 * struct nl80211_vendor_cmd_info - vendor command data 6105 * @vendor_id: If the %NL80211_VENDOR_ID_IS_LINUX flag is clear, then the 6106 * value is a 24-bit OUI; if it is set then a separately allocated ID 6107 * may be used, but no such IDs are allocated yet. New IDs should be 6108 * added to this file when needed. 6109 * @subcmd: sub-command ID for the command 6110 */ 6111 struct nl80211_vendor_cmd_info { 6112 __u32 vendor_id; 6113 __u32 subcmd; 6114 }; 6115 6116 /** 6117 * enum nl80211_tdls_peer_capability - TDLS peer flags. 6118 * 6119 * Used by tdls_mgmt() to determine which conditional elements need 6120 * to be added to TDLS Setup frames. 6121 * 6122 * @NL80211_TDLS_PEER_HT: TDLS peer is HT capable. 6123 * @NL80211_TDLS_PEER_VHT: TDLS peer is VHT capable. 6124 * @NL80211_TDLS_PEER_WMM: TDLS peer is WMM capable. 6125 */ 6126 enum nl80211_tdls_peer_capability { 6127 NL80211_TDLS_PEER_HT = 1<<0, 6128 NL80211_TDLS_PEER_VHT = 1<<1, 6129 NL80211_TDLS_PEER_WMM = 1<<2, 6130 }; 6131 6132 /** 6133 * enum nl80211_sched_scan_plan - scanning plan for scheduled scan 6134 * @__NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_PLAN_INVALID: attribute number 0 is reserved 6135 * @NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_PLAN_INTERVAL: interval between scan iterations. In 6136 * seconds (u32). 6137 * @NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_PLAN_ITERATIONS: number of scan iterations in this 6138 * scan plan (u32). The last scan plan must not specify this attribute 6139 * because it will run infinitely. A value of zero is invalid as it will 6140 * make the scan plan meaningless. 6141 * @NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_PLAN_MAX: highest scheduled scan plan attribute number 6142 * currently defined 6143 * @__NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_PLAN_AFTER_LAST: internal use 6144 */ 6145 enum nl80211_sched_scan_plan { 6146 __NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_PLAN_INVALID, 6147 NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_PLAN_INTERVAL, 6148 NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_PLAN_ITERATIONS, 6149 6150 /* keep last */ 6151 __NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_PLAN_AFTER_LAST, 6152 NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_PLAN_MAX = 6153 __NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_PLAN_AFTER_LAST - 1 6154 }; 6155 6156 /** 6157 * struct nl80211_bss_select_rssi_adjust - RSSI adjustment parameters. 6158 * 6159 * @band: band of BSS that must match for RSSI value adjustment. The value 6160 * of this field is according to &enum nl80211_band. 6161 * @delta: value used to adjust the RSSI value of matching BSS in dB. 6162 */ 6163 struct nl80211_bss_select_rssi_adjust { 6164 __u8 band; 6165 __s8 delta; 6166 } __attribute__((packed)); 6167 6168 /** 6169 * enum nl80211_bss_select_attr - attributes for bss selection. 6170 * 6171 * @__NL80211_BSS_SELECT_ATTR_INVALID: reserved. 6172 * @NL80211_BSS_SELECT_ATTR_RSSI: Flag indicating only RSSI-based BSS selection 6173 * is requested. 6174 * @NL80211_BSS_SELECT_ATTR_BAND_PREF: attribute indicating BSS 6175 * selection should be done such that the specified band is preferred. 6176 * When there are multiple BSS-es in the preferred band, the driver 6177 * shall use RSSI-based BSS selection as a second step. The value of 6178 * this attribute is according to &enum nl80211_band (u32). 6179 * @NL80211_BSS_SELECT_ATTR_RSSI_ADJUST: When present the RSSI level for 6180 * BSS-es in the specified band is to be adjusted before doing 6181 * RSSI-based BSS selection. The attribute value is a packed structure 6182 * value as specified by &struct nl80211_bss_select_rssi_adjust. 6183 * @NL80211_BSS_SELECT_ATTR_MAX: highest bss select attribute number. 6184 * @__NL80211_BSS_SELECT_ATTR_AFTER_LAST: internal use. 6185 * 6186 * One and only one of these attributes are found within %NL80211_ATTR_BSS_SELECT 6187 * for %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT. It specifies the required BSS selection behaviour 6188 * which the driver shall use. 6189 */ 6190 enum nl80211_bss_select_attr { 6191 __NL80211_BSS_SELECT_ATTR_INVALID, 6192 NL80211_BSS_SELECT_ATTR_RSSI, 6193 NL80211_BSS_SELECT_ATTR_BAND_PREF, 6194 NL80211_BSS_SELECT_ATTR_RSSI_ADJUST, 6195 6196 /* keep last */ 6197 __NL80211_BSS_SELECT_ATTR_AFTER_LAST, 6198 NL80211_BSS_SELECT_ATTR_MAX = __NL80211_BSS_SELECT_ATTR_AFTER_LAST - 1 6199 }; 6200 6201 /** 6202 * enum nl80211_nan_function_type - NAN function type 6203 * 6204 * Defines the function type of a NAN function 6205 * 6206 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_PUBLISH: function is publish 6207 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_SUBSCRIBE: function is subscribe 6208 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_FOLLOW_UP: function is follow-up 6209 */ 6210 enum nl80211_nan_function_type { 6211 NL80211_NAN_FUNC_PUBLISH, 6212 NL80211_NAN_FUNC_SUBSCRIBE, 6213 NL80211_NAN_FUNC_FOLLOW_UP, 6214 6215 /* keep last */ 6216 __NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TYPE_AFTER_LAST, 6217 NL80211_NAN_FUNC_MAX_TYPE = __NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TYPE_AFTER_LAST - 1, 6218 }; 6219 6220 /** 6221 * enum nl80211_nan_publish_type - NAN publish tx type 6222 * 6223 * Defines how to send publish Service Discovery Frames 6224 * 6225 * @NL80211_NAN_SOLICITED_PUBLISH: publish function is solicited 6226 * @NL80211_NAN_UNSOLICITED_PUBLISH: publish function is unsolicited 6227 */ 6228 enum nl80211_nan_publish_type { 6229 NL80211_NAN_SOLICITED_PUBLISH = 1 << 0, 6230 NL80211_NAN_UNSOLICITED_PUBLISH = 1 << 1, 6231 }; 6232 6233 /** 6234 * enum nl80211_nan_func_term_reason - NAN functions termination reason 6235 * 6236 * Defines termination reasons of a NAN function 6237 * 6238 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TERM_REASON_USER_REQUEST: requested by user 6239 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TERM_REASON_TTL_EXPIRED: timeout 6240 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TERM_REASON_ERROR: errored 6241 */ 6242 enum nl80211_nan_func_term_reason { 6243 NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TERM_REASON_USER_REQUEST, 6244 NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TERM_REASON_TTL_EXPIRED, 6245 NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TERM_REASON_ERROR, 6246 }; 6247 6248 #define NL80211_NAN_FUNC_SERVICE_ID_LEN 6 6249 #define NL80211_NAN_FUNC_SERVICE_SPEC_INFO_MAX_LEN 0xff 6250 #define NL80211_NAN_FUNC_SRF_MAX_LEN 0xff 6251 6252 /** 6253 * enum nl80211_nan_func_attributes - NAN function attributes 6254 * @__NL80211_NAN_FUNC_INVALID: invalid 6255 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TYPE: &enum nl80211_nan_function_type (u8). 6256 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_SERVICE_ID: 6 bytes of the service ID hash as 6257 * specified in NAN spec. This is a binary attribute. 6258 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_PUBLISH_TYPE: relevant if the function's type is 6259 * publish. Defines the transmission type for the publish Service Discovery 6260 * Frame, see &enum nl80211_nan_publish_type. Its type is u8. 6261 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_PUBLISH_BCAST: relevant if the function is a solicited 6262 * publish. Should the solicited publish Service Discovery Frame be sent to 6263 * the NAN Broadcast address. This is a flag. 6264 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_SUBSCRIBE_ACTIVE: relevant if the function's type is 6265 * subscribe. Is the subscribe active. This is a flag. 6266 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_FOLLOW_UP_ID: relevant if the function's type is follow up. 6267 * The instance ID for the follow up Service Discovery Frame. This is u8. 6268 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_FOLLOW_UP_REQ_ID: relevant if the function's type 6269 * is follow up. This is a u8. 6270 * The requestor instance ID for the follow up Service Discovery Frame. 6271 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_FOLLOW_UP_DEST: the MAC address of the recipient of the 6272 * follow up Service Discovery Frame. This is a binary attribute. 6273 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_CLOSE_RANGE: is this function limited for devices in a 6274 * close range. The range itself (RSSI) is defined by the device. 6275 * This is a flag. 6276 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TTL: strictly positive number of DWs this function should 6277 * stay active. If not present infinite TTL is assumed. This is a u32. 6278 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_SERVICE_INFO: array of bytes describing the service 6279 * specific info. This is a binary attribute. 6280 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_SRF: Service Receive Filter. This is a nested attribute. 6281 * See &enum nl80211_nan_srf_attributes. 6282 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_RX_MATCH_FILTER: Receive Matching filter. This is a nested 6283 * attribute. It is a list of binary values. 6284 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TX_MATCH_FILTER: Transmit Matching filter. This is a 6285 * nested attribute. It is a list of binary values. 6286 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_INSTANCE_ID: The instance ID of the function. 6287 * Its type is u8 and it cannot be 0. 6288 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TERM_REASON: NAN function termination reason. 6289 * See &enum nl80211_nan_func_term_reason. 6290 * 6291 * @NUM_NL80211_NAN_FUNC_ATTR: internal 6292 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_ATTR_MAX: highest NAN function attribute 6293 */ 6294 enum nl80211_nan_func_attributes { 6295 __NL80211_NAN_FUNC_INVALID, 6296 NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TYPE, 6297 NL80211_NAN_FUNC_SERVICE_ID, 6298 NL80211_NAN_FUNC_PUBLISH_TYPE, 6299 NL80211_NAN_FUNC_PUBLISH_BCAST, 6300 NL80211_NAN_FUNC_SUBSCRIBE_ACTIVE, 6301 NL80211_NAN_FUNC_FOLLOW_UP_ID, 6302 NL80211_NAN_FUNC_FOLLOW_UP_REQ_ID, 6303 NL80211_NAN_FUNC_FOLLOW_UP_DEST, 6304 NL80211_NAN_FUNC_CLOSE_RANGE, 6305 NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TTL, 6306 NL80211_NAN_FUNC_SERVICE_INFO, 6307 NL80211_NAN_FUNC_SRF, 6308 NL80211_NAN_FUNC_RX_MATCH_FILTER, 6309 NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TX_MATCH_FILTER, 6310 NL80211_NAN_FUNC_INSTANCE_ID, 6311 NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TERM_REASON, 6312 6313 /* keep last */ 6314 NUM_NL80211_NAN_FUNC_ATTR, 6315 NL80211_NAN_FUNC_ATTR_MAX = NUM_NL80211_NAN_FUNC_ATTR - 1 6316 }; 6317 6318 /** 6319 * enum nl80211_nan_srf_attributes - NAN Service Response filter attributes 6320 * @__NL80211_NAN_SRF_INVALID: invalid 6321 * @NL80211_NAN_SRF_INCLUDE: present if the include bit of the SRF set. 6322 * This is a flag. 6323 * @NL80211_NAN_SRF_BF: Bloom Filter. Present if and only if 6324 * %NL80211_NAN_SRF_MAC_ADDRS isn't present. This attribute is binary. 6325 * @NL80211_NAN_SRF_BF_IDX: index of the Bloom Filter. Mandatory if 6326 * %NL80211_NAN_SRF_BF is present. This is a u8. 6327 * @NL80211_NAN_SRF_MAC_ADDRS: list of MAC addresses for the SRF. Present if 6328 * and only if %NL80211_NAN_SRF_BF isn't present. This is a nested 6329 * attribute. Each nested attribute is a MAC address. 6330 * @NUM_NL80211_NAN_SRF_ATTR: internal 6331 * @NL80211_NAN_SRF_ATTR_MAX: highest NAN SRF attribute 6332 */ 6333 enum nl80211_nan_srf_attributes { 6334 __NL80211_NAN_SRF_INVALID, 6335 NL80211_NAN_SRF_INCLUDE, 6336 NL80211_NAN_SRF_BF, 6337 NL80211_NAN_SRF_BF_IDX, 6338 NL80211_NAN_SRF_MAC_ADDRS, 6339 6340 /* keep last */ 6341 NUM_NL80211_NAN_SRF_ATTR, 6342 NL80211_NAN_SRF_ATTR_MAX = NUM_NL80211_NAN_SRF_ATTR - 1, 6343 }; 6344 6345 /** 6346 * enum nl80211_nan_match_attributes - NAN match attributes 6347 * @__NL80211_NAN_MATCH_INVALID: invalid 6348 * @NL80211_NAN_MATCH_FUNC_LOCAL: the local function that had the 6349 * match. This is a nested attribute. 6350 * See &enum nl80211_nan_func_attributes. 6351 * @NL80211_NAN_MATCH_FUNC_PEER: the peer function 6352 * that caused the match. This is a nested attribute. 6353 * See &enum nl80211_nan_func_attributes. 6354 * 6355 * @NUM_NL80211_NAN_MATCH_ATTR: internal 6356 * @NL80211_NAN_MATCH_ATTR_MAX: highest NAN match attribute 6357 */ 6358 enum nl80211_nan_match_attributes { 6359 __NL80211_NAN_MATCH_INVALID, 6360 NL80211_NAN_MATCH_FUNC_LOCAL, 6361 NL80211_NAN_MATCH_FUNC_PEER, 6362 6363 /* keep last */ 6364 NUM_NL80211_NAN_MATCH_ATTR, 6365 NL80211_NAN_MATCH_ATTR_MAX = NUM_NL80211_NAN_MATCH_ATTR - 1 6366 }; 6367 6368 /** 6369 * nl80211_external_auth_action - Action to perform with external 6370 * authentication request. Used by NL80211_ATTR_EXTERNAL_AUTH_ACTION. 6371 * @NL80211_EXTERNAL_AUTH_START: Start the authentication. 6372 * @NL80211_EXTERNAL_AUTH_ABORT: Abort the ongoing authentication. 6373 */ 6374 enum nl80211_external_auth_action { 6375 NL80211_EXTERNAL_AUTH_START, 6376 NL80211_EXTERNAL_AUTH_ABORT, 6377 }; 6378 6379 /** 6380 * enum nl80211_ftm_responder_attributes - fine timing measurement 6381 * responder attributes 6382 * @__NL80211_FTM_RESP_ATTR_INVALID: Invalid 6383 * @NL80211_FTM_RESP_ATTR_ENABLED: FTM responder is enabled 6384 * @NL80211_FTM_RESP_ATTR_LCI: The content of Measurement Report Element 6385 * (9.4.2.22 in 802.11-2016) with type 8 - LCI (9.4.2.22.10), 6386 * i.e. starting with the measurement token 6387 * @NL80211_FTM_RESP_ATTR_CIVIC: The content of Measurement Report Element 6388 * (9.4.2.22 in 802.11-2016) with type 11 - Civic (Section 9.4.2.22.13), 6389 * i.e. starting with the measurement token 6390 * @__NL80211_FTM_RESP_ATTR_LAST: Internal 6391 * @NL80211_FTM_RESP_ATTR_MAX: highest FTM responder attribute. 6392 */ 6393 enum nl80211_ftm_responder_attributes { 6394 __NL80211_FTM_RESP_ATTR_INVALID, 6395 6396 NL80211_FTM_RESP_ATTR_ENABLED, 6397 NL80211_FTM_RESP_ATTR_LCI, 6398 NL80211_FTM_RESP_ATTR_CIVICLOC, 6399 6400 /* keep last */ 6401 __NL80211_FTM_RESP_ATTR_LAST, 6402 NL80211_FTM_RESP_ATTR_MAX = __NL80211_FTM_RESP_ATTR_LAST - 1, 6403 }; 6404 6405 /* 6406 * enum nl80211_ftm_responder_stats - FTM responder statistics 6407 * 6408 * These attribute types are used with %NL80211_ATTR_FTM_RESPONDER_STATS 6409 * when getting FTM responder statistics. 6410 * 6411 * @__NL80211_FTM_STATS_INVALID: attribute number 0 is reserved 6412 * @NL80211_FTM_STATS_SUCCESS_NUM: number of FTM sessions in which all frames 6413 * were ssfully answered (u32) 6414 * @NL80211_FTM_STATS_PARTIAL_NUM: number of FTM sessions in which part of the 6415 * frames were successfully answered (u32) 6416 * @NL80211_FTM_STATS_FAILED_NUM: number of failed FTM sessions (u32) 6417 * @NL80211_FTM_STATS_ASAP_NUM: number of ASAP sessions (u32) 6418 * @NL80211_FTM_STATS_NON_ASAP_NUM: number of non-ASAP sessions (u32) 6419 * @NL80211_FTM_STATS_TOTAL_DURATION_MSEC: total sessions durations - gives an 6420 * indication of how much time the responder was busy (u64, msec) 6421 * @NL80211_FTM_STATS_UNKNOWN_TRIGGERS_NUM: number of unknown FTM triggers - 6422 * triggers from initiators that didn't finish successfully the negotiation 6423 * phase with the responder (u32) 6424 * @NL80211_FTM_STATS_RESCHEDULE_REQUESTS_NUM: number of FTM reschedule requests 6425 * - initiator asks for a new scheduling although it already has scheduled 6426 * FTM slot (u32) 6427 * @NL80211_FTM_STATS_OUT_OF_WINDOW_TRIGGERS_NUM: number of FTM triggers out of 6428 * scheduled window (u32) 6429 * @NL80211_FTM_STATS_PAD: used for padding, ignore 6430 * @__NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_AFTER_LAST: Internal 6431 * @NL80211_FTM_STATS_MAX: highest possible FTM responder stats attribute 6432 */ 6433 enum nl80211_ftm_responder_stats { 6434 __NL80211_FTM_STATS_INVALID, 6435 NL80211_FTM_STATS_SUCCESS_NUM, 6436 NL80211_FTM_STATS_PARTIAL_NUM, 6437 NL80211_FTM_STATS_FAILED_NUM, 6438 NL80211_FTM_STATS_ASAP_NUM, 6439 NL80211_FTM_STATS_NON_ASAP_NUM, 6440 NL80211_FTM_STATS_TOTAL_DURATION_MSEC, 6441 NL80211_FTM_STATS_UNKNOWN_TRIGGERS_NUM, 6442 NL80211_FTM_STATS_RESCHEDULE_REQUESTS_NUM, 6443 NL80211_FTM_STATS_OUT_OF_WINDOW_TRIGGERS_NUM, 6444 NL80211_FTM_STATS_PAD, 6445 6446 /* keep last */ 6447 __NL80211_FTM_STATS_AFTER_LAST, 6448 NL80211_FTM_STATS_MAX = __NL80211_FTM_STATS_AFTER_LAST - 1 6449 }; 6450 6451 /** 6452 * enum nl80211_preamble - frame preamble types 6453 * @NL80211_PREAMBLE_LEGACY: legacy (HR/DSSS, OFDM, ERP PHY) preamble 6454 * @NL80211_PREAMBLE_HT: HT preamble 6455 * @NL80211_PREAMBLE_VHT: VHT preamble 6456 * @NL80211_PREAMBLE_DMG: DMG preamble 6457 * @NL80211_PREAMBLE_HE: HE preamble 6458 */ 6459 enum nl80211_preamble { 6460 NL80211_PREAMBLE_LEGACY, 6461 NL80211_PREAMBLE_HT, 6462 NL80211_PREAMBLE_VHT, 6463 NL80211_PREAMBLE_DMG, 6464 NL80211_PREAMBLE_HE, 6465 }; 6466 6467 /** 6468 * enum nl80211_peer_measurement_type - peer measurement types 6469 * @NL80211_PMSR_TYPE_INVALID: invalid/unused, needed as we use 6470 * these numbers also for attributes 6471 * 6472 * @NL80211_PMSR_TYPE_FTM: flight time measurement 6473 * 6474 * @NUM_NL80211_PMSR_TYPES: internal 6475 * @NL80211_PMSR_TYPE_MAX: highest type number 6476 */ 6477 enum nl80211_peer_measurement_type { 6478 NL80211_PMSR_TYPE_INVALID, 6479 6480 NL80211_PMSR_TYPE_FTM, 6481 6482 NUM_NL80211_PMSR_TYPES, 6483 NL80211_PMSR_TYPE_MAX = NUM_NL80211_PMSR_TYPES - 1 6484 }; 6485 6486 /** 6487 * enum nl80211_peer_measurement_status - peer measurement status 6488 * @NL80211_PMSR_STATUS_SUCCESS: measurement completed successfully 6489 * @NL80211_PMSR_STATUS_REFUSED: measurement was locally refused 6490 * @NL80211_PMSR_STATUS_TIMEOUT: measurement timed out 6491 * @NL80211_PMSR_STATUS_FAILURE: measurement failed, a type-dependent 6492 * reason may be available in the response data 6493 */ 6494 enum nl80211_peer_measurement_status { 6495 NL80211_PMSR_STATUS_SUCCESS, 6496 NL80211_PMSR_STATUS_REFUSED, 6497 NL80211_PMSR_STATUS_TIMEOUT, 6498 NL80211_PMSR_STATUS_FAILURE, 6499 }; 6500 6501 /** 6502 * enum nl80211_peer_measurement_req - peer measurement request attributes 6503 * @__NL80211_PMSR_REQ_ATTR_INVALID: invalid 6504 * 6505 * @NL80211_PMSR_REQ_ATTR_DATA: This is a nested attribute with measurement 6506 * type-specific request data inside. The attributes used are from the 6507 * enums named nl80211_peer_measurement_<type>_req. 6508 * @NL80211_PMSR_REQ_ATTR_GET_AP_TSF: include AP TSF timestamp, if supported 6509 * (flag attribute) 6510 * 6511 * @NUM_NL80211_PMSR_REQ_ATTRS: internal 6512 * @NL80211_PMSR_REQ_ATTR_MAX: highest attribute number 6513 */ 6514 enum nl80211_peer_measurement_req { 6515 __NL80211_PMSR_REQ_ATTR_INVALID, 6516 6517 NL80211_PMSR_REQ_ATTR_DATA, 6518 NL80211_PMSR_REQ_ATTR_GET_AP_TSF, 6519 6520 /* keep last */ 6521 NUM_NL80211_PMSR_REQ_ATTRS, 6522 NL80211_PMSR_REQ_ATTR_MAX = NUM_NL80211_PMSR_REQ_ATTRS - 1 6523 }; 6524 6525 /** 6526 * enum nl80211_peer_measurement_resp - peer measurement response attributes 6527 * @__NL80211_PMSR_RESP_ATTR_INVALID: invalid 6528 * 6529 * @NL80211_PMSR_RESP_ATTR_DATA: This is a nested attribute with measurement 6530 * type-specific results inside. The attributes used are from the enums 6531 * named nl80211_peer_measurement_<type>_resp. 6532 * @NL80211_PMSR_RESP_ATTR_STATUS: u32 value with the measurement status 6533 * (using values from &enum nl80211_peer_measurement_status.) 6534 * @NL80211_PMSR_RESP_ATTR_HOST_TIME: host time (%CLOCK_BOOTTIME) when the 6535 * result was measured; this value is not expected to be accurate to 6536 * more than 20ms. (u64, nanoseconds) 6537 * @NL80211_PMSR_RESP_ATTR_AP_TSF: TSF of the AP that the interface 6538 * doing the measurement is connected to when the result was measured. 6539 * This shall be accurately reported if supported and requested 6540 * (u64, usec) 6541 * @NL80211_PMSR_RESP_ATTR_FINAL: If results are sent to the host partially 6542 * (*e.g. with FTM per-burst data) this flag will be cleared on all but 6543 * the last result; if all results are combined it's set on the single 6544 * result. 6545 * @NL80211_PMSR_RESP_ATTR_PAD: padding for 64-bit attributes, ignore 6546 * 6547 * @NUM_NL80211_PMSR_RESP_ATTRS: internal 6548 * @NL80211_PMSR_RESP_ATTR_MAX: highest attribute number 6549 */ 6550 enum nl80211_peer_measurement_resp { 6551 __NL80211_PMSR_RESP_ATTR_INVALID, 6552 6553 NL80211_PMSR_RESP_ATTR_DATA, 6554 NL80211_PMSR_RESP_ATTR_STATUS, 6555 NL80211_PMSR_RESP_ATTR_HOST_TIME, 6556 NL80211_PMSR_RESP_ATTR_AP_TSF, 6557 NL80211_PMSR_RESP_ATTR_FINAL, 6558 NL80211_PMSR_RESP_ATTR_PAD, 6559 6560 /* keep last */ 6561 NUM_NL80211_PMSR_RESP_ATTRS, 6562 NL80211_PMSR_RESP_ATTR_MAX = NUM_NL80211_PMSR_RESP_ATTRS - 1 6563 }; 6564 6565 /** 6566 * enum nl80211_peer_measurement_peer_attrs - peer attributes for measurement 6567 * @__NL80211_PMSR_PEER_ATTR_INVALID: invalid 6568 * 6569 * @NL80211_PMSR_PEER_ATTR_ADDR: peer's MAC address 6570 * @NL80211_PMSR_PEER_ATTR_CHAN: channel definition, nested, using top-level 6571 * attributes like %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ etc. 6572 * @NL80211_PMSR_PEER_ATTR_REQ: This is a nested attribute indexed by 6573 * measurement type, with attributes from the 6574 * &enum nl80211_peer_measurement_req inside. 6575 * @NL80211_PMSR_PEER_ATTR_RESP: This is a nested attribute indexed by 6576 * measurement type, with attributes from the 6577 * &enum nl80211_peer_measurement_resp inside. 6578 * 6579 * @NUM_NL80211_PMSR_PEER_ATTRS: internal 6580 * @NL80211_PMSR_PEER_ATTR_MAX: highest attribute number 6581 */ 6582 enum nl80211_peer_measurement_peer_attrs { 6583 __NL80211_PMSR_PEER_ATTR_INVALID, 6584 6585 NL80211_PMSR_PEER_ATTR_ADDR, 6586 NL80211_PMSR_PEER_ATTR_CHAN, 6587 NL80211_PMSR_PEER_ATTR_REQ, 6588 NL80211_PMSR_PEER_ATTR_RESP, 6589 6590 /* keep last */ 6591 NUM_NL80211_PMSR_PEER_ATTRS, 6592 NL80211_PMSR_PEER_ATTR_MAX = NUM_NL80211_PMSR_PEER_ATTRS - 1, 6593 }; 6594 6595 /** 6596 * enum nl80211_peer_measurement_attrs - peer measurement attributes 6597 * @__NL80211_PMSR_ATTR_INVALID: invalid 6598 * 6599 * @NL80211_PMSR_ATTR_MAX_PEERS: u32 attribute used for capability 6600 * advertisement only, indicates the maximum number of peers 6601 * measurements can be done with in a single request 6602 * @NL80211_PMSR_ATTR_REPORT_AP_TSF: flag attribute in capability 6603 * indicating that the connected AP's TSF can be reported in 6604 * measurement results 6605 * @NL80211_PMSR_ATTR_RANDOMIZE_MAC_ADDR: flag attribute in capability 6606 * indicating that MAC address randomization is supported. 6607 * @NL80211_PMSR_ATTR_TYPE_CAPA: capabilities reported by the device, 6608 * this contains a nesting indexed by measurement type, and 6609 * type-specific capabilities inside, which are from the enums 6610 * named nl80211_peer_measurement_<type>_capa. 6611 * @NL80211_PMSR_ATTR_PEERS: nested attribute, the nesting index is 6612 * meaningless, just a list of peers to measure with, with the 6613 * sub-attributes taken from 6614 * &enum nl80211_peer_measurement_peer_attrs. 6615 * 6616 * @NUM_NL80211_PMSR_ATTR: internal 6617 * @NL80211_PMSR_ATTR_MAX: highest attribute number 6618 */ 6619 enum nl80211_peer_measurement_attrs { 6620 __NL80211_PMSR_ATTR_INVALID, 6621 6622 NL80211_PMSR_ATTR_MAX_PEERS, 6623 NL80211_PMSR_ATTR_REPORT_AP_TSF, 6624 NL80211_PMSR_ATTR_RANDOMIZE_MAC_ADDR, 6625 NL80211_PMSR_ATTR_TYPE_CAPA, 6626 NL80211_PMSR_ATTR_PEERS, 6627 6628 /* keep last */ 6629 NUM_NL80211_PMSR_ATTR, 6630 NL80211_PMSR_ATTR_MAX = NUM_NL80211_PMSR_ATTR - 1 6631 }; 6632 6633 /** 6634 * enum nl80211_peer_measurement_ftm_capa - FTM capabilities 6635 * @__NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_INVALID: invalid 6636 * 6637 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_ASAP: flag attribute indicating ASAP mode 6638 * is supported 6639 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_NON_ASAP: flag attribute indicating non-ASAP 6640 * mode is supported 6641 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_REQ_LCI: flag attribute indicating if LCI 6642 * data can be requested during the measurement 6643 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_REQ_CIVICLOC: flag attribute indicating if civic 6644 * location data can be requested during the measurement 6645 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_PREAMBLES: u32 bitmap attribute of bits 6646 * from &enum nl80211_preamble. 6647 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_BANDWIDTHS: bitmap of values from 6648 * &enum nl80211_chan_width indicating the supported channel 6649 * bandwidths for FTM. Note that a higher channel bandwidth may be 6650 * configured to allow for other measurements types with different 6651 * bandwidth requirement in the same measurement. 6652 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_MAX_BURSTS_EXPONENT: u32 attribute indicating 6653 * the maximum bursts exponent that can be used (if not present anything 6654 * is valid) 6655 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_MAX_FTMS_PER_BURST: u32 attribute indicating 6656 * the maximum FTMs per burst (if not present anything is valid) 6657 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_TRIGGER_BASED: flag attribute indicating if 6658 * trigger based ranging measurement is supported 6659 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_NON_TRIGGER_BASED: flag attribute indicating 6660 * if non trigger based ranging measurement is supported 6661 * 6662 * @NUM_NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR: internal 6663 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_MAX: highest attribute number 6664 */ 6665 enum nl80211_peer_measurement_ftm_capa { 6666 __NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_INVALID, 6667 6668 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_ASAP, 6669 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_NON_ASAP, 6670 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_REQ_LCI, 6671 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_REQ_CIVICLOC, 6672 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_PREAMBLES, 6673 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_BANDWIDTHS, 6674 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_MAX_BURSTS_EXPONENT, 6675 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_MAX_FTMS_PER_BURST, 6676 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_TRIGGER_BASED, 6677 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_NON_TRIGGER_BASED, 6678 6679 /* keep last */ 6680 NUM_NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR, 6681 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_MAX = NUM_NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR - 1 6682 }; 6683 6684 /** 6685 * enum nl80211_peer_measurement_ftm_req - FTM request attributes 6686 * @__NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_INVALID: invalid 6687 * 6688 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_ASAP: ASAP mode requested (flag) 6689 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_PREAMBLE: preamble type (see 6690 * &enum nl80211_preamble), optional for DMG (u32) 6691 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_NUM_BURSTS_EXP: number of bursts exponent as in 6692 * 802.11-2016 9.4.2.168 "Fine Timing Measurement Parameters element" 6693 * (u8, 0-15, optional with default 15 i.e. "no preference") 6694 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_BURST_PERIOD: interval between bursts in units 6695 * of 100ms (u16, optional with default 0) 6696 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_BURST_DURATION: burst duration, as in 802.11-2016 6697 * Table 9-257 "Burst Duration field encoding" (u8, 0-15, optional with 6698 * default 15 i.e. "no preference") 6699 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_FTMS_PER_BURST: number of successful FTM frames 6700 * requested per burst 6701 * (u8, 0-31, optional with default 0 i.e. "no preference") 6702 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_NUM_FTMR_RETRIES: number of FTMR frame retries 6703 * (u8, default 3) 6704 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_REQUEST_LCI: request LCI data (flag) 6705 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_REQUEST_CIVICLOC: request civic location data 6706 * (flag) 6707 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_TRIGGER_BASED: request trigger based ranging 6708 * measurement (flag). 6709 * This attribute and %NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_NON_TRIGGER_BASED are 6710 * mutually exclusive. 6711 * if neither %NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_TRIGGER_BASED nor 6712 * %NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_NON_TRIGGER_BASED is set, EDCA based 6713 * ranging will be used. 6714 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_NON_TRIGGER_BASED: request non trigger based 6715 * ranging measurement (flag) 6716 * This attribute and %NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_TRIGGER_BASED are 6717 * mutually exclusive. 6718 * if neither %NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_TRIGGER_BASED nor 6719 * %NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_NON_TRIGGER_BASED is set, EDCA based 6720 * ranging will be used. 6721 * 6722 * @NUM_NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR: internal 6723 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_MAX: highest attribute number 6724 */ 6725 enum nl80211_peer_measurement_ftm_req { 6726 __NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_INVALID, 6727 6728 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_ASAP, 6729 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_PREAMBLE, 6730 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_NUM_BURSTS_EXP, 6731 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_BURST_PERIOD, 6732 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_BURST_DURATION, 6733 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_FTMS_PER_BURST, 6734 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_NUM_FTMR_RETRIES, 6735 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_REQUEST_LCI, 6736 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_REQUEST_CIVICLOC, 6737 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_TRIGGER_BASED, 6738 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_NON_TRIGGER_BASED, 6739 6740 /* keep last */ 6741 NUM_NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR, 6742 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_MAX = NUM_NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR - 1 6743 }; 6744 6745 /** 6746 * enum nl80211_peer_measurement_ftm_failure_reasons - FTM failure reasons 6747 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_FAILURE_UNSPECIFIED: unspecified failure, not used 6748 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_FAILURE_NO_RESPONSE: no response from the FTM responder 6749 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_FAILURE_REJECTED: FTM responder rejected measurement 6750 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_FAILURE_WRONG_CHANNEL: we already know the peer is 6751 * on a different channel, so can't measure (if we didn't know, we'd 6752 * try and get no response) 6753 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_FAILURE_PEER_NOT_CAPABLE: peer can't actually do FTM 6754 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_FAILURE_INVALID_TIMESTAMP: invalid T1/T4 timestamps 6755 * received 6756 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_FAILURE_PEER_BUSY: peer reports busy, you may retry 6757 * later (see %NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_BUSY_RETRY_TIME) 6758 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_FAILURE_BAD_CHANGED_PARAMS: parameters were changed 6759 * by the peer and are no longer supported 6760 */ 6761 enum nl80211_peer_measurement_ftm_failure_reasons { 6762 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_FAILURE_UNSPECIFIED, 6763 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_FAILURE_NO_RESPONSE, 6764 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_FAILURE_REJECTED, 6765 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_FAILURE_WRONG_CHANNEL, 6766 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_FAILURE_PEER_NOT_CAPABLE, 6767 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_FAILURE_INVALID_TIMESTAMP, 6768 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_FAILURE_PEER_BUSY, 6769 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_FAILURE_BAD_CHANGED_PARAMS, 6770 }; 6771 6772 /** 6773 * enum nl80211_peer_measurement_ftm_resp - FTM response attributes 6774 * @__NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_INVALID: invalid 6775 * 6776 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_FAIL_REASON: FTM-specific failure reason 6777 * (u32, optional) 6778 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_BURST_INDEX: optional, if bursts are reported 6779 * as separate results then it will be the burst index 0...(N-1) and 6780 * the top level will indicate partial results (u32) 6781 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_NUM_FTMR_ATTEMPTS: number of FTM Request frames 6782 * transmitted (u32, optional) 6783 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_NUM_FTMR_SUCCESSES: number of FTM Request frames 6784 * that were acknowleged (u32, optional) 6785 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_BUSY_RETRY_TIME: retry time received from the 6786 * busy peer (u32, seconds) 6787 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_NUM_BURSTS_EXP: actual number of bursts exponent 6788 * used by the responder (similar to request, u8) 6789 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_BURST_DURATION: actual burst duration used by 6790 * the responder (similar to request, u8) 6791 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_FTMS_PER_BURST: actual FTMs per burst used 6792 * by the responder (similar to request, u8) 6793 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_RSSI_AVG: average RSSI across all FTM action 6794 * frames (optional, s32, 1/2 dBm) 6795 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_RSSI_SPREAD: RSSI spread across all FTM action 6796 * frames (optional, s32, 1/2 dBm) 6797 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_TX_RATE: bitrate we used for the response to the 6798 * FTM action frame (optional, nested, using &enum nl80211_rate_info 6799 * attributes) 6800 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_RX_RATE: bitrate the responder used for the FTM 6801 * action frame (optional, nested, using &enum nl80211_rate_info attrs) 6802 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_RTT_AVG: average RTT (s64, picoseconds, optional 6803 * but one of RTT/DIST must be present) 6804 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_RTT_VARIANCE: RTT variance (u64, ps^2, note that 6805 * standard deviation is the square root of variance, optional) 6806 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_RTT_SPREAD: RTT spread (u64, picoseconds, 6807 * optional) 6808 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_DIST_AVG: average distance (s64, mm, optional 6809 * but one of RTT/DIST must be present) 6810 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_DIST_VARIANCE: distance variance (u64, mm^2, note 6811 * that standard deviation is the square root of variance, optional) 6812 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_DIST_SPREAD: distance spread (u64, mm, optional) 6813 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_LCI: LCI data from peer (binary, optional); 6814 * this is the contents of the Measurement Report Element (802.11-2016 6815 * 9.4.2.22.1) starting with the Measurement Token, with Measurement 6816 * Type 8. 6817 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_CIVICLOC: civic location data from peer 6818 * (binary, optional); 6819 * this is the contents of the Measurement Report Element (802.11-2016 6820 * 9.4.2.22.1) starting with the Measurement Token, with Measurement 6821 * Type 11. 6822 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_PAD: ignore, for u64/s64 padding only 6823 * 6824 * @NUM_NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR: internal 6825 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_MAX: highest attribute number 6826 */ 6827 enum nl80211_peer_measurement_ftm_resp { 6828 __NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_INVALID, 6829 6830 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_FAIL_REASON, 6831 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_BURST_INDEX, 6832 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_NUM_FTMR_ATTEMPTS, 6833 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_NUM_FTMR_SUCCESSES, 6834 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_BUSY_RETRY_TIME, 6835 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_NUM_BURSTS_EXP, 6836 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_BURST_DURATION, 6837 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_FTMS_PER_BURST, 6838 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_RSSI_AVG, 6839 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_RSSI_SPREAD, 6840 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_TX_RATE, 6841 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_RX_RATE, 6842 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_RTT_AVG, 6843 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_RTT_VARIANCE, 6844 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_RTT_SPREAD, 6845 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_DIST_AVG, 6846 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_DIST_VARIANCE, 6847 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_DIST_SPREAD, 6848 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_LCI, 6849 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_CIVICLOC, 6850 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_PAD, 6851 6852 /* keep last */ 6853 NUM_NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR, 6854 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_MAX = NUM_NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR - 1 6855 }; 6856 6857 /** 6858 * enum nl80211_obss_pd_attributes - OBSS packet detection attributes 6859 * @__NL80211_HE_OBSS_PD_ATTR_INVALID: Invalid 6860 * 6861 * @NL80211_HE_OBSS_PD_ATTR_MIN_OFFSET: the OBSS PD minimum tx power offset. 6862 * @NL80211_HE_OBSS_PD_ATTR_MAX_OFFSET: the OBSS PD maximum tx power offset. 6863 * 6864 * @__NL80211_HE_OBSS_PD_ATTR_LAST: Internal 6865 * @NL80211_HE_OBSS_PD_ATTR_MAX: highest OBSS PD attribute. 6866 */ 6867 enum nl80211_obss_pd_attributes { 6868 __NL80211_HE_OBSS_PD_ATTR_INVALID, 6869 6870 NL80211_HE_OBSS_PD_ATTR_MIN_OFFSET, 6871 NL80211_HE_OBSS_PD_ATTR_MAX_OFFSET, 6872 6873 /* keep last */ 6874 __NL80211_HE_OBSS_PD_ATTR_LAST, 6875 NL80211_HE_OBSS_PD_ATTR_MAX = __NL80211_HE_OBSS_PD_ATTR_LAST - 1, 6876 }; 6877 6878 /** 6879 * enum nl80211_bss_color_attributes - BSS Color attributes 6880 * @__NL80211_HE_BSS_COLOR_ATTR_INVALID: Invalid 6881 * 6882 * @NL80211_HE_BSS_COLOR_ATTR_COLOR: the current BSS Color. 6883 * @NL80211_HE_BSS_COLOR_ATTR_DISABLED: is BSS coloring disabled. 6884 * @NL80211_HE_BSS_COLOR_ATTR_PARTIAL: the AID equation to be used.. 6885 * 6886 * @__NL80211_HE_BSS_COLOR_ATTR_LAST: Internal 6887 * @NL80211_HE_BSS_COLOR_ATTR_MAX: highest BSS Color attribute. 6888 */ 6889 enum nl80211_bss_color_attributes { 6890 __NL80211_HE_BSS_COLOR_ATTR_INVALID, 6891 6892 NL80211_HE_BSS_COLOR_ATTR_COLOR, 6893 NL80211_HE_BSS_COLOR_ATTR_DISABLED, 6894 NL80211_HE_BSS_COLOR_ATTR_PARTIAL, 6895 6896 /* keep last */ 6897 __NL80211_HE_BSS_COLOR_ATTR_LAST, 6898 NL80211_HE_BSS_COLOR_ATTR_MAX = __NL80211_HE_BSS_COLOR_ATTR_LAST - 1, 6899 }; 6900 6901 /** 6902 * enum nl80211_iftype_akm_attributes - interface type AKM attributes 6903 * @__NL80211_IFTYPE_AKM_ATTR_INVALID: Invalid 6904 * 6905 * @NL80211_IFTYPE_AKM_ATTR_IFTYPES: nested attribute containing a flag 6906 * attribute for each interface type that supports AKM suites specified in 6907 * %NL80211_IFTYPE_AKM_ATTR_SUITES 6908 * @NL80211_IFTYPE_AKM_ATTR_SUITES: an array of u32. Used to indicate supported 6909 * AKM suites for the specified interface types. 6910 * 6911 * @__NL80211_IFTYPE_AKM_ATTR_LAST: Internal 6912 * @NL80211_IFTYPE_AKM_ATTR_MAX: highest interface type AKM attribute. 6913 */ 6914 enum nl80211_iftype_akm_attributes { 6915 __NL80211_IFTYPE_AKM_ATTR_INVALID, 6916 6917 NL80211_IFTYPE_AKM_ATTR_IFTYPES, 6918 NL80211_IFTYPE_AKM_ATTR_SUITES, 6919 6920 /* keep last */ 6921 __NL80211_IFTYPE_AKM_ATTR_LAST, 6922 NL80211_IFTYPE_AKM_ATTR_MAX = __NL80211_IFTYPE_AKM_ATTR_LAST - 1, 6923 }; 6924 6925 #endif /* __LINUX_NL80211_H */ 6926